‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬
 ‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺇﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻏﻴﻢ ﻭ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻛﲑ‬

‫ﳌﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﻊ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪2003‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 74196‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪2003/2/1‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱐ ‪tammambakeer@yahoo.com :‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪http://rcswww.urz.tu-dresden.de/~bakeer/ :‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﲤﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺇﻳﺎﺩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻏﻴﻢ‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺁﳍﻢ ﻭ ﺃﺻﺤﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺃﲦﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﱯ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﲔ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﲤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﰊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﰎ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ Finite Element Method‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﲎ ﺑﺎﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﰊ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ )‪ (STAAD, SAP2000, SAFE, ...‬ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﳌﺴﻨﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺗﻔﺎﺟﺌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺐﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ﲤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ‪ Robot‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﻛﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﳍﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﰎ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﲔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ STAAD‬ﺃﻭ ‪ SAP2000‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ,...AutoCAD‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﻫﻮ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻬﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ Panels‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ‪ Solids‬ﻭ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﺩ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪(SAP,‬‬
‫)‪ STAAD, SAFE, ...‬ﰲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﻭ ﲣﺸﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻏﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ ‪) Wizards‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ (Libraries‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺑﻼ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﰲ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳑﺎ ﺷﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Dxf‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺐﺀ‬
‫ﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻒ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻤﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺑﻞ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﺘ ِ‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﲤﺜﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ Releases‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ‪Compatible‬‬
‫‪ Nodes‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ‪ Rigid Links‬ﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ Offset‬ﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ Elastic Grounds of Bars‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺘﺎﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪ Brackets‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Geometrical Imperfections‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ‪ Non-Linear Hinges‬ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ‪ .Cables‬ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺃﲤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﲤﺘﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ( ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﲤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ Static Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ‪ Linear Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ‪ Non-Linear Analysis‬ﻭ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ Buckling Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ Dynamic Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ‪ Modal Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪Harmonic‬‬
‫‪ Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ‪ Spectral Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ‪ Seismic Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ‪ Time History Analysis‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪Elasto-Plastic Analysis of‬‬
‫‪ Bars‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪.Pushover‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﻣﺼﻤﻤ‪‬ﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺑﺂﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﻬﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺭﲟﺎ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﲎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﳒﺪ ﻣﻊ ‪Robot Millennium‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪Global Analysis-‬‬
‫‪ Bars‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ‪.Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻛﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﳛﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﺍﻩ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﳍﺎ )ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ؟‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﴰﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﱂ ﺗﻜﺘﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻻ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ﻷﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫)ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻻﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺼﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺣﺎﻓﺰﹰﺍ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻣﻼﺀﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﲔ ﻭ ﻧﺄﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﳍﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﲝﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﲤﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺇﻳﺎﺩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻏﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪-‬ﲪﺺ‬
‫ﰲ ‪ 24‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ 2002‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 18‬ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ‪.1423‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

Introduction to Robot Millennium

9
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Hardware Requirements‬‬ ‫‪-1-1‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﳚﺐ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﻚ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪) Windows 95/98/NT/2000‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.(Windows NT‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻛﻮﻣﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ IBM PC‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ‪.P5‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ‪ .RAM 64MB‬ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺮﺓ ‪ 500 MB‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺼﻴﺐ )ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﲔ‬
‫‪ RAM 64MB‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺮﺓ ‪ 1.5-2.0 GB‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ 1024x768‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺄﰐ ﺑـﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ) ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨـﺼﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ )ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﻗـﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺼﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻣﹰﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﻃﺒﻌﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻜـﻲ ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ )‪ .(Rich Text Format *.RTF‬ﻭ ﻛﺄﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﳉـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ‪ MS Word‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ WordPad‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣـﻊ‪ .Windows 95‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﺪﻯ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.*.RTF‬‬

‫‪General Description of the Program‬‬ ‫‪-2-1‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﻭ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪:Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ) ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ DXF‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﲡﻬﻴﺰﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪.(AutoCAD‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ(‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ) ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ( ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪.Multithreading‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪,‬ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺁﺧﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴـﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺗـﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ‪ ) Robot Millennium‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬـﺎﻡ(‪ ,‬ﺳـﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ 1-1‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -1‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺼﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Robot Millennium‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪2D‬‬
‫‪Shell‬‬ ‫‪2D Frame‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪Plane Stress Structure‬‬ ‫‪2D Truss‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪Plane Deformation Structure‬‬ ‫‪Grillage‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫‪Axisymmetric Structure‬‬ ‫‪3D Truss‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ )ﻛﺘﻠﻴﺔ(‬ ‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫)‪Volumetric Structure (Solid‬‬ ‫‪3D Frame‬‬
‫ﺑﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪Plate‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ z‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪.x‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪Foundation Design‬‬ ‫‪RC Beam Design‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪Continuous Footing Design‬‬ ‫‪RC Column Design‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫‪Deep Beam Design‬‬ ‫‪RC Plate Design‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ) ﺍﳌﺼﻤﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫)‪Section Definition (Solid or Thin-Walled Sections‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Steel Connection Design‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ )ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Editor For Creating Templates of Plotter Drawings‬‬
‫ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫‪Viewer of Section Databases‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪Open Created Structure File‬‬ ‫‪Open New Project‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺻﻒ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪Robot‬‬
‫‪ Millennium‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 2-1‬ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -1‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪,‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ )ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ( ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ‪.Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ )ﳏﺮﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ( ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )‪ (Display, Snap Setting‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳕﻂ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Display‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﰲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ) ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ‪ ,‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪General Rules‬‬ ‫‪-3-1‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ‪ ,Robot Millennium‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻟﻦ ﲢﺬﻑ ﻋﻘﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ,‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ UNDO‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪-1-3-1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪The Layout System‬‬

‫ﺯﻭﺩ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬ﻛﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ‪Robot Millennium‬‬

‫ﺻﻤﻢ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺻﻤﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ,‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺿﺮﺭ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ) ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ( ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ‪ .Robot Millennium‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ( ﻭ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ 3-1‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﱴ ﻧﺸﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Robot Millennium‬ﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ 4-1‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Bars‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ) ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ )ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻖ( ﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ‪Ms‬‬
‫‪.(Excel‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ‪ ,Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ(‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫) ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺴﺮﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Menu, Context Menu, Toolbars‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪,‬ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﰲ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ )ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ( ﻭ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﳐﺼﺼﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻛﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.START‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﲞﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻼ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﺄﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ(‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ) ﺣﻔﻆ‪ ,‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﻧﺴﺦ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ(‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ) ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ >‪ ,<Enter‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳊﺎﺭ ‪ ) Hot-Key System‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Alt‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Structural Axis‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻼ‪.‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Geometry‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ‪) Axis Definition‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﹰﺍ‪ :‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.(Geometry/Axis Definition‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ START‬ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ ﺗﻔﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ,Robot Millennium‬ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ,‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ( ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﳏﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Robot‬‬
‫‪) Millennium‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Customize‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ .(Tools‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ‪ Graphic Editor‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.START‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Preferences and Job Preferences‬‬ ‫‪-3-3-1‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Preferences‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ .Job Preferences‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Preferences‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 5-1‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Tools /Preferences‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Preferences‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪.Tools‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -1‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Preferences‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪:Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ‪ : Languages‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ ) Regional Settings‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻤﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ( ﻭﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ Working Language‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ‪.Printout Language‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ : General Parameter‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻔﻆ ‪Saving Parameters‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ‪ ,Recently Used Structures‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪ ) Display Parameters‬ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ) Toolbar & Menu‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ‪) Printout Parameters‬ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭ ﲰﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ) Protection Parameters‬ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪ :Advanced Options‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﲝﺬﻑ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ‪ Temp‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲤﻜﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ACIS Kernel‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ( ‪.Boolean Operation‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪ COM‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Job‬‬
‫‪ ,Preferences‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .6-1‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Job Preferences‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Tools /Job Preferences‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪Job Preferences‬‬
‫‪.Tools‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -1‬‬
‫‪Job‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Preferences‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Preferences‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫) ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪Units & Formats‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ( ﻭ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ‪ ) Materials‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪) Section Database‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ‪ ) Vehicle Databases‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ) Codes‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪(...‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ) Structure Analysis Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ‪ Seismic Analysis‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ )ﺧﺸﻨﺔ‪,‬ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Selection and Filters‬‬ ‫‪-4-3-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺳﻴﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ) ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/ Select Special‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Select‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Selection‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( Edit/ Select‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ )ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﳌﺜﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7-1‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﲔ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪.Selection‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Selection‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )‪ (All, None, Inversion, Previous‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ .Attributes‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Selection‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻼ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Selection‬ﰲ ﳕﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Selection‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ )ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ‪ Node‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ‪Load Case‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﳕﻂ ‪.(Mode‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺳﻴﻤﻸ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻮﺩﺓ‪) .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Support‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Attrib‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.(Selection‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻤﻸ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.Support = Any :‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺢ ‪ .Filter‬ﻭ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Filters‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Edit\ Select Special\ Graphical Selection‬‬
‫‪ .(Filter‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ,‬ﰲ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﰲ ﳏﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Selection‬ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Result Filter‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‪ ...‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ) ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ(‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ Ctrl‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Shift‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ) ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.(Windows‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻨﻤﻂ )ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Window‬ﺑﺪﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ( ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Window‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ( ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -1‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ )ﻣﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ‪ .(Graphical Selection Filter‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Graphical Selection‬‬
‫‪ Filter‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Edit/ Select Special/ Graphical Selection Filter‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 9-1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -1‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪ (Nodes‬ﻏﲑ ﳐﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫‪26‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫( ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Contours‬‬ ‫‪Finite Elements‬‬ ‫‪Panals‬‬ ‫‪Bars‬‬ ‫‪Nodes‬‬

‫‪Complex Objects-‬‬
‫‪Complex Objects‬‬ ‫‪Circle‬‬ ‫‪Arcs‬‬ ‫‪Polyline‬‬
‫‪Parts‬‬

‫‪Display of Structural Attributes‬‬ ‫‪-5-3-1‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Display‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/ Display‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Display‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.10-1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -1‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ ,Structure‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ‪ ,Loads‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪ ,Advanced‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ ,Finite Elements‬ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻴﺔ ‪ Hidden Lines‬ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪.Others‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Structure‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (10-1‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Display‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :All -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Display‬‬
‫)ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :None -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Display‬‬
‫) ﻟﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Default -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Structure‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪. Structure‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Others‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪.Structure Axis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪Grid‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺮﺓ ‪. Ruler‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪.Object Out of Plane‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Finite Elements‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ )ﳏﻴﻄﺎﺕ( ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ‪.Panel Contours‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ‪.Panel Numbers and Description‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪.Complex Panel Description‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ‪.Contour Components‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪.Finite Elements‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Hidden Lines‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Symbol Size‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ (1-10‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Lists Used in the Program‬‬ ‫‪-6-3-1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ‪ Support Definition‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﰎ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ‪2 3 6 7 12 14 :‬‬‫‪ -‬ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ‪ TO‬ﻭ ‪(By‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﲤﺜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪6 7 8 9 10‬‬ ‫‪6TO10‬‬
‫ﲤﺜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪6 8 10‬‬ ‫‪6TO10BY2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ ‪ Repeat‬ﻭ ‪(Step‬‬
‫‪ 4R3‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪ ) 4 5 6 7 :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ‪ aRb‬ﲤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪.a a+1 a+2 ... a+b‬‬
‫‪ 4R3By2‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪ ) 4 6 8 10 :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ 2‬ﻫﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ(‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ‪ aRbByc‬ﲤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪.a a+c a+2c ... a+bc‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ‪(EXClude‬‬
‫‪ 1TO58EXC44 49 52‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪1TO43 45TO48 50 51 53TO58‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ‪ aEXCb‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ a‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ‪.b‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪Extrude, Revolve,‬‬
‫‪:Extrude along Polyline‬‬
‫)‪ , Objectnr_objectelement(list_of_object_element‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Objectnr‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺪﻭﺭ ‪Extrude or Revolve Object‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪side,edge:‬‬ ‫‪ Objectelement‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ )‪.(Ref‬‬
‫‪ :List of object elements‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ) ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2_ref(1,2,3), 1_side(3to7), 4_edge(5to8,11).‬‬

‫‪Common Features of‬‬ ‫‪-7-3-1‬ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ) ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ(‬
‫)‪Dialog Boxes (Graphic Cursor, Calculator‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪" -‬ﻳﺪ" ﰲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺼﺎﻟﺐ" ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ) ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ( ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﳍﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ )ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ( ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﲪﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺪﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻄﺄ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﲪﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫)ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (Number Format‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ . Preferences‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ = ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.Robot Millennium‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ,‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ 4+3‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ = ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ = ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ‪ 7‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺁﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Calculator‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Tools‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Snap Setting‬‬‫‪-8-3-1‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Snap Settings‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Snap Settings‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Tools/ Snap Setting‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Snap Settings‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -1‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Nodes -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ Polylines‬ﺃﻭ ‪Contours‬‬
‫ﺍﱁ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Objects‬‬
‫‪ Structure Axes -‬ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ) ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ Grid -‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ) ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ(‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Grid Step Definition‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )‪ .(Polylines ,Lines ,Bars‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Endpoint -‬ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Endpoints‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Midpoint‬ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ ) ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.(Endpoints‬‬
‫‪ :Midpoint -‬ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Advanced‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ Intersection‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ ‪.Perpendicular‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Perpendicular‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Parallel‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Intersections‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺘﺎﻑ )ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ( ‪Brackets‬‬

‫‪Intersection with Structural Axes‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫‪Intersection with the Grid‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Default -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪Nodes, Structure Axes, Grid, Objects- Endpoint, Advanced- :‬‬
‫‪.Intersections‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ All‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Snap Setting‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ None‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Snap‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪.Setting‬‬

‫‪Label Manager‬‬ ‫‪-9-3-1‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ,Robot‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ Labels‬ﺗﺼﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ ,‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ‪,‬ﺍﱁ‪...‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ . Label Manager‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪. Tools/Label Manager‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Label Manager‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.12-1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -1‬‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪.‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻄﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ )ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻟﻮﻣﻴﲏ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺸﱯ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ( ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﲢﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Coordinate Systems‬‬ ‫‪-4-1‬ﲨﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪Global Coordinate Systems‬‬ ‫‪-1-4-1‬ﲨﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﲟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺩﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪ Global System‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ XZ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ,Plane Structures‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Local Coordinate Systems‬‬ ‫‪-2-4-1‬ﲨﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻪ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﺪﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ‪Local‬‬
‫‪ ,Coordinate System‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ‪Moment of‬‬
‫‪ ,Inertia‬ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ‪ ,(Extreme Fiber Locations‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ Releases‬ﻭ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪ Offset‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Bar Elements‬‬ ‫‪-1-2-4-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺩﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﳏﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪ X‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.13-1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺎﻥ ‪Y‬ﻭ ‪ Z‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ‪ .Right-Hand Rule‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﻭ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ 13-1‬ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﱯ ‪.3D‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﶈﻮﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Y‬ﻭ ‪ (Z‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ ,X‬ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.Gamma‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Z‬ﻭ ‪ Y‬ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫) ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ .(XY‬ﻳﻔﺮﺽ )‪ (Gamma=0‬ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ )ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ ,Z‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪XY‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -1‬‬

‫‪Finite Elements‬‬ ‫‪-2-2-4-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻬﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ )ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ(‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 14-1‬ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﳍﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻋﻘﺪ ﻭ ‪ 8‬ﻋﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﳛﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -1‬‬

‫‪Global-Local Systems Relations‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ‪Alpha, Beta, Gamma‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (Alpha) Z‬ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ ,(Bata) Y‬ﻭ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ .(Gamma) X‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Z,Y‬ﳛﺪﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪ X‬ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﺍﶈﻮﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Y‬ﻭ ‪ ,(Z‬ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.Gamma‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -1‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -1‬‬

‫‪Sign Convention‬‬ ‫‪-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪Sign Convention for Bar Elements‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 17-1‬ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪ MY‬ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪ ,z‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪ MZ‬ﺷﺪ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪.y‬‬

‫‪37‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -1‬‬

‫‪Sign Convention for Planar Finite‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Elements‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ n‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ s‬ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺱ ﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ‪ z‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ )‪ (n,s,z‬ﺗﻨﺸﺊ‬
‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺩﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺔ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﻌﺔ ‪.n,s,z‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -1‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 19-1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -1‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.20-1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -1‬‬

‫ﻭ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ‪,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.21-1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -1‬‬

‫‪Sign Convention for Volumetric‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Finite Elements‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺰﻭﺑﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ Isoparametric Volumetric Elements‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 22-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
 ‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -1‬‬

‫‪List of Shortcuts‬‬ ‫‪-6-1‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪Ctrl+A‬‬ ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫‪Ctrl+C‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻢ‬
‫‪Ctrl+N‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪Ctrl+O‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫‪Ctrl+P‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪Ctrl+S‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‬
‫‪Ctrl+X‬‬ ‫ﻗﺺ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻢ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Y‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫‪Ctrl+V‬‬ ‫ﻟﺼﻖ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻢ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Z‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+0‬‬ ‫)‪(D XYZ3‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+1‬‬ ‫‪XZ‬‬ ‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+2‬‬ ‫‪XY‬‬ ‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+3‬‬ ‫‪YZ‬‬ ‫ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+A‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Ctrl+Alt+D‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ) ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ(‬

‫‪Ctrl+Alt+E‬‬ ‫)‪(on/off‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺠﲑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+L‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+P‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+Q‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+R‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+S‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+X‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+Y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Ctrl+Alt+Z‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Del‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻢ‬
‫‪F1‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ Robot‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫‪F9‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫‪Page Down‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ) ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ( ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪Page Up‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ) ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ( ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺓ ‪ HotKeys‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪Robot‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪Tools/Customize/ Customize :‬‬
‫‪ Keybord‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪Project Protection‬‬ ‫‪-7-1‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬

‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ‪ Temporary File‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌـﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬـﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣـﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠـﻞ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﻗﻼﻉ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﻔـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻗـﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 23-1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﰎ‬
‫ﺇﻏـﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳜﱪﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -1‬‬

‫‪Files Format in Program‬‬ ‫‪-8-1‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺪﳝﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻧﺒﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫‪ROBOT 97/Millennium‬‬ ‫‪*.Rtd‬‬
‫‪ROBOT 97/Millennium text File‬‬ ‫‪*.Str‬‬
‫‪Effel‬‬ ‫‪*.do4‬‬
‫‪STAAD‬‬ ‫‪*.std‬‬
‫‪DSTV Format‬‬ ‫‪*.stp‬‬
‫‪DXF Format‬‬ ‫‪*.dxf‬‬
‫‪DWG Format‬‬ ‫‪*.dwg‬‬
‫‪IGES 4.0 Format‬‬ ‫‪*.igs‬‬
‫‪SSDNF Format‬‬ ‫‪*.s , *.sdf‬‬
‫‪SAP2000 Format‬‬ ‫‪*.s2k, *.$2k‬‬
‫‪Structured Format‬‬ ‫‪*.anf‬‬
‫‪Femap Neutral Format‬‬ ‫‪*.Neu‬‬
‫‪SAT Format‬‬ ‫‪*.sat‬‬
‫‪Robot 97/Millenium Solid Format‬‬ ‫‪*.rdx‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ *.DXF, *.Std, *.S2k, *.$2k‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ‪ *.DXF‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ AutoCAD‬ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ‪ *.Std‬ﲣﺺ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ STAAD‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Research Engineers‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ‪ *.s2k‬ﺃﻭ ‪ $2k‬ﲣﺺ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SAP200‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Computers & Structures‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﳎﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻭ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -1‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ STAAD‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ‪ *.Std‬ﻭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SAP200‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‬
‫‪*.s2k‬ﺃﻭ ‪ $2k‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Milllennium‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ‪ *.str‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﺑﺪﺃ ‪ Start‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪.../Robot Structural Office 15.0/STAAD & SAP to Robot Millennium Convert Utility‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .24-1‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ )‪ (...‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪44‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Structure Model Definition‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Structure Types‬‬ ‫‪-1-2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﲔ ‪ 2-Node‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪Bar Structures‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ,Robot Millennium‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟـﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ‪ Plates‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ,Shells‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﶈـﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ‪ .Volumetric Structures‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪:Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ )‪.Frames and Trusses (2D/3D‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.Grillage‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ‪.Plates and Shell‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪.Plane Stress Structure‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪.Plane Deformation Structure‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ ‪.Axisymetric Structure‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ( ‪.Volumetric Structure‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ,1-2‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -2‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Nodes and Bars Definition‬‬ ‫‪-2-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺪﰐ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Bars/ Geometry‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪Structure Definition‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪Bars‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ) Bars‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Nodes‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Bars‬ﺳﺘﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﶈﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nodes‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪(.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.2-2‬‬
‫ﻭﳒـﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ‪ Number‬ﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Bar Type -‬ﺭﲟﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹰﺎ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Section -‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Material -‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ )‪) (...‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Bar Type‬ﻭ ‪ (Section‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺳـﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Bar Type‬ﺃﻭ ‪ New Section‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻌﺪﺋ ٍﺬ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -2‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﰐ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Bars‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ(‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Add‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟـﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Beginning‬ﻓﻴﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﰊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ) ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪ Node Properties‬ﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ‪Bar‬‬
‫‪ Properties‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Node Properties‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Node properties‬ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Node Properties‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳑﻜﻨﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Properties/Node Properties‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ) ﺗﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Object Properties‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Node Properties‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Node Properties‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪Geometry, Displacement, :‬‬
‫‪.Reactions‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -2‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node No‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Node No‬‬
‫ﲢـﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Geometry‬ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3-2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﶈـﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Bars Properties‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳑﻜﻨﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.Results/Properties/Bar Properties :‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ )ﺗﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Object Properties‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bar Properties‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .Geometry, Properties, NTM, Displacements, Code Check‬ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣـﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Geometry, Properties‬ﻣﻌﻠـﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣـﺔ ﺗـﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ NTM‬ﻭ ‪ ,Displacements‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻢ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Diagram‬ﻭ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺭﺳـﻢ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ‪ FX,FY,FZ‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ‪ .MX,MY,MZ‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Smax‬ﻭ ‪ Smin‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -2‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Bar‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪Properties‬‬ ‫‪ Code‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪Check‬‬ ‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻴﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌ‪‬ﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Code Check‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔـﻮﻻﺫ ﻭ ﺍﻷﳌﻨـﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ )ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌـﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ) ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﶈـﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,in Point‬ﻭ ﰎ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤـﻴﺔ ﺍﶈـﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻂ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ In Point‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ‪ Current Value‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻭﺿـﻊ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ for Bar‬ﻭ ﰎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗـﻀﻴﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Bar Properties‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Bars Sections Definition‬‬ ‫‪-3-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ) ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Section‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Section/Bar Section‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Structure Definition‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Sections and Materials‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 5-2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻭ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -2‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺼ‪‬ﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲝﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲣﱪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﲝﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Save to Database‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ )ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ( ‪.Label Manager‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻧـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ )‪ ,(Supports, Offsets, Bar Type, etc‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲡﺰﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ( ﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ( ﺇﱃ ﺧﻄﻮﺗﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Section Type (Attribute Type) Definition‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ(‬
‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New Section‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﳕﻴﺰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪New‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New Section‬ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪ Section‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ) ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ (Label‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺃﺣـﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New Section‬ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪New‬‬
‫‪ Section‬ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Label‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Section‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﲤﻸ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ )ﲢﺪﻳﺚ( ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ >‪ .<Enter‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻧﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌـﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﲣﱪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Section‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﻲ‪Standard, User, Tapered, :‬‬
‫‪.Value‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -2‬‬
‫‪Assigning a Section to Structure Bars‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ) ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Section‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﰒ ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﲟﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ )ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ(‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐـﲑ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Sections‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Lines/Bars‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Sections‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ >‪<Enter‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ .Apply‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ )ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.(Lines/Bars‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Lines/Bars‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Sections‬ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺿـﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ) ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺸﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺧـﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ( ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ Selection Mode‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Lines/Bars‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ >‪ <Enter‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﰎ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ) Delete Section‬ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .(Delete‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Sections‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻩ ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲢﺮﻳـﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ )ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ( ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Section‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 6-2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ) Elasto-Plastic Analysis‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Standard‬ﻭ ‪ .(User‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Elasto-Plastic Parameters‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -2‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ .(I‬ﻭ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺣﲔ‪ .‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻘـﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﲡـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻥ‪ -‬ﺗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ ‪ Elastic-Perfectly Plastic‬ﻭ ﻣﺮﻥ‪ -‬ﻟﺪﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﺔ ‪.Elastic-Plastic with Hardening‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 8-2‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ‪ Stress-Strain‬ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ .‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻗـﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪ Re‬ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -2‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻣﺮﻥ‪-‬ﻟﺪﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ,Elastic-Plastic with Hardening‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ E/E1‬ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻎ ‪ (E‬ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ )ﰎ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ(‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪:Unloading Methods‬‬
‫‪Elastic -‬‬
‫‪Plastic -‬‬
‫‪Damaged -‬‬
‫‪Mixed -‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ‪ ,Mixed‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ 0<a<1‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-4-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪Definition of Materials‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Sections/Materials‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Material‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Materials‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -2‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Material‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺗـﻮﺟﺪ ﲢـﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﳒﺪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿـﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Material‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ .Section‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Save to Database‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Save to Database‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ‬
‫ﲢﻔﻆ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Save‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ) ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -2‬‬

‫‪-5-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
‫‪Definition of Panels‬‬

‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ‪ ,Panel‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺣـﻮﺍﻓﻬﺎ )ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .(Polyline-Contour‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳـﻘﻒ ‪ Ceilings‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Walls‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ) :‬ﺗﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ( ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜـﻲ ﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Job Preferences‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ‪.(Meshing option‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪,Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Object/Polyline-Contour‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Structure Definition‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.11-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -2‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Definition Method‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Line‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Polyline‬‬‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Contour‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻴﻂ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ ‪ Contours‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Panels‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ Structure Definition‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣـﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻠـﻮﺡ ‪ ) Panel Edges‬ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪ (Contour‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ )‬
‫ﳏـﻴﻂ ‪ (Contour‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ‪ Opening‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ ,‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ‪ . Face‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪ Internal Point‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ‪.Object List‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪.Surface Elements (FE) List‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪ Properties‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ‪.Panel Reinforcement Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ) Material‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ‪.Panel Thickness‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -2‬‬

‫‪Properties‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Face‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Contour Type‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﻛﻮﺟﻪ ‪ Face‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﹰﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ )‪ ) (...‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﻭ ‪ (Thickness‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ New Bar Type‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Section‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )‪.Job References(Meshing Options‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ FE‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪Mesh-Preview‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.Display‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻱ ﳏﻴﻂ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺷـﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ )‪ (3-6‬ﻋﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ )‪ (4-8‬ﻋﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨـﺼﺢ ﰲ ﺑـﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ )‪ .(3 and 4 Node‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ‬
‫ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ )‪ (6 and 8 Node‬ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ‪.Linear Releases‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ( )‪.Boolean Operation (Cutting off‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﻨﻄﻘﺔ )ﺍﶈـﻴﻂ( ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ‪ Delaunay‬ﻟﻠﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ .Coon‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪.3-3‬‬

‫‪Panel Thickness‬‬‫‪-6-2‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Panels‬ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ‪ Thickness‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Properties‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Properties/Thickness‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Structure Definition‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿـﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Properties‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪.Plate, Shell‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪New‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ FE Thickness‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ Thickness‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪.Homogeneous, Orthotropic :‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Homogeneous‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪ Thickness‬ﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪ Constant‬ﲢﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Th‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣـﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ‪) Variable along a Line‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ‪.(P1,P2‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣـﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ‪) Variable on a Plane‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ‪.(P1,P2,P3‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ‪ Elastic Foundation‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ KZ‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪. Material‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :None -‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ‪UX+‬‬ ‫‪“+” -‬ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪.‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ‪UX-‬‬‫‪“-” -‬ﺳﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Orthotropic‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﱵ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ )ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺗﻮﺗﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺪﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺗﻮﺗﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﻋـﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻼﺑﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Thickness‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪:Orthotropic‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ :Direction‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪,Orthotropy Direction‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻸﻭﺭﺗﻮﺗﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -2‬‬

‫‪(Ribs, Box floor, Grillage, Material‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)‪ ,Orthotropy‬ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺀ ﻣـﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺗﻮﺗﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Display‬ﺃﻭ ‪ :Define‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Stiffness Matrices‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Equivalent Thickness‬ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺎﺕ ‪ .Th,Th1,Th2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ‪ Th‬ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﱵ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪Th1,Th2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺣـﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪ .Thermal Gradient Loads‬ﲢـﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -2‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟـﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ T‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ .H‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ‪ ,‬ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳊـﺬﻑ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺻﻔﺮ )ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪,( Delete‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .FE Thickness‬ﻭ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Definition of Volumetric Objects‬‬ ‫‪-7-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳـﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (Solids‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Solids‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Solid‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.16-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -2‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪. Number‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ )ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ( ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋـﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ‪List of Surface‬‬
‫‪.Objects That Define a Solid‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ )‪. List of Volumetric Element (FE‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬

‫‪List of Surface‬‬
‫‪.Element That Define a Solid‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Delete Surface Elements‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ‪.Properties‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Properties‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Definition of Solid Properties‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ )‪,Creation With List of Volumetric Elements (FE‬‬
‫ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻻ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﲔ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﲔ ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻻ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻗـﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﻘﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ‪ Solids Properties‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Properties/Solid Properties‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Solid‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿـﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Properties‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓـﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Volumetric Structure‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 17-2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -2‬‬

‫‪.Solid‬‬ ‫‪Properties‬‬ ‫‪ Definition‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪of Solid Properties‬‬‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.18-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -2‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Label‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪.Color‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ) Material Model‬ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Import from Database‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ‪ ,‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ .Definition of Solid Properties‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻮﺍﺹ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Volumetric Finite Elements‬‬ ‫‪-8-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﳕﺬﺟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻳﺰﻭﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ Isoparametric Volumetric Finite Elements‬ﺗﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪Brick B8, Wedge W6 , Tetrahedron :‬‬
‫‪ .T4‬ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﲔ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Reference Element‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ‬ ‫‪Shape Functions‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫) ‪N i = N i (ξ ,η , ζ‬‬ ‫‪for 3D Elements‬‬
‫‪i = 1,K, Nen‬‬

‫‪Nen = 8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫) ‪N i = (1 + ξ iξ )(1 + ηiη )(1 + ζ iζ‬‬
‫‪8‬‬

‫‪Nen = 8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫) ‪N i = (1 + ζ iζ ) ⋅ N kT(6i ) (ξ ,η‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪where k (i ) = ((i − 1)(mod 3)) + 1‬‬
‫‪N 1T 6 = 1 − ξ − η‬‬
‫‪N 2T 6 = ξ‬‬
‫‪N 3T 6 = η‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Nen = 4‬‬
‫‪N1 = 1 − ξ − η − ζ‬‬
‫‪N2 = ξ‬‬
‫‪N3 = η‬‬
‫‪N4 = ζ‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪,‬ﻭ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Element Geometry‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫= ) ‪x(ξ‬‬ ‫‪∑x‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬
‫‪α =1,K, Nen‬‬
‫) ‪Nα (ξ‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ,(Natural‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -2‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫]‪u = [u, v, w‬‬
‫‪T‬‬

‫= ) ‪u (ξ‬‬ ‫‪∑u‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬

‫‪α =1,K, Nen‬‬
‫) ‪Nα (ξ‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ε = [ε xx , ε yy , ε zz , γ xy , γ xz , γ yz ]T‬‬
‫= ‪ε (ξ ) = B(ξ )u‬‬ ‫‪∑B‬‬
‫‪α =1,K, Nen‬‬
‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪(ξ )uα‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪ B‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪⎡ ∂N α‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫‪⎢ ∂x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪0‬‬
‫⎢‬ ‫‪∂N α‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫‪⎢ 0‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪0‬‬
‫⎢‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎢‬ ‫⎥ ‪∂N α‬‬
‫‪⎢ 0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫‪B = [ Bα ], Bα = ⎢ ∂N‬‬ ‫‪∂z ⎥, α = 1,..., Nen‬‬
‫‪⎢ α‬‬ ‫‪∂N α‬‬
‫⎥ ‪0‬‬
‫‪⎢ ∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫‪⎢ ∂N‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪∂N α‬‬
‫‪⎢ α‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫‪⎢ ∂z‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪∂x‬‬
‫‪⎢ 0‬‬ ‫‪∂N α‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪∂N α‬‬
‫⎣⎢‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬ ‫⎦⎥ ‪∂y‬‬
‫ﻭ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‪ B‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎡ ∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫⎤ ‪∂x‬‬
‫‪⎢ ∂ξ‬‬ ‫‪∂η‬‬ ‫⎥⎥ ‪∂ζ‬‬
‫⎢‬
‫‪∂N α‬‬ ‫‪-1 T ∂N α‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪∂y‬‬
‫) ‪= (J‬‬ ‫⎢=‪, J‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂ξ‬‬ ‫⎢‬ ‫‪∂ξ‬‬ ‫‪∂η‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪∂ζ‬‬
‫‪⎢ ∂z‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪∂z‬‬
‫⎢‬ ‫⎥‬
‫‪⎣⎢ ∂ξ‬‬ ‫‪∂η‬‬ ‫⎥⎦ ‪∂ζ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ J‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻛﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ( )‪:Stress (Elastic Case‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫[‬
‫‪σ = σ xx , σ yy , σ zz , σ xy , σ xz , σ yz‬‬ ‫]‬
‫‪T‬‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻫﻮﻙ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪σ = D(Bu -ε0‬‬
‫‪,(Thermal‬‬ ‫‪Dilation‬‬‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ ε 0‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ ) ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ‪ ,Shrinkage‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪ D‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ )ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫⎡‬ ‫‪µ‬‬ ‫‪µ‬‬ ‫⎤‬

‫‪⎢1 1 − µ‬‬ ‫‪1− µ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎢‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎢‬ ‫‪µ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪0‬‬
‫⎢‬ ‫‪1− µ‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎢‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪0‬‬
‫⎢ ) ‪E (1 − µ‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫=‪D‬‬ ‫‪1 − 2µ‬‬
‫⎢ ) ‪(1 + µ )(1 − 2µ‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪0‬‬
‫⎢‬ ‫) ‪2(1 − µ‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎢‬ ‫‪1 − 2µ‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎢‬ ‫‪Sym‬‬ ‫⎥ ‪0‬‬
‫⎢‬ ‫) ‪2(1 − µ‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎢‬ ‫⎥ ‪1 − 2µ‬‬
‫⎣⎢‬ ‫⎦⎥ ) ‪2(1 − µ‬‬

‫‪-9-2‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫‪Cables‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻘـﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺒﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻵﺧـﺮﻳﻦ( ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ‬
‫ﺍﶈـﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟـﺘﺎﱄ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ‪,‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻗﺺ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Properties/Cables‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Structure Definition‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ‪) Cross-Section ,Color ,Label :‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ(‪,‬‬
‫‪ Material‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Stress -‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ )ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ (Chord Cable‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﳎﻤﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Force -‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪) F0‬ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮﻱ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﳎﻤﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Length -‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Dilation -‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ,‬ﲤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱯ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪(Relative‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧـﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﳏﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻘﺪﰐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ‬

‫‪71‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟـﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﺒ ﹰﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Stress, Force, Length, Dilation‬ﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪) .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻘﺪﰐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ‪) Young’s Modulus E= Const‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺃﻱ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ‪ .u‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ‪ du/dx‬ﺻﻐﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪ A‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ )‪.(A=Const‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ‪.Unloaded Cable Length=l‬‬

‫‪Equations Governing the Problem‬‬ ‫‪-1-9-2‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻭﺗﺮﻱ )ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻴﻪ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ(‪ .‬ﳏﻤﻞ ﲝﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻨﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,q0‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ T0‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ‪ ,H0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.ds0‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧـﻴﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,q‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ T‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ‪,H‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ .ds‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 20-2‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -2‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻻﺭﲣﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﻭ ﻟﻨﻘﻢ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳑﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ ,‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺪﱄ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠـﻲ‪ ,‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮﻱ ∆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫= ‪L 2 − L1‬‬
‫‪Hl H 0l‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪[Qy ( x)]2 + [Qz ( x)]2‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪[Q y0 ( x)]2 + [Q z0 ( x)]2‬‬
‫=∆‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫∫ ‪+ α∆Tl + δ −‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫∫‬ ‫‪dx‬‬
‫‪EA EA‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫[‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫])‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫[‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫])‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ A,B‬ﳘﺎ ﻋﻘﺪﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ EA‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ )ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ E‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻊ‪ ,‬ﻭ ‪ A‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -2‬‬

‫‪: α‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪.Coefficient of Thermal Expansion‬‬
‫‪ : l‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ )ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ( ‪.Initial Cable Length‬‬
‫∆ ‪:‬ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : δ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺻﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪: ∆T‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪.Change in Temperature‬‬
‫)‪:Q(x‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﹰﺎ )ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻭﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪(22-2‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -2‬‬

‫)‪ :N(x‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ )ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -2‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ )ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻜ ٍﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ [ H 0 + N 0( x)]2‬ﻭ ‪ ( [ H + N ( x)]2‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪Cables in Robot Millennium Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫‪-2-9-2‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﰲ‬

‫ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻨـﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺻـﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜـﺒﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ‪ ,EA‬ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪ ,Cable Tension‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ )‪.(Py,Pz‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘـﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ Iterative Methods‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﰲ ‪:Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ‪ ) Linear‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗـﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ(‪,‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻻﺧﻄﻲ ‪ ,P.Delta ,Nonlinear‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﳚﻲ ‪ ,Incremental‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ ,Buckling‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪ ,Dynamic‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪ ,Harmonic‬ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ‪.Seismic‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺎﺕ ‪.Offsets‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ,Young’s Modulus E‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟـﻮﺯﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ‪ ,RO‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ‪.LX‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ Gamma‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ) ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪Cable Loads‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ‪.Nodal Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ‪.Dead Load‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ )ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ( )‪.Uniform Loads (Constant or Variable‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺻـﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ‪) Initial Shortening/Elongation‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪.Temperature Load‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ‪ Concentrated Forces‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪.Moment‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ‪.Uniform Moment‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ(‬
‫) ‪Syntax (data entered by the user in the text file‬‬
‫‪PROperties‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬

‫‪75‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)>‪(<element list>) CABles AX=<section area> (E=<Young’s modulus‬‬

‫>‪(RO=<unit weight>) [STRess = <s> | FORce = <h> | LENgth = <l‬‬
‫]])‪|[DILatation = <d> (RELative‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪: STRess‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ ‪.Normal Stress‬‬
‫‪: FORce‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ‪.Tension Force‬‬
‫‪: LENgth‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :DILation‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ RELative DILation‬ﻧـﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Assembling Load Case‬‬ ‫ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪CASe‬‬
‫‪ASSembly‬‬
‫]‪[load description‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﲔ ﻗـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ) ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:(PROperties‬‬
‫‪STRess = s0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ‪initial cable stress‬‬
‫‪FORce = t0‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪initial tension force in the cable‬‬

‫=‪ .LENgth‬ﻭ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪l0‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪LONG = ( x B − x A ) 2 + ( y B − y A ) 2 + ( z B − z A ) 2‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺻﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ )‪.DILatation (RELative‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ‪ ,RELative‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ DILatation‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ ‪Absolute‬‬
‫‪.Values‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗـﻮﺍﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ‪ ,RELative‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻧﺴﱯ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪.L=LONG(1+DIL) :‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ‪ ,Dead Load‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ‪Added‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄـﺒﻖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪.(Masses‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ TX‬ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ ,‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤـﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ) ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Load Cases after Anchorage‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻬﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻗﺎﺻﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ )ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ )ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ) ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜـﺒﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟـﱵ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ) ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪STRess or ,Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ ,(FORce‬ﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ]‪ [m‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ Results‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Stresses/Parameters/Results‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺩﺓ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪N = Fx 2 + Fy 2 + Fz 2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :N‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻨﺤﻰ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Fx,Fy,Fz‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ N‬ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Other Structure Attributes‬‬ ‫‪-10-2‬ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ,Releases‬ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪Offset‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ‪ ,Compatible Nodes‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ‪ ,Rigid Links‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ , Brackets‬ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪ Tension/Compression Bars‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪,‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ‪.Bar Types‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫‪Releases‬‬ ‫‪-1-10-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﻛـﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Releases‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﰎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣـﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲤﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ )ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪DSC‬‬
‫‪ Algorithm‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .(Job Preferences/ Structure Analysis‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ‪Regular‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ‪Unilateral‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﻥ ‪Elastic‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ‪Elastic and Unilateral‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌـﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﲢﻞ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨـﺸﺄ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪) DSC‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫‪ .(Discontinuity‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.24-2‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -2‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ DSC‬ﻋﻘﺪﺗﲔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f1 = −Tk T T T (u 2 − u1‬‬
‫) ‪f 2 = Tk T T T (u 2 − u1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ k = [k i ]; i = 1,..., Ndl‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎡ T ⋅ diag (k ) ⋅ T T‬‬ ‫⎤ ‪− T ⋅ diag (k ) ⋅ T T‬‬
‫⎢= ‪K‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫‪⎣− T ⋅ diag (k ) ⋅ T‬‬ ‫⎦ ‪T ⋅ diag (k ) ⋅ T T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ T‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﱯ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ )‪ diag(k‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ‪.k‬‬

‫‪Compatible Nodes‬‬ ‫‪-2-10-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Compatible Nodes‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Additional Attributes/Compatible Nodes‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ :‬ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ‪ ,Rigid‬ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ‪ ,Elastic‬ﻣﻊ ﲣﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫‪,with Damping‬ﻻ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ‪.Nonlinear‬‬

‫‪-3-10-2‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫‪Rigid Links‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺼﻠﺐ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲤﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‬

‫‪79‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .Slave‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪Nodes‬‬ ‫‪ ,Master‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫‪Node‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪. Geometry/Additional Attributes/Rigid Link‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪-4-10-2‬ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫‪Offset‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﲢـﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪ offset‬ﳍﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ )ﻏﲑ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻱ( ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Offset‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪. Geometry/Additional Attributes/Offset‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪ Offset‬ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪ Offset‬ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Position with respect to Section‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻼ )‪) (-Vpy,Vz‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‬‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣـﺔ ﺍﶈـﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -2‬‬

‫‪Elastic Ground of Bars‬‬ ‫‪-5-10-2‬ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪.Elastic Ground of Bars‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Geometry/Additional Attributes/Elastic Ground of‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪.Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﺿـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌـﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ‪ ,Winkler‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ )ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪.(Winkler‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ )ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ( ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪Kz‬‬ ‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪2D Frame‬‬
‫‪Ky,Kz,Hx‬‬ ‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ ‪3D Frame‬‬
‫‪Kz,Hx‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪Grilage‬‬
‫‪Kz,Hx‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪Plate‬‬
‫‪Ky,Yz,Hz‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ‪Shell‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪Plane Truss‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ‪Space Truss‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﲢﺪﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Node Brackets‬‬ ‫‪-6-10-2‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬

‫ﳓـﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪ ‪ Node Brackets‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪. Geometry/Additional Attributes/ Brackets‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Node Brackets‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺻـﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ Brackets‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ I‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪:‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺸﻄﻮﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -2‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟـﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ )ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ( ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪),‬ﻋﻠـﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺘﲔ(‪.‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺛـﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻛﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺛـﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧـﻼﻝ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺗـﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ( ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺴﺐ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘـﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻲ ﺍﻟـﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌـﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ( ﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Geometrical Imperfections‬‬ ‫‪-7-10-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻛـﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣـﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ )ﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ( ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Geometrical Imperfections‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Additional Attributes/ Geometrical‬‬
‫‪.Imperfections‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪ .Initial Geometrical Imperfections‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪) Coolinear‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ‪Super‬‬
‫‪ .(Bar‬ﻭ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘـﺒﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ )ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪.(Coolinear‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﲨـﻴﻊ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻩ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳـﻴﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺑﻴـﻨﻤﺎ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪Non-Linear Hinges‬‬ ‫‪-8-10-2‬ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ‪ Non-Linear Hinges‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧـﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪ . Pushover‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪ Pushover‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻻﺧﻄﻲ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭ ﳕﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ Pushover‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Additional Attributes/Non-Linear‬‬
‫‪.Hinges‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Definition of Non-Linear Hinge Model‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ‬
‫‪ Pushover‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ‪-‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ‪,Force-Displacement‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ‪-‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ ,Moment-Rotation‬ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ‪-‬ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ‪.Stress-Strain‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Advanced Bar Properties‬‬ ‫‪-9-10-2‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ‪ Truss Bars‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Additional Attributes/Advanced Bar‬‬
‫‪.Properties‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰﻱ ‪ Beam Element‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ‪.Truss Element‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺁﻳﻠﺮ‪-‬ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳏـﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺻﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺁﻳﻠﺮ‪-‬ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺷﻴﻨﻜﻮ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪.‬‬

‫‪Bar Type‬‬ ‫‪-10-10-2‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺸﱯ ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ )ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ(‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﻴﺐ ‪ Bar Type‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ ,Buckling Length‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ‪,Lateral Buckling Type‬ﺍﱁ‪...‬‬

‫‪Supports‬‬‫‪-11-2‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Supports‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Structure Definition‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Supports‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 27-2‬ﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -2‬‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ‪ Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻣـﺴﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ )ﻗﻄﻌﺔ( ‪ Line‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤـﻲ )ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪) Surface‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ‪:Support Types‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﻗﺔ ‪) Fixed Support‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ‪.(Uplift‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ‪.Elastic Support‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﻊ ﲣﺎﻣﺪ ‪.Support with Damping‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻻ ﺧﻄﻲ ‪.Non-Linear Support‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟـﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﳊـﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘـﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪ (UX,UY,UZ,RX,RY,RZ‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ) ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ( ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫‪) Damping Coefficients‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﻊ ﲣﺎﻣﺪ( ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﻟﻪ )ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺧﻄﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ Releases‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ Compatible Nodes‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ( ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ( ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﳏﺪﺩ )ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ) ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬

‫‪Parabolic‬‬ ‫‪Bilinear‬‬ ‫‪Linear‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﻲ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬

‫‪Plastic with‬‬ ‫‪Perfectly Plastic‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪EC2‬‬
‫‪Hardening‬‬

‫ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫‪Gap/Hook‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.28-2‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫‪86‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪28 -2‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ‪ ,UX+‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ )‪ (-‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪ ,None‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ )‪ (+‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ‪ .UZ-‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ‪Elastic‬‬ ‫ﺍﶈـﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪ ,UZ-‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬‫‪ Base Coefficient‬ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.29-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪29 -2‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Support‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Advanced‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ‪.RC Plate‬‬
‫ﻭ ﲤﺎﻣـﹰﺎ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﲡﺰﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ‪ Supports‬ﺇﱃ ﺧﻄﻮﺗﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪Supports‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ‪ :Support Type Definition‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﰊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪:‬‬
‫‪New Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Support Definition‬ﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New Support Definition‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓـﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Support Definition‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻤﻸ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳـﺜﻬﺎ ﻧﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ >‪ <Enter‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻧﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﲣﱪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Assigning Supports to Structure Nodes‬‬ ‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪ :or Other Objects‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻬﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Delete‬ﳊﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪) ,‬ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺩﻭﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

References ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
1- K.J.BATHE,E.WILSON, Numerical Methods In Finite Element Analysis,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey 1976.
2- J.L.BATOZ,G.DHATT, Modelisation des Structures Par Elements Finis,
Hermes, Paris 1990.
3- M.A. CRIESFIELD, Solution Procedures For Non-Linear Structural
Problems, 1984.
4- T.GALEA,H.GACHON, Modele d’analyse Nonlineaire Des Structures A
Barres Methodes D’approche Du Seuil De Bifurcation, Construction
Metallique, 2-1978.
5- E.HINTON,D.R.J.OWEN, An Introduction To Finite Element Computations,
Pineridge Press, Swansea 1984.
6- E.HINTON,D.R.J.OWEN,C.TAYLOR (Eds), Recent Advances In Non-Linear
Computational Mechanics, Pineridge Press, Swansea 1984.
7- T.J.R, HUGES, The Finite Element Method –Linear Static And Dynamic
Finite Element Analysis, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey 07632.
8- T.J.R, HUGES, F. BREZZI, On Drilling Degrees Of Freedom, Comp. Meth.
In Appl. Mech. And Eng.72(1989), 105-121.
9- W. KANOK-NUKUICHAI, Mathematical Modeling Of Cable-Stayed Bridge,
Structural Engineering International, 2/92.
10- J.S. PRZEMIENIECKI, Theory Of Matrix Structural Analysis, Mcgraw-Hill,
New York 1968.
11- TIMOSHENKO, J.M. GERE, Theory Of Elastic Stability, Mcgraw-Hill, New
York,1961.
12- TIMOSHENKO, WOYNOWSKI-KRUGER, Theory Of Plates And Shells,
Mcgraw-Hill, New York 1966.
13- K.WASHIZU, Variational Method In Elasticity And Plasticity, Pergamon
Press, 1976.
14- O.C. ZIENIEWICZ, Finite Element Method, Mcgraw-Hill, London 1977.

89
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪90‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫‪Finite Element Mesh Generation‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪92‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Options Used For FE‬‬ ‫‪-1-3‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪Mesh Generation and Modification‬‬
‫‪Options FE Mesh‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ , Generation‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪.Options FE Mesh Generation‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪Generation‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﳎﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.Coons‬‬ ‫‪Base Mesh‬‬
‫‪Points‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Meshing Option‬‬ ‫‪Meshing‬‬
‫‪Options‬‬
‫ﲡﻤـﻴﺪ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫‪Mesh Freeze‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪Mesh Unfreeze‬‬
‫‪.Meshing Option‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺇﻥ‬ ‫‪Local Mesh‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﲡﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪Generation‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Local Mesh‬‬
‫‪Deleting‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Emitter‬‬
‫‪Definition‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Mesh‬‬
‫‪Consolidation‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
‫‪Mesh Quality‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Mesh‬‬
‫‪Refinement‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Parameters of FE Mesh Generation‬‬ ‫‪-2-3‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪: Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Modification‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Job Preferences‬ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.(Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Calculation Model/Meshing Option‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Option of FE Mesh Generation‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪Model/Meshing Option‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ‪ Plates or Shells‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -3‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ .1-3‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪:Available Meshing Methods‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪Coon‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.Delaunay‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.Isoparameric‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Degree of Method Implementation‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻛـﻞ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪) Never ,Rarely ,Often‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﺩﺭﹰﺍ‪,‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Forcing Ratio‬ﻟﻄـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ Coons‬ﻭ ﻋـﺮﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ Often :‬ﻭ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Forced :Forcing Ratio‬ﺳﺘﺠﱪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.Coons‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Finite‬‬
‫‪3Node Triangles,6-Node Triangles, 4-Node Rectangles, 8-Node Rectangles:Elements‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .2-3‬ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -3‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Forcing Ratio‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Forcing Ratio‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ,Any‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ‬‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Mesh Generation‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Automatic‬ﻭ ‪ ,User‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔـﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Coon‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪:Isoparametric‬‬
‫‪ Division1 -‬ﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻴﻂ )ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Divition2 -‬ﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻴﻂ )ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ .Mesh of Volumetric Elements‬ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﻟـﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻘـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺸﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ Coarse Mesh‬ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ‪.Fine Mesh‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳـﻔﻞ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Additional Meshing of Solid Surface‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺷـﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻄـﺒﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Additional Meshing of Solid Surface‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺴﻤﲔ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﻴﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Coons’ Method Parameters‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ ‪Triangles in Triangular Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ ‪Triangles and Rectangles in Triangular Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ‪.Triangles and Rhombs in Triangular Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪.Squares in Rectangular Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪.Triangles in Rectangular Contour‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Forcing Ratio‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Coon‬ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪:Delaunay’s Method Parameters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ :Delaunay‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Delaunay‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ :Kang‬ﻣـﻊ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‬
‫‪ Emitters‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.(H0, Hmax, Q) Kang‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Delaunay‬ﻭ ‪ :Kang‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ‪ Emitters‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Kang‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪. Delaunay‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪FE Mesh Generation Method‬‬ ‫‪-3-3‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫‪-1-3-3‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﺃﻭ ‪:Delaunay‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ‪ Delaunay‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪ .2D‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟـﺪﺕ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻛﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﳏﻴﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .Contour Edge‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ )ﺃﻱ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺍﺕ(‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ ,Delaunay‬ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -3‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3-3‬ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Delaunay‬ﻟﻠﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪:Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ :Mesh Generation Method‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Delaunay‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣـﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪(Kang’s Method – Kang‬‬
‫)‪ .Emitters‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ‪ .Emitters‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪.Kang‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ H0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪.Length of the First Wave‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪ (Hmax,Q) Kang‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Hmax‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Q‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ H0=1.0, Q=1.2, Hmax=2.0 :‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ‪.1.0,1.2,1.44,1.73,1.07,2.5 :‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Delaunay‬ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Finite‬‬
‫‪.Elements‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ‪Triangle-into-Quadrilateral Conversion‬‬
‫‪ ,Coefficient‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻌـﺐ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ]‪:[-1,+1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ -1‬ﺳﻴﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳍﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 1‬ﺳﻴﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳑﻜﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Mesh‬‬
‫‪.Consolidation‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Finite Elements‬‬

‫‪-2-3-3‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪:Coon‬‬
‫ﺳـﻄﻮﺡ ‪ Coon‬ﻫﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ .3D‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺃﺣﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.4-3‬‬

‫‪98‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -3‬‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Coon‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷـﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﶈـﺪﻭﺩﺓ )ﻣﺜﻠﺜـﻲ‪ ,‬ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ( ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ .Division1,Division2‬ﺗﺼﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ) ﺑـﲔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ) ﺑﲔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ( ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟـﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﶈـﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Coon‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪ 2D‬ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ 3D‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪:Coon‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪Coons’s Typology‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )‪.(Division1,Division2‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -3‬‬

‫‪Base Mesh Points‬‬ ‫‪-4-3‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﰎ ﲡﻬﻴـﺰ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Base Mesh Points‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ .Coon‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Calculation Model/Base Mesh Points‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Option of FE Mesh Generation‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.6-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -3‬‬
‫ﺗـﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ .Coon‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ,‬ﰎ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﹰﺍ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(7-3‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -3‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺡ ) ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﲔ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ )ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ‪ #3‬ﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ‪ ,‬ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ(‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪) Coon‬ﺃﻧﻈـﺮ ‪ (Jop Preference/Meshing Options‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Division1, Division2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫‪Quadrilateral‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ‬
‫‪Triangular‬‬

‫‪101‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Emitters‬‬ ‫‪-5-3‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‬

‫ﻧﻘـﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ‪ :Emitters‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ )ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛـﺜﺎﻓﺔ( ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻼ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﻋـﺎﻡ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺣﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌـﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻳـﺮﻏﺐ ﺍﳌﻬـﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺧﱪﺗﻪ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Calculation Model/Emitters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Emitter Definition‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ‪ ,Emitters‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ FE mesh Increment‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟـﺜﺎﺑﺖ ‪ :Constant Increment‬ﺗـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ :Variable Increment‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Emitters‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪) 8-3‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Emitters‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.( Variable Increment‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Emitters‬‬
‫‪ :Define Node with an Emitter -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‬
‫‪ Emitter‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Emitter Definition in (a) Node(s) -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ )ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ( ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ( ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )ﻧﻘﺎﻁ( ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ )‪ Emitter(s‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Delete the Emitters -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﻗـﻢ )ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ( ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ( ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺬﻑ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‬
‫‪ Emitters‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪: Define Node with an Emitter -‬‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.(Mesh Generation options‬‬

‫‪102‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Coordinates‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪:Emitter Definition in (a) Node(s) -‬‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.(Mesh Generation options‬‬
‫‪ :Node List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -3‬‬
‫‪:Delete the Emitters -‬‬
‫‪ :Node List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Variable Increment‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Emitters‬ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪Constant‬‬
‫‪:Increment‬‬
‫‪ :r1‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪.H0‬‬
‫‪ :r2‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ) ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﺼﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﻦ ‪.(r1,r2‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Estimated Element Number in Sphere r1‬ﻭ ﻻ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ‪ H0‬ﻭ ‪.r1,r2‬‬

‫‪Consolidation‬‬ ‫‪-6-3‬ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Consolidation‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ) ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Consolidation‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ‪ .Delaunary‬ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻄﻤﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪,Consolidation‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -3‬‬
‫‪ :Conversion Coefficient -‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻝ ]‪.[-1,+1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺧـﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪ Conversion Coefficient‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪,+1‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ )ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪ Conversion Coefficient‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ,-1‬ﺳﺘﺘﻐﲑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪FE Mesh Refinement‬‬ ‫‪-7-3‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Refinement‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻌـﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Consolidation‬‬

‫‪104‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Refinement‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Calculation Model/Mesh Refinement‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Options FE Mesh Generation‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Refinement‬ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Mesh Refinement Type -‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Element List -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪Simple‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ‬

‫‪Double‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ‬

‫‪Triple‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ FE Mesh Freeze for The Modified Panels‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺘﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﲏ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ ) ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﻔ ‪‬ﻌّﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﲤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.Meshing Option‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ )‪.(Simple, Double, Triple‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﺘﻨﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ FE Mesh Freeze for The Modified Panels‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪105‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪Mesh Quality‬‬ ‫‪-8-3‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Calculation Model/ Mesh Quality‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Mesh Quality‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Mesh Quality‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.10-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -3‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﲔ ]‪ .[0,1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﲤـﺜﻞ ﻋﻨـﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻨﻮﻋـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳘﺎ‪ .Q1,Q2 :‬ﻭ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠـﻲ ﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ‪) Q1‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻭ ‪ ) Q2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Q1‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺯﱐ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ) ﻳﻌﲏ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﱪﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﱪﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ(‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Q2‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺯﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪) Precision‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ‪.(0.5‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪106‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ )‪ (Q1,Q2‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Precision‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Elements That do Not Meet the Criterion‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ‪ Q1,Q2‬ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Application of FE Mesh Generation‬‬ ‫‪-9-3‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫‪-1-9-3‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪:Delaunay‬‬

‫‪L‬‬‫‪-1-1-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪:1‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.3 -Node Triyangles‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.11-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -3‬‬

‫‪107‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪:2‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ Kang‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ )‪(Hmax=1000, Q=1.2‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ‪.H0=0.3 Default Emitters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.3 -Node Triangles‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.12-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪:3‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Delaunay+Kang (Hmax=1000,‬‬
‫)‪ Q=1.2‬ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ‪.H0=0.3 Default Emitters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.4-Node Quadrilaterals‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.13-3‬‬

‫‪108‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪:4‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Delaunay+Kang (Hmax=1000,‬‬
‫)‪ Q=1.2‬ﻻ ﳔـﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫)ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.H0=0.3 User’s Emitters (14-3‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.4-Node Quadrilaterals‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.14-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -3‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪:5‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ )‪ Delaunay (Hmax=1000, Q=1.2‬ﻻ‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.4-Node Quadrilaterals‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.15-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -3‬‬

‫‪-2-1-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫‪Rectangular Plate‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪7‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Delaunay+Kang (Hmax=1000,‬‬
‫)‪ Q=1.2‬ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ‪.H0=0.3 Default Emitters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.3 -Node Triangles‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.16-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪7‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ‪Delaunay+Kang (Hmax=10,‬‬
‫)‪ Q=1‬ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ‪.H0=0.3 Default Emitters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.3 -Node Triangles‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.17-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪8‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Delaunay‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Delaunay Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ‪Delaunay+Kang (Hmax=1.0,‬‬
‫)‪ Q=1.2‬ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ‪.H0=0.3 Default Emitters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.3 -Node Triangles‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.18-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪9‬‬
‫ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﻣﺞ ‪ Consolidation‬ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .8‬ﻭﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Conversion Coefficient=0.3 :Mesh Consolidation‬ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.19-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -3‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-2-9-3‬ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪:Coon‬‬

‫‪-1-2-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Coons‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Coons Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Squares In Rectangular Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.4-Node Quadrilaterals‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.20-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Coons‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Coons Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‪. Triangles In Rectangular Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪. 3 -Node Triangle‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.21-3‬‬

‫‪113‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ‪ Refinement‬ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ,(2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Mesh Refinement‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ , Double:Mesh Refinement Type‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.22-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -3‬‬

‫‪-2-2-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪4‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Coons‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Coons Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Triangles And Squares In Triangular‬‬
‫‪.Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪. 3 -Node Triangle‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.23-3‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪5‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Meshing Options‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.Coons‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Mesh Generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.User-Division1=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Coons Method Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Triangles And Squares In Triangular‬‬
‫‪.Contour‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪. 4-Node Quadrilaterals‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.24-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪6‬‬
‫‪Mesh‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ,(5‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Refinement‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ , Simple:Mesh Refinement Type‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.25-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﻣﺞ ‪ Consolidation‬ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .6‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Conversion Coefficient=0.3 :Mesh Consolidation‬ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.26-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -3‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

References ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
1. AKHRAS, DHATT, An Automatic Node Recaballing Schema For
Minimizing a Matrix or Network Bandwidth, IJNME76, vol. 10, 787-97.
2. AKIN, Contouring On Isoparametric Surfaces, IJNME77, v.11, 893-7.
3. AMEZWA el. El. 3, A General Algorithm For The Bidimensional Finite
Element Meshing, II Congress Mundial Vasco, ed. ALEA t.l, 1988 p.540-52.
4. BARNHILL, BIRKOFF, GORDON, Smooth Interpolation In Triangles, J. of
Approx. Theory 8,114-28,(1973).
5. BOWYER, Computing Divicklet Tessellations, The Computer Journal,
V.24,2,1981.
6. BYKAT, Automatic Generation Of Triangular Grid :I-Subdivision of a
General Polygon Into Convex Subregions, II-Triangulation of Convex
Polygons, IJNME76, 1329-42.
7. BYKAT, A Not On An Element Ordering Schema, IJNME76, 194-8.
8. BYKAT, Design Of A Recursive Shape Controlling Mesh Generator, 1375-
90, vol. 19,1983.
9. CAVENDISH, GORDAN, HALL, Substructured Macro Elements Based On
Locally Blended Interpolation, IJNME’83, v11, IJNME’77,1405-21.
10. COLLINS, A Modified Prefrontal Routine, IJNME’77,765-6.
11. DUROCHER, GASPER, A Vertical Tow-Dimensional Mesh Generator With
Automatic Bandwidth Reduction, Computer & Structures, 1979, v. 10,p. 561-
75.
12. EISENBERG, MYLVERN, On FE Integration in Natural Co-ordinates,
IJNME’73, v.7, N4, 574-5.
13. FREY, HALL, PORSCHING, An Application of Computer Graphics to 3D
FE, C&3 1979, v. 10, 149-54.
14. GOLDEN, Geometric Structural Modeling: a Promising Basics For FE
Analysis, Computers & Structures 1979, v. 10, 347-50.
15. GORDON, Spline Blended Surface Interpolation Through Curve Networks,
Journal Of Math & Mech.(JMM)’69,931-52.
16. GOEDON, HALL, Transfinite Element Methods: Blending Function
Interpolation Over Arbitrarily Curved Element Domains, Numer. Math,21
,109-29.
17. HABER, SHEPHARD, ABEL, GALLAGHER, GREENBERG, A General 2-
D Graphical FE Preprocessor Utilizing Discrete Transfinite Mappings,
IJNME, 1981,Vol.17, 1015-44.
18. HALL, LUCZAK, SERDY, Numerical Solution Of Steady State Heat Flow
Problems Over Curved Domains, ACM-Trms’76(Transaction Of
Mathematical Software),Vol.2,Nr3,Sept.76,P.257-74.
19. HALL, Transfinite Interpolation And Application To Engineering Problems,
Theory Of Approximation With Applications, Ed .LAW, SAHNEJ, 308-31.
20. HENSHELL, Differences Between Isoparametric Assumptions And True
Circles, IJNME, 1977, P.1193-6.
21. JOE, SIMPSON, Triangular Meshes For Regions Of Complicated Shape,
IJNME’86, V.23, 751-78.
22. JOHNSON, Meshing-Beauty Is Only Skin Deep, Benchmark, June 1993,
P.34-37.

117
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

23. KLEINSTREUER, HOLDEMAN, A Triangular FE Mesh Generator For Fluid

Dynamic Systems Of Arbitrary Geometry, IJNME’80,V.15,1325-34.
24. LEE, LO, An Automatic Adaptive Refinement, FE Procedure For 2D
Elastostatic Analysis, IJNME 1992, Vol. 35, P.1967-89.
25. LEWIS, ROBINSON, Triangulation Of Planar Regions With Applications,
The Computer Journal 1987, Vol.21, N4,P.324-32.
26. LIU, CHEN, A 2d Mesh Generator For Variable Order Triangular And
Rectangular Elements, Computer & Structures, V.29.Nr6,1033-53, 1988.
27. LO, Generation Of High-Quality Gradation Finite Element Mesh, Engineering
Fracture Mechanics, 1992,Vol.41,N2,Pp.191-202.
28. LO, Visualisation Of 3d Solid Fe Mesh By The Method Of Sectioning, C&S,
1990, Vol,N1,Pp.63-8.
29. LO, Volume Discretization Into Tetrahedral-Ii. 3d Triangulation By
Advancing Front Approach, Computers & Structures, 1991, Vol.39,
N5,Pp.501-11.
30. LO, CHEUNG, LEUNG, An Algorithm To Display 3D Objects,
C&S’82,V.15,No.6,637-83.
31. MCNEICE, MARCAL, Optimization Of FE Grids Based On Minimum
Potential Energy, Transaction Of ASME (Journal Of Eng. For Indus),
February 1973, P.186-90.
32. MEEK, BEER, Contour Plotting Of Data Using Isoparametric Element
Representation, IJNME,1975,Vol.10,N4,P954-7.
33. MOSCARDINI, LEWIS, DROSS, AGHTOM- Automatic Generation Of
Triangular And Higher Order Meshes, IJNME, 1983,Vol. 19,Pp.1331-53.
34. OBERKAMPF, Domain Mappings For The Numerical Solution Of Partial
Differential Equations, IJNME, 1976,Vol.10,P.211-23.
35. PARK, WASHAM, Drag Method As FE Mesh Generation Scheme,
Computers & Structures, 1979,Vol.10,P.343-6.
36. PEANO, PASINI, RICCIONI, SARDELLA, Adaptive Approximations In FE
Structural Analysis, C&S,1979, Vol.18,P.909-26.
37. PERUCCHIO, SAXENA, Automatic Mesh Generation From Solid Models
Based On Recursive Spatial Decompositions, IJNME, 1989,Vol.28,Pp.2469-
501.
38. PIEGL, Hermite And Coons Like Interpolants Using Rational Bezier
Approximation From With Infinite Control Points, CAD, 1988,P.2-10.
39. PINA, An Algorithms For Frontwidth Reduction, IJNME, 1981,Vol.17,P.255-
69.
40. POURAZADY, RADHAKRISHAN, Optimization Of Triangular Mesh,
Computers & Structures,1991,V.40,Nr3.Pp.795-804.
41. PREISS, Checking The Topological Consistency Of A FE Mesh, IJNME
1979,V.14, 1805-12.
42. RHEINBOLDT, Adaptive Mesh Refinement Processes For FE Solutions,
IJNME,V.17,649-62,1981.
43. RUDD, Impacting The Design Process Using Solid Modeling And Automated
FE Mesh Generation, CAD’88,P.212-60.
44. SADEK, A Scheme For The Automatic Generation Of Triangular Finite
Elements, IJNME,19780 Vol.15,P1813-22.
45. SCHROEDER, SHEPHARD, Geometry Based Fully Automatic Mesh
Generation And The Delaunay Triangulation, IJNME, 1988,Vol.26,P.2503-15.

118
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

46. SIMPSON, Automatic Local Refinement For Irregular Rectangular Meshes,

IJNM, 1979,V.14,1665-78.
47. SLOAN, A Fast Stiffness Formulation For FE Analysis Of 2D Solids, IJNME
1981,V.17,P.1313-23.
48. STELZER, WELZEL, Plotting Of Contours In A Natural Way, IJNME, 1987,
V.24,1757-69.
49. STRICLIN,HO, RICHARDSON, HAISLER, On Isoparametric Vs, Linear
Strain Triangular Elements, IJNME, 1977,V.11, 1041-43.
50. WU, Techniques To Avoid Duplicate Nodes And Relax Restrictions On
Superelement Numbering In A Mesh Generator, Computers & Structures,
1982, Vol.15,N4,P.419-22.
51. WU, ABEL, GREENBERG, An Interactive Computer Graphics Approach Of
Surface Representation, Communication Of The ACM, October 1977,
Vol.20,N10,P.703.
52. ZIENKIEWICS,ZHU, Error Estimates And Adaptivity- The Essential
Ingredients Of Engineering FEM Analysis, Benchmark, July 1989,P.9-15.
53. SPATIAL TECHNOLOGY, ACIS Geometric Modeler-Technical Overview,
Printed In The USA, 1996.
54. SPATIAL TECHNOLOGY, ACIS Toolkit-Technical Overview, Printed In
The USA, 1996/97

119
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪120‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬

Operations Which Help in Structure

Geometry Generation

121
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪122‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Other Components in Program‬‬ ‫‪-1-4‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫‪-1-1-4‬ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪Structural Axes‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﳏـﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ Structural Axes‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Structural Axes‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Tools‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Structural Axes‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -4‬‬
‫ﲤﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻴﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﳑﻜﻦ(‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻱ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ zx‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ ,xy‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ z‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫‪ ,Level‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ xy‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 1-4‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ) ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪, x‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪.(yz‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ‪) Levels‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ ,z‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪.(xy‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪, y‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪.(xz‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ( ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ Grillages‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﳏـﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﳚﺐ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ,Position‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ,Number of Repetitions‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ .Distance‬ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Insert‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﳛﺘﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﲨﻠـﺔ ﺍﶈـﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ‪ .‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Numbering‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫‪ Level1,Level2,...‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ …‪ A,B,C,‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫…‪ .1,2,3,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ‪/‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Position‬ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Define‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Numbering‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗـﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Define‬ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.(Numbering‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Insert‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ‪/‬ﳏﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Delete‬ﻭ ﳊﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳـﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Delete All‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻮﻣﻲ ) ﺃﻱ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﲞﻂ ﲰﻴﻚ(‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Single Out‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ × ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﲜﺪﻱ ﺩﻭﻣﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑـﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ‪Structural Axis‬‬
‫‪ Modification‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.2-4‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -4‬‬

‫‪Numbering‬‬ ‫‪-2-1-4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻏﲎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﻀﻄﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Numbering‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Numbering‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.3-4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -4‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻳﻘـﺴﻢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪ Nodes‬ﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ‪ .Bars/Panels/Objects‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ )ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫‪ ,Object Number‬ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪ , Step‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪.(Selection‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟـﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﻓـﻴﻪ ﺍﻟـﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ )ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node Number‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.(Object Number‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Step‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.OK‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ )ﺃﻱ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﻟﻮﺡ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ(‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺘﺘﻐﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ 8,11,15,20‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Object Number=11‬ﻭ ‪ ,Step=2‬ﻟﻦ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﰲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ 13‬ﻭ ‪17‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -4‬‬

‫‪126‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪) 3-4‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻓﻌﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ (Geometrical Renumbering‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Geometrical Renumbering‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.4-4‬‬

‫‪-3-1-4‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪Dimension Lines‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Tools /Dimension Lines‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪ Tools‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.5-4‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Dimension Lines‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻂ ‪ ,Line Type‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ‪,Position‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ‪,Beginning and End‬ﺍﱁ( ﻟﻸﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -4‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Operations on 2D‬‬ ‫‪-2-4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪Objects (Extrude, Revolve, Combination) and on 3D Objects (Fillet, Chamfer‬‬
‫ﰎ ﲡﻬﻴـﺰ ﻧﻈـﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﲞﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ Extrude‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Revolve‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ‪ Extrude‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Objects/Extrude‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Objects: Operations/Modification‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ) Extrude‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Extrude‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.Plate, Shell, Volumetric Structure :‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻨﻔﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ )ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Extrude‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‪ ,‬ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ‪(0,10,0) Vector‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪Division Number=10‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Top‬ﻭ ‪ Base‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌ‪‬ﻼﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪Scale =0.5‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ New Object Option‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌ‪‬ﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.6-4‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -4‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﻇـﻴﻔﺔ ﺧـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ‪ Revolve‬ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ‪ .Extrude‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ) ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ( ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ ﳏﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Objects/Revolve‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Object: Operations/Modifications‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) .Revolve‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﳏﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻭﻻ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Revolve‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.Plate, Shell, Volumetric Structure :‬‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻲ ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻪ )‪ ,(Axis Beginning, Axis End‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪,Rotation Angle‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ,Number of Division‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪.Top, Base, Scale, New Object‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻌﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪:6‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻟﻨﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﹰﺎ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ) ﰲ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻪ‬
‫)‪.(0,0,-6),(0,0,0),(6,0,0),(6,0,-6‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Revolve‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳـﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Axis‬‬
‫)‪ ,Beginning=(12,0,0‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ‪‬ﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪ ,Axis End=(12,0,-6‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫‪129‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ ,Rotation Angle=90‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ .Number of Divisions=10‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Top‬ﻭ‬

‫‪ Base‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌ‪‬ﻼﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ , Scale=1‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ New Object‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌ‪‬ﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.7-4‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -4‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )‪.(Side, Base, Edge‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﲢﺮﻳـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Operation and‬‬
‫‪ .Modification on Objects‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ .Edit/Structure Modification/Object Modification‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.8-4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -4‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ‪.Geometry/Subobjects‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ‪.Object Modification List‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ‪.List of Operations on Object Modification‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry/Subobjects‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Polyline-Contour‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ‪ Object Modification List‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Extrude, Revolve, Along :‬‬
‫‪ .Polyline‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ,Add Object Modification‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Delete‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Object‬‬
‫‪ Modification Parameters‬ﻳـﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Object: Operations/Modifications‬ﻣﻜﱪﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻌـﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ )‪ .(Extrude, Revolve, Along Polyline‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Apply‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ(‪ ,‬ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ‪ List of Operations on Object Modification‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﲤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻧـﺴﺤﺎﺏ ‪ ,Translation‬ﺍﻟـﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ ,Rotation‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ ,Scaling‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ .Deformation‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻟـﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ )ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ (Add Operation Group‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ )ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺗﺘﺎﱄ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺬﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ ) Delete‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ‪ ,(List of Operations On Object Modification‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Operation Parameter‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Object:Operations/Modifications‬ﻣﻜﱪﹰﺍ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ )‪.(Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Deformation‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ‪ Translation‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Rotation‬ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ‪Extrusion‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ‪ .Revolution‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻲ( ‪ Scaling‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫‪ Object Scale Coefficient‬ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬

‫‪131‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Deformation‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﱪ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ Operation‬ﲢـﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ) ﻳﻌﲏ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Object Combination‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Objects/Objects Combinations‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.9-4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -4‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 9-4‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) ACIS Kernal‬ﺃﻧﻈـﺮ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ (Preferences/Advanced‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ Robot‬ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ( ‪.Boolean Objects‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤـﺴﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ACIS Technology‬ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 9-4‬ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺳـﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ) ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺃﻧـﺒﻮﰊ ‪ ,Pipe Surface‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺷﻮﺭﻱ ‪ ,Prism Surface‬ﻗﻮﺱ ‪ ,Arc‬ﺍﱁ( ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ) ﺟﱪ ﺑﻮﻝ ‪ (Boolean Algebra‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪ ,Union‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫‪) Complement‬ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫‪ ,Common Part‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ‪.Exclusive Alternative‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ )ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ( ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ‪Cutting off‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Robot‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ACIS Kernal‬ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ ,Intersections‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪ ,Union‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻱﺀ ‪ ,Partition‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ‪ Subtraction‬ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪ ) Inclusion‬ﺍﻷﻧـﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ‪Double Operand‬‬
‫‪.(Operations‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺟـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ‪ ,ACIS Kernal‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ACIS‬‬
‫‪ Geometric Kernal‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Preference‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ACIS‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ACIS‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﹰﺍ‬ ‫‪Geometric Kernal‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻖ ﺗﻘﻨـﻴﺔ ‪ ACIS Technology‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ )ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤـﻲ(‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳛـﻞ ﺍﳌـﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Undo‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﳉﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,ACIS Geometric Kernal‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪:Robot‬‬
‫‪ .Fillet 3D, Chamfer‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Object‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﲔ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ )‪ (Fillets‬ﺑﲔ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻄﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ (Chamfers‬ﺑﲔ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ) ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ( ﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Coon‬ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Delaunay‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ) ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﲔ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘـﻴﺔ ‪(Union, Complement, Common Part, Exclusive‬‬
‫)‪ Alternative‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.10-4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪Union A+B‬‬ ‫‪Common Part A^B‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪Exclusive Alternative A or B‬‬ ‫‪Complement A-B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﲤﺎﻡ‬
‫)‪A or B=(A+B)-(A^B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -4‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻟـﻨﺎ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Cutting off‬ﺑﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻑ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ ,‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﻄﺎﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 11-4‬ﻛﺎﺋﻨﲔ ‪ A,B‬ﺧﻀﻌﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﲟﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫‪134‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ )ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺸﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪Direction‬‬
‫)‪Cutting Line (Plane‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -4‬‬

‫‪Edit Operations‬‬‫‪-3-4‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬

‫ﰎ ﺗـﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ‪/‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ ,Rotation‬ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ‪ ,Translation‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﲑ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ )ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ‪ ,(Mirror‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ ,Planar Symmetry‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻱ ‪Axial‬‬
‫‪ ,Symmetry‬ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ .Scale‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Edit/Edit‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Edit‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪(Translation,‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Complex Edition‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ .Rotation, Scaling‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ .Edit/Complex Edit‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻨﺠﺰ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ )ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ(‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳـﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ( ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳـﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪,Divide‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ,Extend‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ‪.Trim‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Divide‬ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Edit/Divide‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Division‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Edit‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪135‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ Extend‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Edit/Extend‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Extend‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Edit‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )‪ (Arcs, Circles, Plylines, etc‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ .Trim‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Edit/Trim‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Trim‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Edit‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪-4-4‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Typical Structures‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ )ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ ,Design 3D‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.File/Library‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.12-4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -4‬‬

‫‪136‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 12-4‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻜﺘـﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪Typical of Structures-‬‬
‫…‪.Beams, Frames, Trusses‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‪-‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪.Typical Structures-Additional Database‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ‪.Plates and Shells‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ‪ ,Continuous Beam‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪,Grillage‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻖ ‪ ,Multi-Story Frame‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪Multi-bay Frame‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ‪.Length‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪.Height/Width‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ‪.Number of Fields/Divisions/Spans‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ )ﰲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ( )‪.Roof Girder Slope Angles (in Frame‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﻡ ﻻ )‪.Continuous Chords (yes/No‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ )‪.Moment Released (yes/No‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ )‪.First Diagonal Up (yes/No‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ) ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ( ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﺍ ًﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Sections‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻧﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫…‪Typical of Structures-Beams, Frames, Trusses‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪137‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪138‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‪-‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪.Typical Structures-Additional Database‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪139‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠـﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳚـﺐ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Thickness Th‬ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ .Material‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌـﺼﺒﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﺕ ﺃﻋﺼﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪ Bars along Dimension B‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Bars along Dimension H‬ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ‪ Holes‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ‪.Plates and Shells‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪140‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪141‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ FEM‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪Mesh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Mesh‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ )‪. Quadrilateral Elements (yes/No‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪/‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ )‪.3/4-Node Element (Yes/No‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ‪.Number of Division‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪142‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪ ,‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻳﺒﻘـﻰ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﳍـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Insert‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪.Insertion Point‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Reference Point‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪.Scale Coefficient‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪.Alpha ,Beta, Gamma‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻛﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻻ )‪.Add as Object (yes/No‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -4‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Insert‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.13-4‬‬

‫‪Phase Structures‬‬ ‫‪-5-4‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot‬ﻫﻮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ ) ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Geometry/Phases/Phase Selection‬‬
‫‪Geometry/Phases/Collecting Phases‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠـﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺛـﻨﺎﺀ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻧـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ )ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ( ﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﳌـﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Phase Selection‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14-4‬‬
‫)ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ :Activation/Edition Range‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔ ‪‬ﻌ ﹰﻞ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺘﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :All Window‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻣﻔ ‪‬ﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺳﺘﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -4‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ New Phase‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﲰﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )ﺳﲑﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ( ﻭ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Define‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Activate -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Modify -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Delete -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﺘﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﻣـﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Phases‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.Activation/Edition Range‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Activate‬ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﳏﺪﺩﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬

‫‪145‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ‪.Tower Base‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪ ,Main Part‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪ , Main Part‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪.External Part‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ‪.External Part Before Assembling‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Phases‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ) ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Activation/Edition Range‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3-5‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Title Bar‬ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳـﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ Glued Structure/1st Phase Before Collecting‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Phase‬‬

‫‪146‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪Loads Definition‬‬

‫‪147‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪148‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Load Cases Definition‬‬ ‫‪-1-5‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Types‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.1-5‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -5‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Types‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ Load Cases‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,Nature‬ﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ Number‬ﻭ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ‪) Name‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ‪List of‬‬
‫‪ Defined Load Cases‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳒﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Load Types‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Modify‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ‪List of Defined‬‬
‫‪.Load Cases‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻏﲑ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ Number‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ Name‬ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪. Nature‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Modify‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -5‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ :Robot Millennium‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ‪,Self-weight‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ‪ ,Dead‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ‪ ,Live‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ‪ ,Wind‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ‪ ,Snow‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ,Temperature‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻡ ‪ Accidental‬ﻭﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ ‪.Seismic‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻨﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Load Types‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪.Load Type‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪:Robot Millennium‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ‪ ,Dead Loads‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ‪ ,Nodal Loads‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ,Uniform Loads‬ﲪـﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ‪ ,Trapezoidal Loads‬ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
‫‪ ,Bar Forces‬ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊـﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ,Thermal Loads‬ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄـﺒﻘﺔ ‪Imposed‬‬
‫‪,Displacements‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ‪ Dilatation‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ‪.Distributed Moments‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ‪ ,Dead Loads‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ‪Uniform Planer Loads‬‬
‫‪,‬ﲪـﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ‪ ,Planar Loads Defined with 3 Points‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ ,Planar Loads Defined with 2 Points‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪Pressure‬‬
‫‪ ,Loads‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ‪Uniform Planar Loads on Contour‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Planar Loads Defined with 3 Points‬‬ ‫‪ ,‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
‫‪ ,on Contour‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪.Thermal Loads‬‬
‫ﻟـﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Select‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ) ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﶈـﺪﺩﺓ(‪ .‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ‪ ) X,Z‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪.(Px,Pz‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﻓـﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ‪ Local‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ Global‬ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Definition‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads/Load Definition‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -5‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ ,‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load Definition‬ﻣﻔ ‪‬ﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3-5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.Node, Bar, Surface, Self-Weight :‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Node‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nodal Forces‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Nodal Force‬‬

‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Imposed Displacement‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪Imposed‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Displacement‬‬

‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nodal Masses‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Added Masses‬‬

‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Force in Point‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪Force in Point‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫‪Deletes The‬‬
‫‪Selected Load Type‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Bar‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Uniform Load‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ‬
‫‪Uniform Load‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Trapezoidal Load‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫‪Trapezoidal Load‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bar Force‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
‫‪Bar Force‬‬
‫)ﻗﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻋﺰﻭﻡ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Dilatation‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Dilatation‬‬

‫‪ Thermal‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪Load‬‬ ‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪Thermal Load‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪152‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Surface‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪Load‬‬ ‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪Planar Load‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bar Mass‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Added Masses‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪Deletes The‬‬
‫‪Selected Load Type‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻊ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﺳـﻴﺔ ‪ Offsets‬ﶈﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺮﻛـﺰﻳﺔ )ﻣـﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ( ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﻴﺐ )‪ ,(Bar Force‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Load on Eccentricity‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳒﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻼﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﲝﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ‪Fx,Fy,Fz‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ )‪ (y,z‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ‪.Mx=Fz*y-Fy*z, My=Fx*z, Mz=-Fx*y‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Surface‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Uniform Planar Load‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌـﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧـﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪Uniform Planar‬‬
‫‪Load‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Linear Load 2P‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪Linear Load 2P‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Planar Load 3P‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ )ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ( ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫‪Planar Load 3P‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Pressure‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳـﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪Hydrostatic‬‬
‫‪Pressure‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ )‪ Uniform Planar Load (Contour‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪Uniform Planar‬‬
‫‪Load on Contour‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ )‪ Planar 3P Load (Contour‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ )ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ( ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪Planar Load 3P on‬‬
‫‪Contour‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Thermal Load 3P‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪Thermal Load 3P‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Linear Load on Object‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫‪Linear Load on‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Edges‬‬

‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ )ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟـﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫‪Deletes The‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ‬ ‫‪Selected Load Type‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ,Solids‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Geometrical Limitation‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Geometrical‬‬
‫‪ Limitation‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ ,‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﶈـﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Loads‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .(Limitation‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﺍﻍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠـﻮﺡ )ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪d‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪154‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Self-Weight‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Load Defination‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪ Z‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪Self-Weight-PZ for‬‬
‫‪the Whole Structure‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Self-Weight‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪Self-Weight on‬‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Selected Elements‬‬

‫ﳛـﺬﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﲢﺬﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‬ ‫‪Deletes The‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Selected Load Type‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ) ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ( ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ ﳏﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷـﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑـﺬﻟﻚ ﻭ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ (...‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬‫ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Drag‬ﻣﻔﻌـ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﲝﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻜـﻲ ﻧﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪Whole Structure, :‬‬
‫‪ Part of Structure‬ﺇﱃ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻭﺿـﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Whole Structure‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ‪ Whole Structure‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ :Self-Weight‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ(‪ ,‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ The Whole Structure‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ) ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ )ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ( ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻓﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪155‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply To‬ﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪.Apply‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺿـﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ) ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ,Robot‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ( ﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ )ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬

‫‪Self-Weight‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻼﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪(Z‬‬
‫‪Uniform Load‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪Concentrated Force‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
‫‪Moment‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰﻡ‬
‫‪Imposed Displacement,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﲤﺪﺩ‬
‫‪Dilation‬‬
‫‪Temperature Loads‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Surface Loads‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Moving Loads‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪Masses‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Symbols‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Load‬ﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Display Attributes‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Info‬ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺠﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬‫ﲢﻤـﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪. Load Transferred From Roof to Beam‬‬

‫‪156‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Load Case Combinations‬‬ ‫‪-2-5‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫‪.Robot‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ‪ Combinations‬ﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Millennium‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads/Combinations‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Combination Definition/Modification‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.4-5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -5‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 4-5‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪ Combination Name‬ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪ (USL,SLS,ACC) Combination Type‬ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Ok‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Combination‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ,5-5‬ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪,‬‬
‫ﳓـﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ ) ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ( Safety Factor‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ ,Factor‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Auto‬ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻴﻤﲎ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺪﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Change‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪Code Combinations‬‬ ‫‪-3-5‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺯﻭﺩ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ) ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Job Preferences‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .(Codes/Code Combinations‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads/Code Combinations‬‬
‫‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Case Code Combinations‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.6-5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -5‬‬

‫‪158‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Robot‬ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺗـﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺘﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Case Code Combinations‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﻲ‪Cases, :‬‬
‫‪ .Combinations, Groups, Relations, Simplified Combination, Selection‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ ,Load Cases‬ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪ ,Combination Templates‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ,Additional Relations‬ﺍﱁ‪ ,(...‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Calculate‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ )ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈـﺮﻳﹰﺎ(‪ .‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ)ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ )‪ ,Service Limit State (SLS‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﺼﻮﻯ )‪ ,Ultimate Limit State (ULS‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪Accidental Limit‬‬
‫)‪ State (ACC‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ( ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Cases‬ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 6-5‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Active Case Selection‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲝﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤـﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺣـﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Active Case Selection‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘـﺒﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Combinations‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.7-5‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﺗـﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘـﺔ ‪ .*.rgl‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ )ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ( ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﲪـﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Groups‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪/‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫‪159‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ‪ Combined‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ‪ Self-Exclusive‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ ,‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻠﻐﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -5‬‬

‫‪160‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﲝﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺧـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ ,Relations‬ﺃﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .9-5‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ .Nature‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪And, Or(Inclusive),‬‬
‫)‪.Or(Exclusive‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -5‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺷـﺮﺡ ﻭﻇـﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ :‬ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﳎﻤـﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺣـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .G1,G2,G3 :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪:And -‬ﻳـﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺁﱐ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ )ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ G1,G2,G3‬ﻣﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪G1 G2 G3‬‬
‫)‪ :Or (Exclusive‬ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﺛـﺮ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺿﻤﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤـﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ) ﺃﻱ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ G1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ G2‬ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ G3‬ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪G1‬‬
‫‪G2‬‬
‫‪G3‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪ :Or (Inclusive‬ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪G1‬‬
‫‪G2‬‬
‫‪G3‬‬
‫‪G1 G2‬‬
‫‪G1 G3‬‬
‫‪G2 G3‬‬
‫‪G1 G2 G3‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﻣﻬـﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ )ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣـﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ( ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰎ ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Robot‬‬
‫‪ Millennium‬ﺑﺂﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳒﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Simplified Combinations‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.10-5‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﻛﻬﺬﻩ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ )ﻗﻮﺓ‪ ,‬ﻋﺰﻡ‪ ,‬ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -5‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -5‬‬

‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﳌﻬـﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﹰﺍ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪ ﺃﻭ )ﻭ( ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Selection‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ‪,‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ,11-5‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Simplified Combinations‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,All Bars‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Bars From the Given List‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Bars From the Given List‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Simplified Combinations‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﲨـﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,All Nodes‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Nodes From the Given List‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Nodes From the Given List‬‬

‫‪-4-5‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪Moving Loads‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ )ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻮﻱ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‪ ,‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Load/Special Loads/Moving‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Moving Loads‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Moving Loads‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.12-5‬‬

‫‪163‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -5‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤـﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺼ‪‬ﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲝﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲣﱪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫‪164‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Moving Load Case‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻧﻌﻄﻲ ﺭﻗﻤﹰﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﲰﹰﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Define‬‬
‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Polyline-Contour‬ﰒ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Factors‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ‪ Route Parameters‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Step -‬ﻭ ﲤـﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﺮﻙ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Load Direction -‬ﻭ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ‪Limit Vehicle‬‬
‫‪ Position‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﳛﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Automatic -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Selection -‬ﺗﻄـﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ )ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ(‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪) ,‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .(Visualization/ Loads‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻧـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ‪ Influence Lines‬ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-1-4-5‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬

‫‪Notes Concerning The Use of Moving Loads for Different Structure Types‬‬

‫‪Bar Structures‬‬ ‫‪-1-1-4-5‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻛﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛـﺰﺓ ﻭ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﰎ‬
‫ﺗﻘـﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪-2-1-4-5‬ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ‪:Plates and Shells Structures‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ(‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ) ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻛﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﲢﻠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻛﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳚـﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﹼﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪Mixed Structures‬‬ ‫‪-3-1-4-5‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ )ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗﺸﺮﻳﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪New Vehicle Definition‬‬ ‫‪-2-4-5‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬

‫‪Moving‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪New Vehicle‬‬
‫‪ Load‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.13-5‬‬

‫‪166‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -5‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Moving Loads‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Vehicle Selection‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳒﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﱵ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ )‪) Code (base‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ‪ .Vehicle Name‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :New -‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Moving‬‬
‫‪ ,Loads‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿـﻐﻂ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save to Database‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Save to Database -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ )ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Delete -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Job‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ )‪ (User’s Database‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪.Preference(Vehicles Database‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺳﻢ ﲣﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ‪ ,Concentrated Force‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ‪ Linear Load‬ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ‪ .Surface Load‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :F‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬

‫‪ :X‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Concentrated Force‬‬

‫‪ :S‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Q‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ :X‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪Linear Load‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :S‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ )ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Dx‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Dy‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :P‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ :X‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ) ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪Planar Load‬‬

‫ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :S‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ )ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪ Y‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Dx‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ) ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Dy‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ‪ Vehicle Dimensions‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ‪:Vehicle Limits‬‬
‫‪ : b -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :d1 -‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ :d2 -‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪:Units‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ‪ :Forces‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ) ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.(Job Preference‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﻝ ‪ :Length‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ) ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.(Job Preference‬‬

‫‪Autoloader-Moving Loads‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-5‬ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺑﺔ( ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺗﺰﺍﺡ –ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﲢﻠـﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳉﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳـﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻌـﺮﺑﺎﺕ ) ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭ ﳛﻠﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺨﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺴﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣـﻊ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ Autoloader Analysis‬ﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ )ﺳﻄﻮﺡ(ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪) ,‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ(‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤـﻞ ﺍﶈﻤـﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜـﻲ ‪ Autoloader‬ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Robot‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Moving Loads-Autoloader‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads/Special Loads/ Moving-Autoloader‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Moving Loads-Autoloader‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Robot-Autoloader‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ )ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪169‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ‪.Autoloader Module‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﲝﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ‪.Autoloader Model Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗـﻮﻟﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪) Z‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ‪ Z‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ(‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ )ﻣﻮﺍ ٍﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ ,(XY‬ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -5‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ( ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ )ﲡﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠـﻰ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪Static‬‬
‫‪ .Method‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬

‫‪170‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪) x‬ﻗﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ p‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳐﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺑـﲔ ﻗـﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ‪ x‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ p‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪ R‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪.R‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻮﻟﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Deck-Surface-‬‬
‫‪ Object‬ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﻤ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Bars: Automatic/ Selection‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﱐ ﻭﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Automatic -‬ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Selection -‬ﺗﻄـﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘـﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Carriageway-Line/Arc‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ )ﺍﳋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ( ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺣـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ )ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻗﻮﺳﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Apply‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ ,Autoloader-Parameter‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﻤ‪‬ﻞ )ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ(‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1. UK - Highways Agency Departmental Standard BD 37/88 “Loads for‬‬
‫‪Highway Bridges” which includes BS5400 Part 2:1978‬‬
‫‪2. UK - Highways Agency Departmental Standard BD 21/97 “Assessment of‬‬
‫‪Highway Bridges and Structures”.‬‬
‫‪3. Malaysia - JKR Highway Loading standard.‬‬
‫‪4. Hong Kong - guidelines from Hong Kong, as an extension to BD 37/88 code.‬‬
‫‪5. RU - RU chapter from BD 37/88 code.‬‬
‫‪6. RAIL - Autoloader specific parameters, to be applied with railway loads.‬‬

‫‪171‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪7. Australia - AUSTROADS standard.‬‬

‫‪8. USA - AASHTO standard.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳـﺔ ﺍﳌـﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ‪Uniformly‬‬
‫)‪ Distributed Load (UDL‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ )‪ ,Knife Edge Load (KEL‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣـﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ BD 37/88‬ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ‪ ,HA‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪ AUSTROADS‬ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ‪ ,L44‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪ JKR‬ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ‪.LTA‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲪـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ) ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ(‪ .‬ﳜﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﳌﻄـﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪ BD 37/88‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ‪ HB‬ﻭ ‪AUSTROADS‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻫﺎ ‪ HLP‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪ JKR‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻫﺎ ‪.SV‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺖ )‪.Superimposed Dead Load (SDL‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧـﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳏﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻔﻆ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻛﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﰿ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳋﺸﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄـﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻠـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟـﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﰎ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻘـﺎﺹ ﺧﻄـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪Snow/Wind Loads‬‬ ‫‪-5-5‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬

‫‪Generate Snow/Wind‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬

‫‪Loads -2D Geometry‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads/Special Loads/Wind and Snow 2D/3D‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Snow and Wind 2D/3D‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.15-5‬‬

‫‪172‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -5‬‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 15-5‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜـﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧـﺴﻴﺔ ‪ NV 65/N84 Mod.96‬ﺃﻭ ‪ NV65+Carte96‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
‫‪.DTR C2-47/NV99‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Snow and Wind‬ﰲ ﻧـﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﳌﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Snow and Wind 2D/3D‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Envelope -‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Auto -‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Without Parapets -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻠﻒ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Total Depth -‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Bay Spacing -‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪173‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﺘﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ‪ Envelop‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫‪ Depth‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪.Spacing‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Global‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ Parameters‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.16-5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -5‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 16-5‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ .Preference‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ Department‬ﻭ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ Canton‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ‪ .Above the Sea Level‬ﻭ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ ,Structure Dimensions‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪174‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬

‫)‪Above the Sea Level (m‬‬ ‫‪Canton‬‬ ‫‪Department‬‬

‫‪Structure Dimensions‬‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬

‫‪Rise of Roof‬‬ ‫‪Reference Level‬‬ ‫‪Structure Height‬‬

‫‪Change of Loads from Uniform to Nodal‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ‬

‫‪For Bars from the List‬‬ ‫‪For all Envelope Bars‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻫﻲ‪ .Snow, Wind, Permeability :‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫﻳﺔ ‪ Permeability‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪Generate Snow/Wind‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬

‫‪Loads -3D Geometry‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻏﲎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ) ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Generate 3D‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Snow and Wind 2D/3D‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Snow/Wind Loads-3D Geometry‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ 17-5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ( ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪175‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ ) ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ )ﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ (Purlins‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﰒ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -5‬‬

‫ﲢـﺴﺐ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ )ﻗﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ( ﻭ‬
‫ﲡﻤ‪‬ـﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﰒ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ )ﻗﻮﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ(‪ .‬ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ﺇﺫ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗـﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﳎﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ(‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Location of‬‬
‫‪:Frames‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺍﻗـﻊ ﺍﻹﻃـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ :Location of Frames‬ﺃﺳـﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ) ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ :Regular‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ‪ :Irregular‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻃـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ :Number of Frames‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪176‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ :Spacing‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﲢﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ n-1‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪n‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Location of Longitudinal Elements‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ) ,‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫< ﺃﻭ >(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰒ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Member‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Location of Longitudinal Elements‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ :Section‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Location -‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﱯ ‪ Relative‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫‪.Absolute‬‬
‫‪ :Offsets -‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪ Offsets‬ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Generate 3D‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‪.‬‬

‫‪Snow/Wind Loads‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Generation on 3D Objects‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪3D Structures‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪2D Frames‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﳌﻐﻠﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Snow and Wind 2D/3D‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads/Special Loads/Wind and Snow 2D/3D‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪177‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‪:‬ﻳـﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ) ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪.(NV65‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -5‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ )ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Parameters‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ(‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Apply‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Snow/Wind‬‬
‫‪ Loads‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -5‬‬

‫‪178‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Snow/Wind Loads‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲝﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﹼﺪﺓ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (19-5‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟـﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Generate‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 19-5‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻛﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺋـﺬ ﲢـﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻔـﻆ ﺇﻋـﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌـﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ‪ Cladding‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ )ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻔﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻳﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Cladding‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Additional/Attributes/Cladding‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺎﺀ ‪ Cladding‬ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ‪ ) Panel‬ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋـﻨﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺳـﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻛـﺴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﻠﺔ ‪Loaded‬‬
‫‪ Surface‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪179‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Wind\Snow Loads Generation -‬‬ ‫‪-4-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺭﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪Masts/Towers‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪,Truss Masts‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ‪ ,Columns‬ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺝ ) ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ‪ ,‬ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ,Transmission Towers‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪ ,Broadcasting Masts‬ﺍﱁ‪ .(...‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads/Special Loads/Wind on Tower‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Loads on Towers‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Wind Load on Towers‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.20-5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -5‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Wind Loads on Towers‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋـﺰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪ NV 65‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪.EIA‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪) General ,Specific ,Segments ,Equipment :‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ(‪ .‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ ,Department‬ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ,Canton‬ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ ,Region‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫‪ Wind Type‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Site‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ "ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ" ‪.Coastal‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ Structure Height‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪. Coefficient‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬

‫‪Wind Type‬‬ ‫‪Region‬‬ ‫‪Canton‬‬ ‫‪Department‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‬

‫‪coefficient‬‬ ‫‪Structure Height‬‬ ‫‪Coastal‬‬ ‫‪Site‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳـﻠﻮﻙ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪ ) Wind Pressure‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ‪Automatic‬‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ‪ Pressure‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪.(Velocity‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪Velocity‬‬ ‫‪Pressure‬‬ ‫‪Automatic‬‬

‫‪Code-Defined‬‬ ‫ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪) Wind Directions‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ All‬ﻭ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ‪.(Asymmetrical Structures‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪All‬‬

‫‪Code-Defined‬‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪ Pressure‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ Constant‬ﻭ ﳛـﺴﺐ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ‪ Variable‬ﻭ ﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫‪Variable‬‬ ‫‪Constant‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ :Specific‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ ‪,Icing‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺢ ‪,Dynamic wind action‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ :Segment‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬‫‪ (Mast/Tower‬ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ :Equipment‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﺸﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪...‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ )‪ (Close,Help,Cancel‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ .Generate‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻭ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﳏﻮﺭﻳًﹰﺎ ‪Wind Loads Generation-‬‬ ‫‪-5-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‬

‫‪Axisymmetric Structures‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺎ ‪) Axisymmetric Structure‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺔ(‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫‪ .French Snow/Wind Code NV65‬ﻧـﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 21-5‬ﺃﻧـﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -5‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻌـﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Loads /Special Loads /Wind on Cylinders‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Wind on Cylinders‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ‪.Shell Structure‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪Wind on Cylinder‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪.NV 65‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗـﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﻠﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪.(NV65‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

References ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
:‫ﻛﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺴﻮﺭ‬
1. UK - Highways Agency Departmental Standard BD 37/88 “Loads For
Highway Bridges” Which Includes BS5400 Part 2:1978
2. UK - Highways Agency Departmental Standard BD 21/97 “Assessment Of
Highway Bridges And Structures”.
3. MALAYSIA - JKR Highway Loading Standard.
4. HONG KONG - Guidelines From Hong Kong, As An Extension To BD 37/88
Code.
5. RU - RU Chapter From BD 37/88 Code.
6. RAIL - Autoloader Specific Parameters, To Be Applied With Railway Loads.
7. AUSTRALIA - AUSTROADS Standard.
8. USA - AASHTO Standard.
:‫ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬/ ‫ﻛﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‬
9. REGLES N V 65 Et Annexes Regles N 84 Regles Definissant Les Effets De
La Neige Et Du Vent Sur Les Constructions Et Annexes, Eyrolles 1987.
10. TIA/EIA STANDARD Structure Standards For Steel Antenna Towers And
Antenna Supporting Structures TIA/EIA-222-F (Revision Of EIA/TIA-222-E),
Telecommunications Industry Association, June 1996

184
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Structural Analysis‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪186‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Structure Calculation‬‬ ‫‪-1-6‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/ Calculations‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ )‪.Results (Results- Diagrams or Results -Maps‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻗـﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻴـﻨﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ‪ ) Results‬ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪ ,Reactions‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ ,Displacements‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ,Forces‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬

‫ﰎ ﺗـﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲞﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗـﻨﻔﺬ ﻋﻤﻠـﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﶈﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪ .*.RTD‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﻗـﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ :Manually by the User‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Results‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ,Results Freeze‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪) .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜـﻴﹰﺎ ‪ :Automatically‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻺﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ :Job Preferences‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Structural Analysis‬ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪Automatic Freezing of Results of‬‬
‫‪ ,Structure Calculations‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻌ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧـﺼﻒ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ‪ Semi-Automatically‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲡﻤـﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Available Analysis Types‬‬ ‫‪-2-6‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Robot‬‬
‫‪ .Millennium‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟـﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ Linear Static‬ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Analysis Type‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺇﱃ ﻻﺧﻄﻲ ‪ ,(Nonlinear‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ (Analysis/Analysis Types‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪:Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ‪.Linear Static‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ) Non-Linear Static‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ‪ P-Delta‬ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ ) Buckling‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ‪) Modal Analysis‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄـﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ)ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﲝـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻫﺘـﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘـﺒﺎﺭ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Robot‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪.Harmonic Analysis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ‪ Seismic Analysis‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ‪French PS69, PS92,AFPS‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪European EC8‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪American UBC97‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﲔ ‪Algerian RPA88, RPA99‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﱄ ‪Italian DM16.1.96‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﱐ ‪Romanian P100-92‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﲏ ‪Chinese Seismic Codes‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ‪Turkish Seismic Code‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻨﺘﻴﲏ ‪Argentine Seismic Code CIRSOC103‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻠﻲ ‪Chilean Seismic Cod NCh 433.Of96‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Greek Code EAK2000‬‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﱐ‬

‫‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪.IBC 2000‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ‪.Spectral Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ‪ Time History Analysis‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ‪None-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪.Linear Time History Analysis‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪.Pushover‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪) Elasto-Plastic‬ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠـﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ( ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪-3-6‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪:Overview on Structural Analysis‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘـﺮﺽ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﰎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ .Finite Elements‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺿﺔ )ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .(Shape Functions‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ‪ .Q‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﻳﺮ ‪ Variational Principle‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ) ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻲ ‪ (Principle of Virtual Work‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)‪MQ′′ + CQ′ + KQ = F (t ) − f (t , Q‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ K‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪K = K 0 + Kσ + K NL‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ K 0‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪) Initial Stiffness Matrix‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪.(Q‬‬
‫‪ Kσ‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪) Stress Matrix‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ K NL‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Q‬‬
‫‪ C‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ ‪.Damping Matrix‬‬
‫‪ M‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪.Mass Matrix‬‬

‫‪189‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Q‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪) Displacements‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ Q′‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ‪) Velocities‬ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺎﻉ ‪ Q‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ Q′′‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺎﺕ ‪) Accelerations‬ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺎﻉ ‪ Q‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫) ‪ F (t‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ‪.External Forces Vector‬‬
‫)‪ f (t , Q‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ‪.Unbalanced Forces Vector‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Static Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺳـﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪ Static State‬ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﻲ ﻭ ﻻﺧﻄﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Linear Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄـﻲ ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ Displacements‬ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Rotations‬ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻣ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ )ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﺒﻘﻨﺎ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺎ ‪ P‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ )ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ( ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﺒﻘﻨﺎ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ k.p‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪k.x‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ , K 0Q = F‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲨـﻴﻊ ﺃﻧـﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ )ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪) Displacements‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ‪ (Stiffness‬ﳊﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ‪.Node Displacements‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪.Forces and Stresses in Elements‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ‪.Reactions in Support Directions‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪.Residual Forces at Nodes‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳـﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴـﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪Non-Linear Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-3-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪.Structural Non-Linearity‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ‪.Geometric Non-Linearity‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ‪.Material Non-Linearity‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﳊـﺮﻳﺔ ‪ ,(DOF‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄـﻴﺔ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫)‪( K 0 + Kσ + K NL )Q = F (t ) − f (t , Q‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘـﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗﻜـﻦ ﲨﻠـﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨـﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩ‪-‬ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺑﺔ )ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ( ﻭ ‪) P-Delta‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪191‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗـﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ(‪ ,‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻔﻌـﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ )ﺃﻱ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ‪-‬ﻟﺪﻧﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺪﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ(‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﳘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ‪ ,‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻇﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪Description of Algorithm‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-3-6‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫‪Used in Nonlinear Analysis‬‬
‫‪Direct‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﲔ ﳊﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫‪ Iteration Method‬ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ‪.Incremental Method‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ )ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻔﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ( ﺇﱃ ‪ n‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﺘﺴﺎ ٍﻭ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ‪ ,‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪-‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧـﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 1-6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -6‬‬

‫‪192‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Definition of Nonlinear Analysis Case‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-3-6‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧـﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ ) Analysis Type‬ﺃﻧﻈـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (2-6‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ .Analysis/Analysis Types‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Analysis Type‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﻐﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﰒ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Set Parameters‬ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nonlinear Analysis Parameters‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.3-6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -6‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Non-Linear Analysis‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nonlinear Analysis Parameters‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ P-Delta‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Nonlinear‬‬
‫‪ Analysis Algorithm Options‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) .Parameters‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(4-6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -6‬‬

‫ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪:Initial Stress‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‪ K‬ﻻ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪.off-Matrix K Update after each subdivision‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‪ K‬ﻻ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ‪.off- Matrix K Update after each Iteration‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺭﺍﻓﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻟﺔ ‪:Modified Newton-Raphson‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‪ K‬ﻻ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪.off-Matrix K Update after each subdivision‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‪ K‬ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ‪.on- Matrix K Update after each Iteration‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺭﺍﻓﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪:Full Newton Raphson‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‪ K‬ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪.on-Matrix K Update after each subdivision‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‪ K‬ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ‪.on- Matrix K Update after each Iteration‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ )‪BFGS (Broyden-Fletcher-Goldforb- Shanno‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ BFGS‬ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ‪ Line Search‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ‪,Initial Stress‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﺧـﺬ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺭﺍﻓﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪Full Newton-‬‬
‫‪ .Raphson‬ﻭ ﻟﻜـﻦ‪ ,‬ﻫـﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻛﱪ ﰲ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺭﺍﻓﺴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ Full Newton-Raphson‬ﻭ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻞ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ‪.Initial Stress‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪ dUn‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ‪ dFn‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ) ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺃﺻـﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ(‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻔـﺴﺮ ﻋـﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ(‪ .‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌـﺪﺩﻱ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Nonlinear Analysis Algorithm Options‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Load Increment Number‬ﰲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺻـﻐﺮ‪ .‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗـﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄـﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺛـﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪Maximum Iteration Number for one‬‬
‫‪ Increment‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌـﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ‪ Increment Length Reduction Number‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﳌـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪195‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻣـﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ‪ Increment Length Reduction Factor‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳊﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺨﻔـﻴﺾ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ) ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ( ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜـﺮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ‪ ,Arc-Length‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪.Load Increment Number‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜـﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤـﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ‪Maximum Iteration Number for one‬‬
‫‪.Increment‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪. λ max Maximum Load Factor‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪.Node Number‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ( ‪. Degree of Freedom‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ‪Maximum Displacement for‬‬
‫‪. Dmax Selected Degree of Freedom‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Arc-Length‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ ,Pushover‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄـﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪) Arc-Length‬ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪Buckling Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-4-3-6‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺻـﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ )ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳕﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌـﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠـﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪Required Number of Structure Buckling‬‬
‫‪.Forms‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪..Critical Forces, Buckling Lengths‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ‪.Global Value of the Critical Load‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﰲ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ( ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Buckling Analysis Parameters‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.5-6‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Buckling Analysis Parameters‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Buckling‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Change of Analysis Type‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,OK‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Set‬‬
‫‪ Parameters‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Parameters Options‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -6‬‬

‫‪Dynamic Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-5-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ‪.Small Deformations‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ‪.Small Displacements‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ‪.Linearly Elastic Materials‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ‪.Self Weight‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪197‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﲑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻄـﺒﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﻘﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺬﺍﰐ(‪ ,‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Modal Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-6-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‬

‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ )ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ( ‪ Eigen-Values‬ﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪ ,Eigen-Vectors‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ‪ Participation Factors‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ‪.Masses‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪( K − ω i2 M )U i = 0‬‬

‫‪Harmonic Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-7-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪ Steady-State Harmonic Analysis‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪F (t ) = f sin( ωt‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﳒﺪ‬
‫) ‪MQ ′′ + KQ = f sin(ωt‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫) ‪Q(t ) = Qmax sin(ωt‬‬
‫) ‪Q ′′(t ) = −Qmaxω 2 sin(ωt‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪Qmax‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟـﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪( K − ω 2 M )Qmax = f‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﲟﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪ f‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫‪ . K − ω 2 M‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ Frequency‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ‪ Phase Angle‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳓﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ‪ Qmax‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-8-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫‪Spectral Analysis‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﻭ ﳛﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌـﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ‪Participation Coefficient for the Spectral‬‬
‫‪.Analysis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔ ‪.Modal Coefficients‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪KQ + MQ ′′ = − M ⋅ a‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ a‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫‪Seismic Analysis‬‬‫‪-9-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳛﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ‪Participation Coefficient for the Seismic Analysis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔ ‪.Modal Coefficients‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﳒـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ )‪.UBC97( the Uniform Building Code 1997‬‬

‫‪Time History Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-10-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺑﺈﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪M ⋅ a(t ) + C ⋅ v(t ) + K ⋅ d (t ) = F (t‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪d (0) = d 0 , v(0) = v0‬‬
‫‪ M‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪.Mass Matrix‬‬
‫‪ K‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ‪.Stiffness Matrix‬‬
‫‪ C = α ⋅ M + β ⋅ K‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ ‪.Damping Matrix‬‬

‫‪199‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ α‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ β‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ d‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻧﺰﻳﺎﺡ ‪.Shift Vector‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪.Velocity Vector‬‬
‫‪ a‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ‪.Acceleration Vector‬‬
‫‪ F‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪.Load Vector‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﳊﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark‬ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‬
‫‪ Modal Decomposition Method‬ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻖ ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark‬ﺇﱃ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺷـﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Dt 2‬‬
‫‪d (n + 1) = d (n) + Dt ⋅ v(n) +‬‬ ‫])‪[(1 − 2 β ) ⋅ a (n) + 2 β ⋅ a (n + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫])‪v(n + 1) = v(n) + Dt ⋅ [(1 − γ ) ⋅ a (n) + γ ⋅ a (n + 1‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪ β‬ﻭ ‪ γ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Preference‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪ β = 0.25 :‬ﻭ ‪. γ = 0.5‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤـﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪ .Eigenmodes‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ‪Modal Decomposition Method‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark‬ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪ α‬ﻭ ‪β‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark‬ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺨﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘـﱪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ‪ Method of Modal Decomposition‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻛﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Lanczos‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻠـﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﻘـﻴﻖ ‪ .Sturm‬ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﲣﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r r‬‬
‫) ‪MX ′′ + KX = P (t‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪Ng r‬‬
‫) ‪P (t ) = ∑ Pkϕ k (t‬‬
‫‪k =1‬‬

‫‪ Ng‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫) ‪ ϕ k (t‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪. k‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪X (t ) = ∑ qi (t )Vi‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ‬

‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪ (Vi , MV j ) = δ i , j‬ﻭ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪Vi , KV j = ω i2δ i , j‬‬
‫ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ng r‬‬
‫‪q′′ + 2ξ iω i qi′ + ω i2 qi = ∑ Pki (t ) i = 1,2,..., m‬‬
‫‪k =1‬‬

‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ) ‪ Pki (t ) = (Pk ,Vi )ϕ k (t‬ﻭ‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r r‬‬
‫‪Modal Damping‬‬ ‫ﻫـﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄـﻲ‬ ‫‪ξi‬‬
‫‪ ,Parameters‬ﻭ ‪ ω i‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪.i‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫ﲢﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ) ‪ X (t‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ‪ t * = t1 , t2 ,..., t s‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ‪ qi (t * ), i = 1,2,..., m‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫ﻓـﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠـﻲ ﻣـﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Moving Load‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ‪ Time History Analysis‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪ Harmonic Analysis‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‬
‫‪ Time History Analysis‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻣﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ‪:Time History Analysis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺕ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤـﺮﻛﺔ )ﻟﻜـﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬

‫‪201‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﺰﻳﺎﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ) ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪,Releases‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ‪ ,Elastic Connections‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ‪ ,Rigid Links‬ﺍﱁ‪ ,(...‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ‪.Time History Analysis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻕ ﺍﳌـﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ‪ ,Cables‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ‪(...,Unilateral Releases‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻔﺘـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﳒـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟـﺰﻣﲏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ‪Method of Modal‬‬
‫‪ ,Decomposition‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻣﲏ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ‪ Non-Linear Time History Analysis‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨـﺸﺄ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪.t‬‬
‫) ‪M ⋅ a(t ) + C ⋅ v(t ) + K ⋅ d (t ) = F (t‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪d (0) = d 0 , v(0) = v0‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫) ‪F ext (t ) = ∑ Piϕ i (t‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬

‫‪ ϕ i (t ) ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻞ ‪ , i‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪Pi‬‬ ‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫) ‪F ext (t ) = − MI dirϕ ′g′ (t‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ‪.Accelerogram‬‬ ‫) ‪ϕ ′g′ (t‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ )‪ (dir=x,y,z‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪I dir‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫‪202‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪C = αM‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﳊـﻞ ﺍﳌﻬﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﰎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺒﺆ‪-‬ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪ .Predictor-Corrector‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫‪HUGHES T.R.J., Belytschko T. Course Notes for Non Linear Finite Element‬‬
‫‪Analysis. September, 4-8-1995.‬‬

‫‪Pushover‬‬ ‫‪-11-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫‪Pushover‬‬ ‫‪-1-11-3-6‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ‪ Pushover‬ﻫﻮ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻻﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺴﻤﺞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ –ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻂ‪ -‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﳚـﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻓﻘـﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺃﳕـﺎﻁ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ .Structure Failure Modes‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ Pushover‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳـﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ‪Non-Linear‬‬
‫‪ Hinges‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪:Pushover‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﺎﰿ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻬﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ )ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ( ﺑﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ Pushover‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺻﻞ )ﳐﻄﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ‪-‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ‪-‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ )ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪ Control Node‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪203‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Equilibrium‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟـﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﺇﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﱐ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)‪ State Curve V=V(D‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﺗﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟـﺴﻌﺔ ) ‪ S acap = S acap ( S d‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ‪ S acap‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ‪Spectral‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ Acceleration‬ﻭ ‪ S d‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﲞﻄﻮﺓ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪Pushover‬‬ ‫‪-2-11-3-6‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Push over‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ Push over‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define a New Case‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Analysis Type‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Pushover‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.New Case Definition‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Pushover‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Change Analysis‬‬
‫‪ Type‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Analysis Type‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 6-6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -6‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Case -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Node Number -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(7-6‬‬
‫‪ :Direction -‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Maximum Displacement -‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -6‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪:Method of Load Definition‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻘـﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘـﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ ‪According to Unit Acceleration in the‬‬
‫‪.Given Direction‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪.User-Defined‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪:Pushover‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫~‬ ‫~‬
‫‪KΦ dir = MI dir ⇒ Φ dir‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ K‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ‬
‫‪ M‬ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ I dir‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻱ‬
‫‪ Φ dir‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ‪.Push Mode Vector‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪205‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫~ ‪1‬‬
‫= ‪Φ dir‬‬ ‫‪Φ dir‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫=‪ρ‬‬ ‫~‪(MΦ‬‬ ‫‪dir‬‬
‫~‬
‫‪, Φ dir‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫) ‪Γdir = (MI dir , Φ dir‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪Fdir = γ dir MΦ dir‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ γ dir‬ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪.Scalar Multiplier‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪ .1‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ‪ :None-Linear Analysis‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ :P-Delta Analysis‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nonlinear Algorithm Options‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Elasto-Plastic Analysis of Bars‬‬ ‫‪-12-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‬
‫ﻋـﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ,Temperature‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪.Rheological Issues‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪:Robot Millennium‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻟﻜ ٍﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘـﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ) ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﳕﻮﺫﺝ‬ ‫ﻃـﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪:‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Maximum‬‬
‫‪ Element Length‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Analysis Type‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Structure‬‬
‫‪ .Modal‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Division of Elements‬‬
‫‪ for Elasto-Plastic Analysis‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Job Preferences‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛـﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ )ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻮﺹ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ )ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ( ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳـﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻛـﻞ ﻣـﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺴﻢ‪ :‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫)‪ ,(yi,zi‬ﻣـﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌـﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ ,Ai‬ﺍﳌـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻨـﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ ,Mi‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ i‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫)‪ . (i=1,2,…,N‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘـﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪﺋ ٍﺬ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﲢﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻘـﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻳﺼﻒ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ( ﻟﻜﻲ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪:Material Model‬‬
‫ﻣـﺮﻥ‪ -‬ﻟﺪﻥ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ‪ Elastic-Perfectly Plastic‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻥ‪-‬ﻟﺪﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﺔ ‪Elasto-Plastic with‬‬
‫‪ :Hardening‬ﺳـﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ‪-‬ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋـﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻎ )‪ Young’s Modulus (E‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ‪Yield‬‬
‫)‪.Strength (Re‬‬

‫‪207‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘـﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ ,Unloading‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‬
‫)ﺗـﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻃﺮﻕ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪Elastic, Plastic, Damage, :‬‬
‫‪.Mixed‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ‪:Deflections‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪:Internal Forces‬‬
‫ﲢـﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠـﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻖ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ P-Delta‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪:Stresses‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﳌـﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺿـﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻧﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪.Stress Analysis‬‬

‫‪New Case Definition and Analysis Type‬‬ ‫‪-4-6‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Change‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Analysis Types‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 8-6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Analysis Types‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -6‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ .Change Analysis Type‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Change Analysis Type‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.9-6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -6‬‬

‫‪209‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Change Analysis Type‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,OK‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬـﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Analysis Type‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.Analysis Type‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define a New Case‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Analysis Type‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 10-6‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ ,OK‬ﻭ ﺳـﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Analysis Types‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪.Analysis Type‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -6‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Time History Analysis‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .10-6‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Time History Analysis‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 11-6‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Time History Analysis‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Method‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‬
‫‪ Modal Decomposition‬ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Parameters‬‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ ‪ 11-6‬ﻭ ‪.12-6‬‬

‫‪210‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -6‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Time‬ﳒﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Time Step -‬ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺰﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Division -‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ Frequency‬ﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :End -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Case‬ﲝﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ‪.X,Y,Z‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Function‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪.Factor‬‬

‫‪211‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ‪.Phase Shift‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Function Definition‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -6‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪: Time Function Definition‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘـﺎﻁ ﺗـﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )‪ T(s‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺑﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺑﻊ )‪ F(t‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.14-6‬‬

‫‪212‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -6‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Add Expression‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Expression‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻛﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (15-6‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲨﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ) ^ ‪(+ ,- ,* ,/,‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ‪ Trigonometric Functions‬ﻣﺜﻞ )‪ .(SIN , COS, TG , ARCTG‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ )‪.Square Root Function (SQRT‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ 0.4*SIN(T+180‬ﺃﻭ )‪T^2+3*SQRT(T‬‬

‫‪213‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -6‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.Shift ,Coefficient ,Function ,Case :‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﺸﲑ ‪ Case‬ﺇﱃ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Function -‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Coefficient -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻲ ‪.1.0‬‬
‫‪ :Phase Shift -‬ﺇﺯﺍﺣـﺔ ﺻـﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟـﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Analysis Type‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪.Structure Model‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ‪.Load to Mass Conversion‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪.Combination Sign‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ‪.Result Filters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪.Buckling Deformation‬‬
‫ﲢـﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Structure Model‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪Node‬‬
‫‪:Generation‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ‪ :Node Generation at Intersection of Diagonals‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪214‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Node Generation at Intersection‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ :of Vertical/Horizontal Bars‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Node Generation at Intersection‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ :of Bars and Finite Elements‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪Bars Neglected in‬‬
‫‪.Generation‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪Geometrical Objects‬‬
‫‪.Neglected in Generation‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -6‬‬

‫‪Assembling‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Assembling Case Definition for Cable Structures‬ﳒﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Case‬ﻭ ﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﰿ ﻛﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Tolerance of Case Structure Model Generation‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Precision Calculation‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ) ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪215‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻴﺔ ‪ ,1mm‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1mm‬ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻗـﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳـﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻗـﺔ )‪ ,(1mm‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Generation of Calculation Model‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﺍﻟـﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢـﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Load to Mass Conversion‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -6‬‬

‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔـﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﲪـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺣـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ )ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )‪.(X,Y,Z‬‬

‫‪216‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Add Mass to Global Mass‬ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘـﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Add‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲜﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﺯﺭﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Delete -‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Modify -‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﲢﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﻋﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﶈﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪ .Loads/Mass Table‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺯﻧﻴﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴـﺰ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ CNV‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ MEMO‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Combination Sign‬ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18-6‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌـﻮﻟﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻟـﺰﺍﱄ ﻭ ﺍﻟـﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﳌـﺴﻴﻄﺮ )ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﻄﺮﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﳕﻂ ﻣﺴﻴﻄﺮ ) ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪ ,(0‬ﺳﻴﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫‪ CQC‬ﺃﻭ ‪.SRS‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :CQC -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪.Complete Quadratic Combination‬‬
‫‪ :SRSS -‬ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪.Square Root of Sums of Squares‬‬
‫‪ :10% -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪.10%‬‬
‫‪ :2SM -‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻒ ‪.Double SuM‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -6‬‬

‫‪218‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Results Filters‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Analysis Types‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Results Filters‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ‪ ,Case List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪,Node List‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ ,Bar List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ,List of Panels/Objects‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ .List of Finite Elements‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‪,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Buckling Deformation‬ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻳﺘـﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻟﻸﳕﺎﻁ )ﻻ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻲ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧـﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻹﳒـﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ) ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ -‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨـﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻩ(‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Consider Buckling Mode as Initial Deformation‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close‬ﻳﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Parameters‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Case‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Mode‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Coefficient‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳـﺴﻤﺤﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻀﺮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻐـﻴﲑ ﻣﻘـﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Maximum‬‬
‫‪ ,Displacement‬ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪219‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -6‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻏﻠـﻖ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Omit Case for Structure with Deformations‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲡﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪,‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﱃ ‪ ,Not Available‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ :1‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ :2‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻼ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯﳘﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪220‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

References ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
1- K.J.BATH, Finite Element Procedures In Engineering Analysis, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey 1982.
2- E.L.WILSON. An Eigensolution Strategy For Large Systems.
Computers&Structures, Vol.16, No. 1-4, Pp.259-265, 1983 .
3- E.L.WILSON. A New Method Of Dynamic Analysis For Linear And
Nonlinear Systems. Finite Elements In Analysis And Design, 1, 1985, 21-23,
North-Holland.
4- E.L.WILSON, Three Dimensional Dynamic Analysis Of Structures,
Computers And Structures, Inc., Berkeley, California, USA, 1996.
5- R.W.CLOUGH, J.PENZIEN. Dynamics Of Structures. Mcgraw-Hill Book
Comp., 1975, 634 P.
6- S.YU.FIALKO, Investigations Of The Initial Imperfections Influence To
Natural Vibrations Of Ribbed Conical Shells, Soviet Applied Mechanics,
1982, 18, N11, Pp.118 - 122. (In Russian).
7- S.YU.FIALKO, Non-Steady Vibrations Of Ribbed Conical Shells Under The
Influence Of Local Loads, Soviet Applied Mechanics,1987,V23, N6, P. 547-
552 .
8- S.YU.FIALKO. High-Performance Aggregation Element-By-Element
Iterative Solver For Large-Scale Complex Shell Structure Problems. Archives
Of Civil Engineering, XLV, 2, 1999. P.193-207 .
9- S.YU.FIALKO. High-Performance Aggregation Element-By-Element Ritz-
Gradient Method For Structure Dynamic Response Analysis. CAMES
(Computer Assisted Mechanics – Engineering Sciences), IV, 2000
10- GAMBOLATI,G. PINI, F. SARTORETTO, An Improved Iterative
Optimization Technique For The Leftmost Eigenpairs Of Large Symmetric
Matrices, J. Comp. Phys., 74 : 41 – 60, 1988.
11- GAMBOLATI,G. PINI, F. SARTORETTO, Accelerated Simultaneous
Iterations For Large Finite Element Eigenproblems, J. Comp. Phys., 81 : 53 –
69, 1989.
12- M. PAPADRAKAKIS, A Partial Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient Method
For Large Eigenproblems, Comp. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng., 62 : 95 –207,
1987.
13- M. PAPADRAKAKIS, Solving Large – Scale Problems In Mechanics, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd., 1993.
14- S. BITZARAKIS, M. PAPADRAKAKIS, A.KOTSOPULOS. Parallel
Solution Techniques In Computational Structural Mechanics. Comp. Methods
Appl. Mech. Engrg. 1997, 148, P.75-104.
15- T.J.R. HUGHES, M. FERENCZ, Implicit Solution Of Large-Scale Contact
And Impact Problems Employing An EBE Preconditioned Iterative Solver,
IMPACT 87 Int. Conference On Effects Of Fast Transient Loading In The
Context Of Structural Mechanics, Lausanne, Switzerland, August 26-27,
1987.
16- T.J.R. HUGHES, M. FERENCZ, J.O.HALLQUIST. Large-Scale Vectorized
Implicit Calculations In Solid Mechanics On A CRAY X-MP/48 Utilizing

221
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

EBE Preconditioned Conjugate Gradients, Comput. Meths. Appl. Mech.

Engrg., 61
17- B.N. PARLETT, The Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem. Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 07632, 1980.
18- V.E. BULGAKOV, M.E. BELYI, K.M. MATHISEN, Multilevel Aggregation
Method For Solving Large-Scale Generalized Eigenvalue Problems In
Structural Dynamics, Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng., 40 : 453 - 471, 1997.
19- V.E. BULGAKOV, Iterative Aggregation Technique For Large-Scale Finite
Element Analysis Of Mechanical Systems, Comput. Struct, 52 : N4, 829-840,
1994.
20- V.E. BULGAKOV, G. KUHN. High-Performance Multilevel Iterative
Aggregation Solver For Large Finite-Element Structural Analysis Problems,
Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng., 38 : 3529-3544, 1995.
21- HUGHES T.R.J., Belytschko T.Course Notes For Non Linear Finite Element
Analysis. September, 4-8-1995.

222
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Structural Analysis Results‬‬

‫‪223‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪224‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Introduction‬‬ ‫‪-1-7‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻠﲔ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫)ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﱄ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﻇﻬـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ,Results‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻘـﺴﻢ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 1-7‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪.Maps‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪) Reactions‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -7‬‬

‫‪Diagrams‬‬ ‫‪-2-7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Diagrams for Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Results-Diagrams‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪225‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪.NTM‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ‪.Deformation‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪.Stresses‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪.Reactions‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪.Reinforcement‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪.Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -7‬‬
‫‪Open a New‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﳘﺎ‪ Scale :‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ ,Window‬ﻭ ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌـﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Open a New Window‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ,NTM‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ,2-7‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳔـﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧـﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟـﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪226‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ Animation‬ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Deformation‬ﻭ ﻹﻇﻬـﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ Number of Frames‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.Number of Frames/Second‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -7‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Start‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭ ﰒ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﲞﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹ‪‬ـﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﲟﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮﻱ ‪ .*.AVI‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Stresses‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Diagram‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.3-7‬‬

‫‪227‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 4-7‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -7‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﳒﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪ :Required‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ‪) Top/Along b‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪(b‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ ) Bottom /Along h‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪.(h‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ‪ :Provided‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ‪ ) Top/Along b‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪,(b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ ) Bottom /Along h‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪.(h‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﳒﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ Reinforcement Ratio‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﳒﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪228‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Stirrup‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫‪Spacing‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﳒﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ‪) Number of Upper Bars / Along b‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪.b‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ‪) Number of Upper Bars / Along h‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪.h‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 5-7‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -7‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Diagram Description‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟـﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ,None‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪ ,Horizontal‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪.Vertical‬‬

‫‪229‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪ : Positive and Negative Values‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ‪ Undifferentiated‬ﻭ‬
‫ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ‪.Differentiated‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Filling‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﳐﻄﻂ ‪ Fence‬ﺃﻭ ﳑﺘﻠﺊ ‪.Filled‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,File/Print‬ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Screen Capture‬ﻭ ﰒ ‪.File/Print Selection‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫‪Tables‬‬ ‫‪-3-7‬ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧـﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ) ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ (...‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/ Tables‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 6-7‬ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -7‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﻼﺣـﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ,Values‬ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ‪,Envelope‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪ Global Extremes‬ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Info‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Values‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ )ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪Reactions‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ,Internal Forces‬ﺍﱁ‪ .(...‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ‪/‬ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫‪230‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Envelope‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ( ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪ‪/‬ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Global Extremes‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Info‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ .Value‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ‬
‫)ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﳌـﺸﲑﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ( ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Filter‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Filtering‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪) 7-7‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻮﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -7‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ )‪ (All, Non, Inversion, Previous‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ .Attributes‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Filters‬ﻭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲝﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪231‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ )ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ( ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Table Columns‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺒـﺜﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nodal Value Selection‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ,8-7‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nodal Value Selection‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋـﺪﺓ ﻋﻼﻣـﺎﺕ ﺗـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪(General,‬‬
‫)‪ .Displacements, Reactions, etc...‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ )ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -7‬‬

‫‪232‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 8-7‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Supports‬ﻭ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Will be Added -‬ﺳﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Will Replace Existing Ones -‬ﺳـﺘﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﹶﺎ ﻛﺎﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳒﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﻄﹰﺎ )ﻧﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ( ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Print‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪.Edit‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲜﻌـﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﻄﹰﺎ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Screen Capture‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ )ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺣﻔـﻆ ﳏـﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻴـﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ( ﻭ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.File/Printout Composition‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ )‪(Ms Excel, Lotus, etc...‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Ctrl+C‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Ctrl+V‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨـﺴﺦ ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Windows‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘـﱪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ‪ Cost Estimate‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﱄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳـﺮ ﻛﻠﻔـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ .Tools/Cost Estimate‬ﻹﳚـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ( ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫)ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Cost Estimate‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳـﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﺟـﺪﻭﱄ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Cost Estimate‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ View/Tables‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Cost Estimate‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Tables-Data and‬‬
‫‪.Results‬‬

‫‪233‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -7‬‬

‫‪Maps on Bars‬‬ ‫‪-4-7‬ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Maps on Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 10-7‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣـﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ,NTM/Stresses‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪ ,Design‬ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪,Scale‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪.Parameters‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ NTM/Stresses‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪.FX,FY,FZ,MX,MY,MZ :Force Components‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ‪ :Normal Stresses‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻣﲔ ‪My,Mz‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ‪.(FX/AX‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ ‪ :Shear/Torsion Stresses‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ‪ TY,TZ‬ﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ ‪.T‬‬

‫‪234‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -7‬‬

‫‪ Structure‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫‪Deformation‬‬ ‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -7‬‬

‫‪235‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Normalize‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻧﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Design‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪,Ratio‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ ,Member Length‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ ‪,Slenderness Lay‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ ‪.Slenderness Laz‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Maps on Bars‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Map Descriptions‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ,None‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪ ,Horizontal‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪.Vertical‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Map Thickness‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻋـﻦ ﻃـﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﻗـﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ‪With Respect to Bar‬‬
‫‪.Thickness‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -7‬‬

‫‪236‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Maps on Panels‬‬ ‫‪-5-7‬ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Maps‬ﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺗـﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/ Maps‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Results-Maps‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪Detailed, Principal, Complex, Parameters, Scale, :‬‬
‫‪.Deformation, Crosses‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﻧـﺘﻮﺭ ‪) Isolines‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘـﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Color Maps‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Apply‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲞﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Open a New Window‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺧـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄـﺒﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪ ,‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳜـﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﻛـﻮﺩ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪/‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺻﻒ ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻏﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ )ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻼ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ ‪ Smoothing‬ﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .With Smoothing‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ ‪ Smoothing‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ‪.No Smoothing‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ( )‪.Global Smoothing (on Entire Structure‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ‪.Smoothing Within a Panel‬‬

‫‪237‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Smoothing According to‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻌـﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﻘـﹰﺎ ﻟﻠـﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪-‬ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪.Selection‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -7‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﺍﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :With Description -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :With Normalization -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Maps‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪,Stresses‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ,Membrane Forces‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ‪ ,Moments‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ‪,Shear Forces‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ,Shear Stresses‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪ ,Displacements‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪Rotations‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪238‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Stresses‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Principal‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ,Membrane Forces‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ‪ ,Moments‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ‪,Shear Forces‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪.Shear Stresses‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Complex‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ )ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ,Membrane Forces‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ‪ ,Moments‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪.Stresses‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ )ﺧﻄﻲ ‪ ,Linear‬ﻟﻮﻏﺎﺭﻳﺘﻤﻲ ‪ ,Logarithmic‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪.(Arbitrary‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤـﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ‪Maximum and Minimum Division‬‬
‫‪ Number‬ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺳـﺘﻌﺮﺽ ‪‬ـﺎ ﳐﻄﻄـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ )ﻭ ﻳﻐﲑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻟـﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ‪‬ﺎ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪.Automatic Scale‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪-‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ )ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ(‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﺭﺓ )ﲪﺮﺍﺀ(‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ )‪ (Vmax, Vmin‬ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪Vmax‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ Vmin‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﰎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ )ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ :Deformation‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ :Crosses‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧـﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ,Stresses‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ,Forces‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ‪ .Moments‬ﻭ ﳛﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 14-7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪239‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -7‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ ‪ X‬ﻭ ‪ Y‬ﳏﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Direction‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ .Detailed‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (X‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Selection of Direction‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .15-7‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﲝـﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪ .X‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﶈـﻮﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -7‬‬

‫‪240‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 16-7‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ‪ .‬ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋـﻲ ‪ X‬ﻣـﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ .X‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ( ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.Y‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -7‬‬

‫ﻧـﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 17-7‬ﻭ ‪ 18-7‬ﺍﺻـﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -7‬‬

‫‪241‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -7‬‬

‫‪Create Sections in Panel‬‬ ‫‪-6-7‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Panel Cuts‬ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Maps-Panel‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠـﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄـﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌـﺔ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺪﺓ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Panel Cuts‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Panel Cuts‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟـﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌـﺮﻑ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﲰﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻄـﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺧـﻂ ﻗﻄـﻊ‪ ,‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﰎ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﳑﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌـﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 19-7‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﻲ‪Definition, Cuts, :‬‬
‫‪ .Detailed, Extreme, Complex, Parameters, Diagrams, Reinforcement, SLS‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺗﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫‪242‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ‪ ,SLS‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﲝﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ) ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,OK‬ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -7‬‬

‫‪Cut Definition- Two-Dimensional‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-7‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ -‬ﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﺑﻼﻃﺔ(‬

‫)‪Structure (Plate‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ .OZ‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ .(OXY‬ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫‪243‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻄـﺮﻕ ﻋﺪﻳـﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﲔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ) ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ( ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﹰﺎ ) ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺧـﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﶈﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (X,Y‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪ dx,dy‬ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Cuts‬‬

‫‪Cut Definition- three-Dimensional‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-7‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ -‬ﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﻗﺸﺮﻳﺔ(‬

‫)‪Structure (Shell‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻤـﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ )ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ( ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﹰﺎ )ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪:Definition‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ z‬ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺑـﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ) ‪ XY‬ﺃﻭ ‪ XZ‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ,(YZ‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫‪244‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Cuts‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -7‬‬

‫‪ Panel‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Cuts‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Cuts‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‪ /‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪245‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed, Extreme, Complex‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Diagram Description‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟـﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ,None‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪ ,Horizontal‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪.Vertical‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Filling‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﳐﻄﻂ ‪ Fence‬ﺃﻭ ﳑﺘﻠﺊ ‪.Filled‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Diagram Position‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -7‬‬

‫‪246‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Maps on Solids‬‬ ‫‪-7-7‬ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ )ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ( ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/ Maps on Solids‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Maps on Solids‬‬
‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 22-7‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Detailed, Principal, Scale, Deformation‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﱄ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪:Stresses‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ( ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ‪ :Strains‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ( ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪:Displacements‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ) ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟـﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫)‪ .(Isolines, Maps, Isosurfaces, Maps on Cuts‬ﻭ ﻳﻨـﺘﺞ ﻋـﻦ ﺗﻔﻌـﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Values‬ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,With Description‬ﰒ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ‪ :Isolines‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪247‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳋـﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ :Maps‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ‪ :Isosurfaces‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻧـﺘﻮﺭ ) ﲨـﻴﻊ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ( ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ) ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺨﻄـﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧـﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -7‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪248‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ :Maps on Cuts‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣـﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﳝﺜﻼﻥ ﺷﻜﻼﻥ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﺩﻻﻥ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭ ﳘـﺎ ﻣﺘـﺒﺎﺩﻻﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧـﺘﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪ Map‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ( ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ‪.No Smoothing‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﻡ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ( ‪.Global Smoothing‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ‪.Smoothing Within a Solid‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪-‬ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪Smoothing According to‬‬
‫‪.Selection‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪.Smoothing According to Properties‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :With Description -‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :With Normalization -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Open New Window With Scale Displayed -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﳛﺘﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟـﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Stresses‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ‪ Strains‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪ .Displacements‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Principal‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ( ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳒﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Huber-Mises -‬‬
‫‪.Tensor Invariant I1 -‬‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪249‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪I1 = σ 1 + σ 2 + σ 3 = σ xx + σ yy + σ zz‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪I 2 = [(σ xx − p) 2 + (σ yy − p ) 2 + (σ zz − p) 2 ] + τ xy2 + τ xz2 + τ yz2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫]) ‪I 2 = [(σ xx − σ yy ) 2 + (σ yy − σ zz ) 2 + (σ zz − σ xx ) 2 + 6(τ xy2 + τ xz2 + τ yz2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ‪.Average Stress‬‬ ‫=‪p‬‬
‫‪I1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ‪ Huber-Mises‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫‪σM = I2‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﻭ ‪ Deformation‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺎﻥ ‪ X‬ﻭ ‪ Y‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Direction‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ .Detailed‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (X‬ﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌـﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪ .X‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﶈـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫)‪Stress Analysis (Bars‬‬ ‫‪-8-7‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ(‬

‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Stress‬‬
‫‪ Analysis-Bars‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Stress Analysis/ Stress Analysis-Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Results/ Stress Analysis-Bars‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Stress Analysis-Bars‬ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ Results‬ﺳﺘﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌـﺔ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ ) ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﺘﺔ(‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Stress Analysis‬ﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ) ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﲔ ‪ .(XY,XZ‬ﰲ‬

‫‪250‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Stress Analysis‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻓـﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Stress Analysis‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Bar, Point ,Section XZ ,Section XY ,Cross Section‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ Table‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﱄ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ(‪ .‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -7‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺗـﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ) ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ,Normal‬ﳑﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ,Tangent‬ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ‪ ,(Reduced‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘــﻴﺎﺭ ﻣــﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻗــﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﻄــﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣــﺔ ﳊــﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬــﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜــﻴﺎ‬
‫)‪.(FX,FY,FZ,MX,MY,MZ‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪251‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Stress Analysis‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﲔ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ( ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.24-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -7‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ,Sigma‬ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘـﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪X‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation Note‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻐـﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Stress Analysis‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ,(...‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪252‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Edit/‬‬ ‫‪ :Cutting Planes‬ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ Cutting Planes‬ﺳـﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ‪ .(X,Y,Z‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.(Stress Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ :Point Values‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﳚـﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Edit/‬‬
‫)ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ Point Values‬ﺃﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ .(Stress Analysis‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ) ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﲔ( ﺳﺘﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Point‬ﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :View Attributes‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ (...‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‬
‫)ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.(Stress Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ :3D Projection‬ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .25-7‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳـﺮ ﻭ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪:(Stress Analysis‬‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -7‬‬

‫‪253‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻐـﻴﲑ ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ‪) Normal Stress σ x‬ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ‪.Shear Stresses‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ ‪.Stress From Torsion‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ‪. σ i‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻌﻄـﻰ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌـﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Point‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪Structure Stress Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-9-7‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻛـﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻟﻜﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Stress Analysis-Structure‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Stress Analysis-Structure‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Results/Stress Analysis-Structure‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Results/Stress Analysis-Structure‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Stress Analysis‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪Stresses-Diagrams, Scale, :‬‬
‫‪.Parameters‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ Tresca ,Mises ,Tangent ,Normal :‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‪,‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣـﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ,Nx‬ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ‪ (My, Mz‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪254‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺪﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﱄ( ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ) All Bars‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ( ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻜـﻞ ﻗـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Selected Bars‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ) ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﳑﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ( ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (FX,FY,FZ,MX,MY,MZ‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺮﺽ ﻗـﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ(‪,‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Stress Analysis‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪.Stress Analysis-Structure‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Table‬‬
‫‪ Columns‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺒـﺜﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩ ‪.Extreme Stress Value‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪255‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ,3D View- Stress Maps‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/ Analysis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.26-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -7‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻼ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﰎ‬‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ( ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﰎ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Global Analysis-Bars‬‬ ‫‪-10-7‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ )ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ (...‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Global Analysis-Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﻀﻴﱯ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬

‫‪256‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 27-7‬ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Diagram Types‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳒﺪﻩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒـﺜﻘﺔ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟـﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‪.Line, Column, Bar, 3D Column, 3D Bar :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -7‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ‪) Label‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ :2‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ ,Lower Limit‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻮﺩ ‪ :3‬ﻗـﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ‪ :Upper Limit‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻮﺩ ‪ :Out of Limit :4‬ﻭ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ :Within Limit :5‬ﻭ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪257‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 6‬ﻭ ‪ :7‬ﲢﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔـﺄﺭﺓ ﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Table Columns‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Parameters of Presentation Windows‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ ﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ‪ .Global Analysis-Bars‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ .Forces, Stresses, Design :‬ﻭ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 28-7‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Stresses‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺼﻴﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ) ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳓﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﲢﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪28 -7‬‬

‫‪258‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Detailed Analysis‬‬ ‫‪-11-7‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ) ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ( ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Results/ Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗـﺒﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪29 -7‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﳎﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Detailed Analysis‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪259‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﳛﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Values -‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Local Extremes -‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Global Extremes -‬ﻳﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Division Points‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠـﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪30 -7‬‬

‫‪260‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Detailed‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ‬ ‫‪Analysis‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Detailed Analysis‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪31 -7‬‬

‫‪.NTM‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪.Stresses‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪.Reinforcement -‬‬
‫‪.Parameters -‬‬
‫‪.Division Points -‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳜـﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪ NTM‬ﻭ ‪ .(Stresses‬ﺳـﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ) ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ( ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 31-7‬ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪NTM‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ Stresses‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Detailed Analysis‬‬

‫‪261‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪32 -7‬‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﶈـﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮﻳﺔ ‪) Theoretical Reinforcement Area‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠـﻮﺑﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪Real‬‬
‫‪) Reinforcement Area‬ﺍﳌــﺰﻭﺩﺓ(‪ ,‬ﺗــﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳــﺎﻭﺭ ‪ ,Stirrup Spacing‬ﻧــﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘــﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ ,Reinforcement Ratio‬ﺍﱁ‪...‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Show Required and Provided Values on one‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ( ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ,Diagram‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘـﻲ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﻼﻣـﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭ ‪ Division Points‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 33-7‬ﻋﻼﻣﱵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭ ‪ Division Points‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.Detailed Analysis‬‬

‫‪262‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪33 -7‬‬

‫ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪Parameters‬‬‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Diagram Description‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ,None‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪ ,Horizontal‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪.Vertical‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴـﺰ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪ :Positive and Negative Values‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ‪Undifferentiated‬‬
‫ﻭ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ‪.Differentiated‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Filling‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﳐﻄﻂ ‪ Fence‬ﺃﻭ ﳑﺘﻠﺊ ‪.Filled‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Davison Points‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ N Points Along Bar Length‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫)ﻣﺘـﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﻘـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟـﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟـﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ( ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ‪ N=2‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ‪ N=3‬ﺳﻴﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪263‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Characteristic‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ) ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Auto -‬ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :User -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Zero -‬ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﻴـﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ) ﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Detailed Analysis‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ (Division Points‬ﳒﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Refresh -‬ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ( ﻟﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Delete -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﲝﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Add -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Open a New Window‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Detailed Analysis‬‬

‫‪Influence Lines‬‬ ‫‪-12-7‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬

‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ) ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻟﺔ ﺧﻄـﻮﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻐـﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﶈـﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫‪ Influence Lines‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪264‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺳـﻮﻑ ﻧـﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧـﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Influence Lines‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Advanced/Influence Line‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.34-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪34 -7‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﳘﺎ ‪ .NTM, Nodes‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪Detailed, Extreme,‬‬
‫‪ ,Complex, Parameter‬ﻭ ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺑـﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ )ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪ From‬ﻭ ‪ To‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ‪ ...‬ﺇﱃ‪ (...‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﳔﺼﺺ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪265‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑـﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺳﲑﺳﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ‪ :Elements‬ﺭﻗـﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗـﻊ ‪) :Position‬ﻧﺴﱯ( ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.OK‬‬
‫ﺳـﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ(‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ )ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ(‪ :‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ :‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﲑﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 35-7‬ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ‪ FZ‬ﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ‪.MY‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪35 -7‬‬

‫‪266‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Reduced Results for Panels‬‬ ‫‪-13-7‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ( ﻟﻸﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪36 -7‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ )ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ AA‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ,(BB‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ) ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ CC‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ .(DD‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.36-7‬‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻲ ﳓـﺼﻞ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ‪.37-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪37 -7‬‬

‫‪Convex‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺏ‬
‫‪ .Quadrilateral‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.38-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪38 -7‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﻦ ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.Extrude, Revolve :‬‬

‫‪267‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮﺓ ‪.Concave Quadrilateral‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.39-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪39 -7‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ‪ 1,3,4,6‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘـﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Delta‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ .N1,N2,N3,N4‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Delta‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ M1‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪.N1-N2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ M2‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪.N2-N3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ M3‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪.N3-N4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ M4‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪.N4-N1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪ M1-M3‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪.M2-M3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ’‪ M1‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ M1-M3‬ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ’‪ M2‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ M2-M4‬ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ’‪ M3‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ M1-M3‬ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ’‪ M4‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ M2-M4‬ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪268‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Calculation of Reduced Forces‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﲨﻠـﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ Pr (Reference Point‬ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ M1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ M2‬ﺃﻭ ‪ M3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ M4‬ﺃﻭ ‪C‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Po‬ﻭ ‪ Pe‬ﺳﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ N1‬ﻭ ‪ N2‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Po‬ﻭ ‪ Pe‬ﺳﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ N1‬ﻭ ‪ N2‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Po‬ﻭ ‪ Pe‬ﺳﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ N2‬ﻭ ‪ N3‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Po‬ﻭ ‪ Pe‬ﺳﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ N1‬ﻭ ‪ N2‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Po‬ﻭ ‪ Pe‬ﺳﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ N3‬ﻭ ‪ N4‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Po‬ﻭ ‪ Pe‬ﺳﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ’‪ M1‬ﻭ ’‪ M3‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Po‬ﻭ ‪ Pe‬ﺳﺘﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ’‪ M2‬ﻭ ’‪ M4‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪.5‬‬
‫‪Calculation of NRx and MRz‬‬ ‫‪MRz‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ NRx‬ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪40 -7‬‬

‫‪Pe‬‬
‫‪NRx = ∫ N xx ⋅ dyy‬‬
‫‪Po‬‬
‫‪Pe‬‬
‫‪MRz = ∫ N xx ⋅ yy ⋅ dyy‬‬
‫‪Po‬‬

‫ﺳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪ MRz‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪.yy‬‬
‫ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬

‫‪269‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Pe‬‬
‫‪TRy = ∫ N xy ⋅ dyy‬‬
‫‪Po‬‬
‫‪Pe‬‬
‫‪MRy = ∫ M xx ⋅ dyy‬‬
‫‪Po‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ MRy‬ﻭ ‪ :Mxx‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪ MRy‬ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪ z‬ﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪Pe‬‬
‫‪TRz = ∫ Qxx ⋅ dyy‬‬
‫‪Po‬‬

‫‪Calculation of Reduced Stresses Sigma and .Sigma, Tau‬‬ ‫ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫‪.Tau‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪NRx 6.MRz‬‬
‫= ‪sRo‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪e.Lc e.Lc 2‬‬
‫‪NRx 6.MRz‬‬
‫= ‪sRe‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪e.Lc e.Lc 2‬‬
‫‪TRy‬‬
‫= ‪tR‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫) ‪e.( Lc −‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ e‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ Lc ,‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ e/2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪.Calculation of Section Length Lc Lc‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Pe‬‬
‫‪Lc = ∫ dyy = Po Pe‬‬ ‫‪( Xpe − Xpo) 2 + (Ype − Ypo) 2 + ( Zpe − Zpo) 2‬‬
‫‪Po‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ Xpo, Ypo, Zpo‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ .Po‬ﻭ ‪ Xpe, Ype, Zpe‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫‪.Pe‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ‪.Calculation of Panel Height Ht Ht‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪ 1,2,3‬ﺳﻴﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ Ht‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪Ht = max( Lc 4, Lc5, Lc 6) = max N1 N 2 , M 3′ M 4′ , N 3 N 4‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 4,5,6‬ﺳﻴﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ Ht‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪Ht = max( Lc1, Lc 2, Lc3) = max N1 N 4 , M 1′M 3′ , N 2 N 3‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ) ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬

‫‪270‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Panel/ Cut/ Case -‬‬
‫‪.Panel/Cut/Case/ Component -‬‬
‫‪.Panel/Cut/Case/Mode -‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪.N1,N2,N3,N4‬‬

‫‪Time History Analysis/Advanced‬‬ ‫‪-14-7‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬

‫‪Analysis- Diagrams‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ,‬ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻔـﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ )‪ (+/-‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/ Advanced/Time History Analysis-Diagrams‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.41-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪41 -7‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪Time History‬‬
‫‪ Diagrams‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 41-7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪271‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :Diagram Definition‬ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Add‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻤـﻴﺔ ﳐـﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳚـﺐ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪) Diagram Definition‬ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﶈﻠﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﻼﻃـﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ .(...‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Modify‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ )ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Delete‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟـﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ ,Available Diagrams‬ﻭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ‪.Presented Diagrams‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻨﺠﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ >‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ >>‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ <‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ <<‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻫﻲ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﳒﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧـﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.Analysis Types‬‬
‫‪ :Open in New Window‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪272‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Time History‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Presented Diagrams‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ ,Analysis‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Apply‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 43-7‬ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﳝـﺜﻞ ﳏـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﺪﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺑﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ‬
‫ﲢـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Column‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪42 -7‬‬

‫‪273‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪43 -7‬‬

‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪:(Properties-Diagrams‬‬
‫‪ :Display Main Grid Lines -‬ﺑﻔـﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Display Intermediate Grid lines -‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Automatic Range -‬ﺑﻔـﺘﺢ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :User Defined Range -‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺿﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﺎﻥ ﲢﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫)‪ (+‬ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻔﻠﻲ )‪ .(-‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Filter Results‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Analysis Types‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ )‪ (+‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ )‪ (-‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪274‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪ Node‬ﻭ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Case‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ‪ Component‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )‪.Time(s‬‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Time History Analysis‬‬ ‫‪2/100‬‬ ‫‪0.0‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Results/Advanced/Diagrams‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪,‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ .PushOver‬ﻭ ﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ( ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻌـﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ‪/‬ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ ﻭ ‪ PushOver‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄـﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺃﻧـﻮﺍﻉ ﻣـﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪ ,(PushOver‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ‪ n‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ) ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪ (Y‬ﻛﺘﻮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ‪.x‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﻠﻔﺔ )ﺑﻌـﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ‪ n‬ﳐﻄﻂ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ(‪ ,‬ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻋﻞ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ >‪<min,max‬‬
‫ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ) ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ(‪.‬‬

‫‪275‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪276‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‬

Co
nc
r et
e
C3
5/ 4φ16
45

Steel S500

5φ12

Design of RC Structure Elements

277
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪278‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Introduction‬‬ ‫‪-1-8‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤـﺘﻊ ﺑـﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫)ﺟﻮﺍﺋـﺰ‪ ,‬ﺃﻋﻤـﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺑﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪,‬ﺍﱁ‪ (...‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ‪.RC Beam Design‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ‪.RC Column Design‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ‪.RC Plate Design‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ‪. Deep-Beam Design‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ‪.Foundation Design‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ‪.Continuous Footing Design‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.Eurocode 2‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ )ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪.Eurocode 2 (French NAD) (NAD‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ )ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﻲ ‪.Eurocode 2 (Belgian NAD) (NAD‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ )ﺍﳍﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ‪.Eurocode 2 (Dutch) (NAD‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ )ﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﱄ ‪.Eurocode 2 (Italian NAD) (NAD‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ )ﺍﻷﳌﺎﱐ ‪.Eurocode 2 (German NAD) (NAD‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪.French Code BAEL 91‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ ‪.British Code BS 8110‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪ ACI 318/95‬ﻭ )‪.ACI 318/99 (metric‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ‪.Dutch Code NEN 6720‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﱐ ‪.Spanish Codes EH91, EHE 98‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ )‪Polish Code PN-84/B-03264, PN-B-03264(1999‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪) Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ( ﺃﻭ ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ )ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺬﺍ‪‬ﺎ( ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪279‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗـﺘﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻛﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ,Robot‬ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪) 1-8‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﺤﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪.(...‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -8‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋـﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋـﺰ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﳎﻤـﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/RC Beam‬‬
‫‪ Design‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Loads‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧـﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Simple Case‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .Manual Combinations‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ‪ Polish Code‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺿـﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ ‪ Long-Term Loads‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Simple Cases‬ﺳـﻴﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ‪ CFG‬ﰲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﳝﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ‪.*.rgl‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Manual Combination‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Robot‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪280‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Grouping‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﲑ‬ ‫‪Type‬‬ ‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :According to Story -‬ﺣﺎﳌـﺎ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ -‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳـﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺸﺄ‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﻃﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﻭ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳊـﺴﺎﺏ )ﰲ ﻭﺣـﺪﰐ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ(‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) According to Geometry -‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓـﺮ ﻟﻸﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ(‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﰊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Supports of the Grillage Beam‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﰿ ﻛﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻭ ﹰﻻ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ) ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Column Design‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Loads‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ‪Simple :‬‬
‫‪ Case‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .Manual Combination‬ﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﳝﻸ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Group‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﻤﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ(‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .RC Column Design‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ Reinforcement Calculator‬ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﺢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Structure/Reinforcement Calculator‬‬

‫‪281‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -8‬‬

‫ﳚـﺐ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Preferences‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﲤﺜﻞ ‪ d‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪:Reinforcement Area‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪7*d 12= 7.92 cm2‬‬
‫‪7*d 12 + 5*d 16 = 17.97 cm2‬‬
‫‪7*d12 + 5*d 16 + 8*d 10= 24.25 cm2‬‬
‫…‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪44/d14=29 bars‬‬
‫ﻼ ‪ 18mm‬ﻭ ‪ (12mm‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌـﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪44/d 18/d 12=12*d 18.0+ 12*d 12.0‬‬
‫ﻼ ‪ 18mm‬ﻭ ‪ (12mm‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪ 12mm‬ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫‪44/d 18/d 12 %25=16*d 18.0 +5*d 12.0‬‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪44-5*d 12=38.35cm2‬‬

‫‪Design of RC Members‬‬ ‫‪-2-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪Members-‬‬
‫‪) Required Reinforcement‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/RC Member Design/ Calculations‬‬

‫‪282‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Structure Design/ RC Members-Required Reinf‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪RC Member Type‬‬ ‫‪-1-2-8‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ Member‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪.Members-Required Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/ Code Parameters/ RC Member Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﲔ ﻛﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Calculation Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-2-2-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻗـﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/ RC Member Design/ Calculation‬‬
‫‪.Parameters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Structure Design/ RC Members-Required Reinf‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Definition of New Calculation Parameters Set‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation Parameters‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation Parameter Definition‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫‪283‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪General,‬‬ ‫ﻫـﻮ ﻣـﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 3-8‬ﻭ ﻳـﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Longitudinal Reinforcement, Transversal Reinforcement‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -8‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ )ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪ ,(ACI‬ﳒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣـﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .RC Member Type‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation Parameters Definition‬ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﺣﻘﻠﲔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﲔ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺘﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Longitudinal Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Transversal Reinforcement‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪,‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Calculation‬‬‫‪-3-2-8‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.4-8‬‬

‫‪284‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -8‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ )ﺑﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ) ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ( ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ .Calculation Parameters‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪:Calculation Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪.Design‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ‪) Capacity Verification‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Calculation For‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪.Members‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ) ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ‪ Manually‬ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ Bar Selection‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )…(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪:Design Cases‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪.Code Combinations‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ‪ List of Cases‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪285‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﲣـﺘﻠﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺣﻘﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bar Selection‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )…(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﻧﻘـﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪,Number of Calculation Points for Beams‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﳏﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ )‪.(3-100‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﱄ‪,‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﳌـﺎ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪RC Member‬‬
‫‪ Calculation: Report‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.5-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -8‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 5-8‬ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ‪.List of Designed RC Members‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪286‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻌـﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Calculations Performed for Bars‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ Results of Calculations for Bars are Correct‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﲢﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ﺍﻟـﺜﺎﱐ ‪ Results of Calculations for Bars Contain Warnings‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺎﰿ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜـﺬﺍ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ )ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ‪-‬ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ( ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﺎﻭﺭ )ﳒﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Remarks‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ Results of Calculation for Bars Contain Errors‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺣـﺼﻞ ﻋـﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ .Error‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠـﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪ ,‬ﲡﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣـﺼﻞ ﺧﻄـﺄ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻳﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻳﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳـﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪287‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﻘـﺪﻡ ﻓـﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠـﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﹰﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ‪:Longitudinal Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ T‬ﺃﻭ ‪ L‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Z‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪.As1=As2= b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪As3=As4= h‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -8‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻀﻠﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ = ‪.As1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -8‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ= ‪ .As1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ= ‪.As2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ = ‪ ,As3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ= ‪.As4‬‬

‫‪288‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -8‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﲔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -8‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪.Y‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ‪:Transversal Reinforcement‬‬
‫‪ :Stirrup‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﻟﻸﺳﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪Spacing‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟـﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘـﻲ )ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ( ﻟﻸﺳﺎﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ (Calculation Parameters‬ﺇﱃ ‪ N‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Calculation Parameter‬ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ‪ f‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ )ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ )‪5f8 (4HA8, AT8‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ . φ 8‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺸﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 20*4.0+10*8.0+20*4.0‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ 20‬ﺃﺳـﻮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 4.0‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ‪ 10‬ﺃﺳﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫‪289‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺘـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 8.0‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪RC Beam Design‬‬ ‫‪-3-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟـﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ RC Beam Design‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ) ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣـﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣـﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ .(...‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ Rectangular Sections‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ‪ .T-Sections T‬ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ RC Beam Design‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ‪ RC Beam Design‬ﻣـﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Robot Millennium‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺗـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﰒ ﳔـﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/RC Beam Design‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ RC Beams‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ . RC Beam Design‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Beam-Definition‬ﻣﻦ ‪.RC Beams‬‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ , RC Beam Design‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫)ﺑﻴـﻨﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ(‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪290‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Dimensions of Beam Spans‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-8‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Dimensions‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Dimensions‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪّﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Elevation Definition‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -8‬‬

‫‪Beam Section Geometry‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Cross Section Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Section Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Beam-Sections‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.11-8‬‬
‫ﻟﻜـﻲ ﺗﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ‪) T‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ( ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 11-8‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General Parameters‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪291‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜـﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﳛﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊـﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ )ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ B‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪ Beam‬ﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ C‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ Column‬ﰲ ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺗـﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﲢـﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ BR 30x50‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪ Rectangle‬ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ b=30‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪.h=50‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -8‬‬

‫‪Applied Loads‬‬ ‫‪-3-3-8‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Beam-Loads‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.12-8‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Spans‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ ) A‬ﺃﻱ ‪ ( All‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ‪ ,Dead Load‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ‪,Live Load‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ‪ ,Snow‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ‪ ,Wind‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ,Seismic‬ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻃﻊ ‪.Partition Walls‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ‪ Load Category‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ )ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ‪ ,Distributed‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
‫‪ ,Concentrated‬ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ ‪.(Surface‬‬

‫‪292‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,Load Factor‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Add‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -8‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬

‫‪P1‬‬

‫‪P2‬‬

‫‪P1,P2‬‬
‫‪x1,x2‬‬

‫‪P1,P2,P3‬‬
‫‪x1,x2,x3‬‬

‫‪293‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪P1,P2,P3‬‬
‫‪x1,x2,x3,x4‬‬

‫‪P1‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬

‫‪P1‬‬
‫‪x1,x2‬‬

‫‪P1‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪x1,x2‬‬

‫‪N‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪x1,x2‬‬

‫‪N‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪x1,x2‬‬

‫‪N‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪x1,x2‬‬

‫‪294‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬

‫‪y‬‬

‫‪α, β‬‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫‪α, β‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Relative Dimension‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Coordinates‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Dimension Chain‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.13-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -8‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Openings‬‬ ‫‪-4-3-8‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Opening‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Beam-Openings‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.14-8‬‬

‫‪295‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -8‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺃﻭ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Name -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Span Number -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Origin -‬ﺧـﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪Middle, Upper Left, :‬‬
‫‪.Upper Right, Lower Left, Lower Right‬‬
‫‪ :XLocal,ZLocal -‬ﺣﻘـﻼﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﺤﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ) ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪‬ﺎﺯ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ(‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Type -‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.Adjoining Beam ,Round ,Rectangular :‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Beam-Opening‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ Beam-Opening‬ﻳﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Considered in Calculations‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪296‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Additional Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-5-3-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Story Parameter‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ Story Parameter‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪,Story Level‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ‪ ,Fire Resistance‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻖ ‪ ,Cracking‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ‪ (Exposure Rating‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Story Parameters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Calculation Options‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Calculation Options‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Reinforcement Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Reinforcement Parameters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺃﻭ ﲪﻮﻻﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Structure Updating‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫‪297‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Calculation and Results‬‬ ‫‪-6-3-8‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺒﺪﺀ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ( ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Beams-Results -‬‬
‫‪.Beams-Reinforcement -‬‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Beams-Results‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Diagrams‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﱄ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -8‬‬

‫‪298‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Beams-Reinforcement‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋـﺰ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Reinforcement Bars‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟـﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ‪ :Starter Bars‬ﳝﻜﹼـﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Structure/Reinforcement/Starter Bars‬ﺃﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Starter‬‬
‫‪.Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘـﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ :Division of Reinforcing Bars‬ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ .Structure/Reinforcement/Divide Reinforcing Bars‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.Connect Reinforcing Bars‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ :Parameters of Reinforcing Bars‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺬﻛـﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Display -‬ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﶈـﺴﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Structure/Reinforcement/Display‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠىﺎﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳔـﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ ,Main Reinforcement‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿـﻲ ‪ ,Transversal Reinforcement‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧـﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪ Structural Reinforcement‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ‪Openings Reinforcement‬‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Translation -‬ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.Structure/Reinforcement/Translate‬‬
‫‪ :Stirrup Spacing -‬ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺟـﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Structure/Reinforcement/Stirrup‬‬

‫‪299‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .Spacing‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ‪ Stirrups‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ )ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ .( Results/Calculation Note‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﳏﺮﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Robot Millennium‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Results/Drawing‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻔـﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Final Drawing‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ‪ /‬ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪RC Column Design‬‬ ‫‪-4-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ RC Column Design‬ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌـﺰﻭﻡ ﰲ ﻛـﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ )ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪,Rectangular‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋـﺮﻱ ‪ Round‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌـﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ‪ (Regular Polygon‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ )ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪,T-Section T‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ‪ ,Z-Section Z‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪ .(Semicircle‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪RC Column‬‬
‫‪ Design‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ RC Column Design‬ﻣـﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Robot Millennium‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺗـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﳔـﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/RC Column Design‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ RC Columns‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﻨـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟـﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Column-Definition‬ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪.RC Columns‬‬

‫‪300‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Elevation Dimensions‬‬ ‫‪-1-4-8‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Structure/Dimension‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺳـﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Elevation Dimensions‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ L,Hb,Hp :‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪Cross Section of the Column‬‬ ‫‪ -2-4-8‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Structure/Section Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.16-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -8‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪301‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪b,h‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Rectangle‬‬

‫‪b,h,l1,l2,h1,h2‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫‪T-Shaped‬‬

‫‪b,h,l1,h1‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫‪L-Shaped‬‬

‫‪b,h,l1,l2,h1,h2‬‬ ‫‪Z‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫‪Z-Shaped‬‬

‫‪n,de‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻀﻠﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬

‫‪The Shape of Regular‬‬
‫‪Polygon‬‬

‫‪de‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
‫‪Round‬‬

‫‪de‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬

‫‪Half-Circle Shaped‬‬

‫‪de‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬

‫‪Quarter Circle Shaped‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Column Buckling Model‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-8‬ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Buckling Model‬‬

‫‪302‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .17-8‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ (Buckling Length‬ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ‪ Y‬ﻭ ‪.Z‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )‪.(Sway/Non-Sway‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪ (EC2‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻖ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ‪Polish RC‬‬
‫)‪.Code‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘـﻞ ﻹﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ‪) Total Structure Height‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻟﻜﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ‪ Y‬ﻭ ‪.Z‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -8‬‬

‫‪303‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -8‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Direction Y‬ﻭ ‪ Direction Z‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺇﱃ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.18-8‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.OK‬‬

‫‪Applied Loads‬‬ ‫‪-4-4-8‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Loads‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Loads‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪304‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟـﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻱ(‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺰﻣﲔ )ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺰﻣﲔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Add Upper Loads‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 8‬ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪ Simple Compression‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ,Case‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,Nature‬ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ,Group‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ‪.N‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ ‪ Slenderness‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ,Case‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,Nature‬ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ,Group‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ‪,N‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ‪ ,My‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ‪.Mz‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ ‪ Slenderness‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪8‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ﻫـﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ,Case‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,Nature‬ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ,Group‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ‪,N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ‪ ,Fy‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ‪ ,FZ‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ‪ ,My‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ‪.Mz‬‬

‫‪Additional Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-5-4-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ :Story Parameter‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪Story‬‬
‫‪ ,Level‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ‪ ,Fire Resistance‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻖ ‪ ,Cracking‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ‪Exposure‬‬
‫‪ (Rating‬ﻭ ﻧـﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ .Analysis/Story Parameters‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ‪ :Calculation Options‬ﻭ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Analysis/Calculation Options‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ :Reinforcement Parameters‬ﻭ ﻧـﺼﻞ ﺇﻟـﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣـﺮ‬
‫‪ Analysis/Reinforcement Parameters‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪305‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Calculation and Results‬‬ ‫‪-6-4-8‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺑـﺪﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 19-8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -8‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Intersection‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺅﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﺎﻳﺪ ‪Neutral Axis‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪306‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -8‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Columns-Results -‬‬
‫‪.Columns-Reinforcement -‬‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Column-Results‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ :20-8‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ‪ N-M‬ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﳒﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ‪ N-Mx-My‬ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ‪-‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻋﺰﻡ‪-‬ﻋﺰﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Beams-Reinforcement‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻮﺩ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Reinforcement Bars‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Parameters of Reinforcing Bars‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪307‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪,Display :‬‬
‫‪ Stirrup Spacing ,Translation‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ .(Results/Calculation Note‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳـﻮﻟﺪ ﳏـﺮﺭ ﻧـﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Results/Drawing‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Final Drawing‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Deep Beam Design‬‬ ‫‪-5-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Deep Beams‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪ .French BAEL code‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﳐﺼﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳـﺸﺒﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ,‬ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻄـﺒﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺫﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴ ﹰﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪) T‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Dimensions of Beam Spans‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-8‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Dimensions‬‬

‫‪308‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Dimensions‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Deep Beam-Definition‬‬

‫‪Beam Section Geometry‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry/ Section Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Section Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Deep Beam-Sections‬‬

‫‪Applied Loads‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-8‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Deep Beam-Loads‬‬

‫‪Openings‬‬ ‫‪-4-5-8‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Opening‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Deep Beam-Openings‬‬

‫‪Reinforcement Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-5-5-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Reinforcement Parameters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪309‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -8‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋـﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪ :French BAEL Code‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ )‪ BAEL 91 Code (annex E1‬ﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ )‪BEAL 91 Code (annex E5‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺣـﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ,1m‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻘـﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻖ ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ :FEM‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﳕـﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪20 cm‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻛﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﺪﺣﺮﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪ .X‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘـﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ( ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪-‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ‪ -‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ BEAL‬ﻣـﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧـﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠـﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬

‫‪310‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣـﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ )ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧـﻴﺔ ﺇﺟـﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺰﺍﻝ ﻻﺣﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ(‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ )ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -8‬‬

‫ﺇﺣـﺪﻯ ﺍﳌـﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳒﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ .Wire Fabrics‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Edit Database‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Calculation option‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ,(Wire Fabrics‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 23-8‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪311‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -8‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﳏﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﻠـﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ (‪.‬‬

‫‪312‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ‬
‫‪Transversal‬‬ ‫‪Longitudinal‬‬
‫‪Rein.‬‬ ‫‪Rein.‬‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Reinforcement Cross-‬‬
‫]‪Section[cm2/m‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫]‪Spacing [mm‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫]‪Diameter [mm‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫‪l‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫]‪Length and width [m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ar‬‬ ‫‪AR‬‬ ‫]‪Ending Part [m‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫‪av‬‬ ‫‪AV‬‬ ‫]‪Ending Part [m‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫‪Lap Splice-Number of‬‬
‫‪Transversal Bars per Anchorage‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺛﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪Length‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪Lap Splice-Length of Anchorage‬‬
‫‪Expressed in Length Units‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺛﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -8‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻄﻴﺢ ‪) Panel‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺮﳛﺔ ‪ ,Sheet‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔ ّﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺘﻒ ‪.(Roll‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻌ ﹰ‬

‫‪-5-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪Plates and Shells Design‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ ‪.British Code BS 8110‬‬

‫‪313‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.Eurocode 2‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﲔ ‪ BAEL91‬ﻭ ‪.BAEL93‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ )‪.Dutch Code NEN6720 (VBC 1995‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﲔ )‪.American Codes ACI 318/95 and ACI 318/95 (metric‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﲔ ‪.Spanish Codes EH91, EHE98‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ R/C Plate Design‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻛﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪Analysis/RC Plate and Shell Design /Required Reinforcement :‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Slab-Required Reinforcement‬ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪Reinforcement Type‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-8‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Geometry /Code Parameters/ Reinforcement Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Plate and Shell Reinforcement Type‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.25-8‬‬

‫‪314‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -8‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ )ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ,(...‬ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Reinforcement Type‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪New‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Plate and Shell Reinforcement Type‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .General, Materials, Reinforcement‬ﻋﻼﻣـﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﻭ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Materials‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﻛـﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺘﻮﻥ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Reinforcement‬‬
‫‪ Parameters‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) SLS Parameters‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪General‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.26-8‬‬

‫‪315‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -8‬‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Along the X Axis -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ X‬ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Along the Y Axis -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ Y‬ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Along the Z Axis -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ Z‬ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Any Direction in Cartesian System -‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴـﺴﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.P1,P2‬‬
‫‪ :Any Direction in Polar System -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻴﹰﺎ ) ﻗﻄﺮﻳﹰﺎ( ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺪﺅﻫﺎ ‪ .P1‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪316‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Reinforcement‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ )ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Diameter d1 -‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Diameter d1' -‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Diameter d1 -‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Diameter d2' -‬ﻗﻄـﺮ ﻗـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -8‬‬

‫‪ :Cover c1 -‬ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Cover c2 -‬ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Shear‬ﻭ ‪ SubPlate‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪.27-‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:SLS Parameters‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ SLS Parameters‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﳎـﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Serviceability Limit State‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Cracking -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Reinforcement Adjustment (Cracking) -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﳒـﺎﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Deflection -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪317‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Reinforcement Adjustment (deflections) -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ ‪ Cracking Width‬ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ‪ .Deflection‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ) ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Plates and Shells Reinforcement-‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-8‬ﺗـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪-‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫‪Calculation‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/ RC Plate and Shell Design/ Calculation‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Slab- Required Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Plate and Shell Reinforcement‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 28-8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪28 -8‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ‬
‫ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Case Lists‬ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﰲ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ‪ ,SLS‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ‪ULS‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﳊـﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ .(ALS‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪318‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳـﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )…( ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Selection‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code Combinations‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻷﺧﺬ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ‪.Analytical Method‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ )‪.Equivalent Moments Method (NEN‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ Wood & Armer‬ﻟﻠﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗـﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Globally Averaged Design Forces‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺖ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Globally Averaged Design Forces‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺳﻄﻲ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Globally Averaged Design Forces‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Display Error Messages‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Open in a New Window‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻮﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪319‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Cracking of Plates and Shells-‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-8‬ﺗﺸﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫‪Calculations Codes: PN-84/B-03264, EC2 (Belgian NAD) , BS 8110‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺣـﺴﺎﺏ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻳـﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺗﻄﺒـﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﻜﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿـﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ )‪ .Ultimate Limit State (ULS‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ )‪ Serviceably Limit State (SLS‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫ﲢـﺴﺐ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .Analytical, NEN, Wood & Armer :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ‪ .mxy‬ﻭ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ NEN‬ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ & ‪Wood‬‬
‫‪ Armer‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ‪ mxy‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻣﲔ ‪ .mxx,myy‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ & ‪Wood‬‬
‫‪ Armer‬ﳊـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪ENV 1992-1-1 Euro‬‬
‫)‪.Code 2 (Annex A.2.7‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﹼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Reinforcement Adjustment‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺿـﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺪ ﻹﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﲪـﺮ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ) ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ(‪ ,‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Deflection of Plates and Shells-‬‬ ‫‪-4-5-8‬ﺳﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫‪Calculations Codes: PN-84/B-03264, EC2 (Belgian NAD) , BS 8110‬‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣـﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ‪ An Isotropic Elastic Plate‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻘﻖ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ )‪ ,(FEM‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ )ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ( ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺍﻧﺰﺍﺣﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻫﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪320‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣـﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫= ‪ub‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪: ub‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪: u‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪: D‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪: B‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ FEM‬ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‬
‫‪ ,ULS‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ ‪Ration of Long‬‬
‫‪ Term Loads‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺋـ ٍﺬ ﲢـﺴﺐ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﳚﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﳒﺪ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪ub = α ⋅ u ( B ) + (1 − α )( Bmin‬‬
‫‪0.0 ≤ α ≤ 1.0‬‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ α‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.0.25‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Presentation of Plate and Shell‬‬ ‫‪-5-5-8‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠـﻮﺏ( ﻟﻠـﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﲔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Reinforcement‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.29-8‬‬

‫‪321‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪29 -8‬‬

‫‪Reinforcement‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭ ﻣـﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.Areas for Plates and Shells‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫)→↑( ﺑﻴـﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﻄـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫)↓←( ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ SLS‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ) ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ ‪ Cracking Width‬ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ )‪.(ax,ay‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ‪.Deflection f‬‬

‫‪322‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪30 -8‬‬

‫‪Slabs Results‬‬ ‫‪-6-5-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Results/Results‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Slab-Provided Reinforcement‬ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Slabs Results -Bending‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-5-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ‪-‬ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bending‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻣـﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ Reinforcing Zone Definition‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ Manual‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ‪.Automatic‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ( ﻟﻠﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪323‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Definition of Reinforcement Zones‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢـﺪﺩ ﻣـﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﲞﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ ‪ .Optimizing Algorithms‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪31 -8‬‬

‫‪324‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻗـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ) ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻨﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺸﺒﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ‪ .Rectangular Contours‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Coordinate‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﱃ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﰒ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻧﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﲰﹰﺎ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Zone Name‬ﻭ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Delete‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Delete‬‬
‫‪ All‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Solution List‬‬‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻘـﹰﺎ ﳌﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠـﻴﺔ ‪ ,Optimization Coefficient‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺳﺘﺸﻤﻞ‪ :‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄـﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄـﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪325‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Presentation and Modification of Reinforcement‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫‪Zones‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ Zone List‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪Slabs Results-Punching‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-5-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‬

‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Punching‬ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ‪.Punching Verification Points‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ) ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪Viewing and Adding the Defined by the‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪User Verification Point‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ‪ S‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Position‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ) ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.(Node Number‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Maximum Punching Force‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪326‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪32 -8‬‬

‫ﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Verification Points‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬـﻲ ﻓـﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ‪ P‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﰒ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳊﺬﻑ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Delete‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ )ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪.(S‬‬

‫‪327‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Support (Column) Heads‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ )ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ(‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ( ﻷﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‪ .‬ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Head‬ﺳﺘﺘﻔﻌﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ( ﰒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ )ﻧﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻷﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ a,b‬ﻭ ﻳﺮﻣّﺰ ﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .(h‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ )ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ‪ d‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ‪ .( h‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Point Grouping‬‬ ‫ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﲡﻤـﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )>(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )>>(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﲡﻤـﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲡﻤـﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺄﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤـﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻷﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﻜﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Presentation of Calculation Results‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Maximum Punching Force‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ FEM‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪328‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ACI‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Type‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺿـﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ ,Within Slab‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ Slab Edge‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪.Slab Corner‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ]‪.[ACI 318-99 11.12.2.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‬
‫‪EC2‬‬

‫ﻳـﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ β‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪,‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ ,Within Slab‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ Slab Edge‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ .Slab Corner‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ]‪.[ENV 1992-1-1 EC2 4.3.4.3‬‬

‫‪Design of Foundations‬‬ ‫‪-6-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Foundation Design‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤّﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﲝﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛـﺰﻳﺔ ‪ Concentrically‬ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰﻳﺔ ‪ .Eccentrically‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪Definition of Foundation‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-8‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Foundation Definition‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Dimension‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪329‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪Structure/Dimensions‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪Basic Dimensions‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ‪.Pier‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ‪.Lean Concrete‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ Lean Concrete‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Basic Dimensions‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪-1‬ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Basic Dimensions‬‬

‫‪Basic‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ‪ Foundation Type‬ﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Dimensions‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 33-8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪33 -8‬‬

‫‪330‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻘﻼﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳘﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ‪ Foundation Type‬ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ‪.Geometry Type‬‬

‫‪Foundation Type‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪Spread Footing‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬

‫‪Continuous Footing for Concrete Wall‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Foundation Type‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫‪Rectangular Spread Footing or Continuous‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﺱ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪Footing‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
‫‪Spread Footing or Continuous Footing of a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
‫‪Variable Cross-Section.‬‬
‫ﺫﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪Rectangular Spread Footing for Two Column‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻭ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻪ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪A,B,a,b,h1,h2,h4,ex,ey‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﺮﻣﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪A,B,a,b,h1,h3,h4,ex,ey‬‬

‫‪331‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪A,B,a1,a2,b1,b2,‬‬
‫‪h1,h2,h4,e1,e2,ey‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺫﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪A,L,a,h1,h2,h4,ex‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺫﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪A,L,a,h1,h3,h4,ex‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﲢﻘـﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ‪ Sliding‬ﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ‪ Shearing‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ‪ Punching‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Basic‬‬
‫‪.Dimension‬‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Fixed‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺳـﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺍﳊـﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻫﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪332‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry Optimization‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Geometry Optimization‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Calculation Options‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻭﺿـﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ .Shape Selection Options‬ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﻌّﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Fixed‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Without Limits -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Square Footing -‬ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Homothetic Footing -‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ‪.a/b=A/B‬‬
‫‪ :Equal Offsets -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪34 -8‬‬

‫ﺗﻘـﻊ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪/‬ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Limited By Adjacent Footing‬ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊـﺪﻭﺩ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪ x‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪.y‬‬

‫‪333‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Moment Transferred to the Ground Beam‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ –ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﻬﻞ‪ -‬ﳕﺬﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :In the Direction X‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪) x‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ 0%‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :In the Direction Y‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪.y‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻳﻬﻤﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Pier‬‬‫‪-2‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Pier‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Dimension‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.35-8‬‬
‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Column Pier Type‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪-‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪35 -8‬‬

‫‪334‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ‬
‫)‪Plain (Flat‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻌﺸﻖ‬

‫‪Doweled Reinforcement‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ )ﻭﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪Bolted Connection‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ‬

‫)‪Articulated (1 Hinge‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ‬

‫)‪Articulated (2 Hinges‬‬

‫ﲡﻮﻳﻒ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫‪Socketed for an RC Column‬‬

‫‪335‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ‬
‫)‪Plain (Flat‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻌﺸﻖ‬

‫‪Doweled Reinforcement‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Dimension‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Reinforcement Parameters‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Pier‬‬

‫‪Lean Concrete‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Lean Concrete‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Dimensions‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.36-8‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺍﺕ ‪ Lean concrete with no Offsets‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.H‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﱪﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪ :Lean Concrete with Equal Offsets‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ‪.H‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﱪﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ :Lean Concrete with arbitrary Offsets‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪336‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪36 -8‬‬

‫‪Loads Definition‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-8‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Foundation-Loads‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Load Definition‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺳـﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪) 37-8‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪337‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪37 -8‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ‪ :Nature‬ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ‪ ,Dead‬ﺣﻴﺔ ‪ ,Live‬ﺛﻠﺞ ‪,Snow‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ‪ ,Wind‬ﺯﻻﺯﻝ ‪ .Seismic‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪Axial load‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Load with a Normal Forces, a Bending‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫‪Moment and Shear Force.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺺ‬
‫‪Load with a Normal Forces, a Bending‬‬
‫‪Moment and Shear Force Acting in‬‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‪ ,‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﻗﺺ‬
‫‪Two Directions.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ‪.N,Fx,Fy,Mx,My‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Load Categories‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ‪ Foundation load‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ‪.Backfill‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.38-8‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ ,Q1‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪338‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪38 -8‬‬

‫‪Soil Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-3-6-8‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ,Foundation-Soil‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Soil‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 39-8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ( ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ‬
‫ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﲢﺴﺐ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘـﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜـﻴﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﳊﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻥ ‪ Save as‬ﻭ ‪ ,(Open‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪. Ms Access (*.mdb‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Ms‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤـﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﳌﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Access‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪339‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪39 -8‬‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Edit‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 40-8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Name‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺸﲑﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﲑ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﻜـﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍـﺎ ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Stress‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪340‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪40 -8‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Allowable Stress‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ) ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪: (SLS,ULS ,Allowable‬‬
‫‪qll = qllref‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪qULS = ll‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪qll‬‬
‫= ‪qSLS‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ‪ qllref‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻺﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Calculated Stress‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ )ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ‪( ULS ,Allowable‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪qll = qllth‬‬
‫‪qll‬‬
‫= ‪qULS‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪qSLS‬‬ ‫‪= ll‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪:DTU 13.12‬‬ ‫‪qllth‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‬
‫‪qllth = qrth + qqth + qcth‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪.DTU 13.12‬‬

‫‪341‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪,N1 Backfill‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ‪ ,Pier Level‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ‪.Minimum Reference Level‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌـﻴﻞ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Ground Water Level‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ‬
‫‪ Minimum Reference Level‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Maximum Reference Level‬‬

‫‪Reinforcement Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-4-6-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Reinforcement Pattern‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Reinforcement Pattern‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪.Footing, Pier, Dowel Bars, Shapes :‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Dimension‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ ,1Hinge, 2Hinges, Socketed :(Pier‬ﺗـﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫)ﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.(Doweled‬‬

‫‪Footing‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Footing‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪,41-8‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Bar Spacing‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ـﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Diameter‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻄـﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Auto‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ First‬ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪Layer‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.Second Layer‬‬

‫‪342‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪41 -8‬‬

‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Reinforcement Type‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺰﺍﻝ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪.Anchorage Length‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Advanced‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ Top Reinforcement‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:Advanced Option‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧـﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ‪ ,Top Reinforcement‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪Auto‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄـﺮ ‪ ,Diameter‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ ,Spacing as in Bottom Reinforcement‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪343‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪42 -8‬‬

‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Pier‬‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Pier‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Reinforcement Pattern‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .43-8‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪43 -8‬‬

‫‪ :Reinforcement‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫‪Type‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.44-8‬‬

‫‪344‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪44 -8‬‬

‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Elevation Spacing‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪45 -8‬‬

‫‪ :h1 -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ Stirrup‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ‪.Pier‬‬
‫‪ :e1 -‬ﺗـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳـﺎﻭﺭ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄـﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :n1 -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :e2 -‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :n2 -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ )‪ Diameter (d1,d2‬ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ )ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ( ﻟﻠﺮﻗﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪) :Spacing as in Footing Bars‬ﻳـﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ( ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Pier‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪.1 Hinge, 2 Hinge, Socketed‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ‪ Socket‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪345‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﺑﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺠﻮﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ ,Reinforcement Type‬ﳒـﺪ ﺍﻷﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟـﺮﻗﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪46 -8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪47 -8‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ :Elevation‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ .‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Rp‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ( ﳝﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﻗﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪48 -8‬‬

‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Key‬ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺤﺘﲔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ( ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﱐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪49 -8‬‬

‫‪Dowel Bars‬‬‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Dowel Bars‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 50-8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪346‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪50 -8‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Connection to Column‬ﻳـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Auto‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ( ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﲞﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ )ﻻ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺤﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Length‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ) ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﰎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺩﻭﻣﹰﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﲟﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Diameter‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ 0‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪ 1-4‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ‪.4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ ) ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Stirrup‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ :Stirrup Number‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪347‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :d(Diameter) -‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Ex,Ey -‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Shapes‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Shapes‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.51-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪51 -8‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Shape‬ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﻭﺭ ‪Stirrup‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪52 -8‬‬

‫‪Open Stirrup‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪53 -8‬‬

‫‪Main Bar‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ ‪ Dowel Bar‬ﻭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ‪ Splice Bar‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪348‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪54 -8‬‬

‫‪Reinforcement of Piers‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪55 -8‬‬

‫‪Calculation Results‬‬ ‫‪-5-6-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Results/Diagrams‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Foundation-Results‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ‪.Sliding‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪.Rotation‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ‪.Uplift‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ ‪) Seismic Dispositions‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ‪,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪349‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Foundations-‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .Results‬ﻭ ﺗﻘـﺴﻢ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟـﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ .Foundation-Results‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧـﻴﺔ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ) ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪.(Results/Calculation Note‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪:(56-8‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪) xy‬ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ( ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺓ ‪.Core‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧـﺘﻮﺭ )ﺍﶈـﻴﻂ( ﺍﳌﺄﺧـﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘـﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺺ )ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻀﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﲢﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪56 -8‬‬

‫‪350‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﻧـﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊـﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Foundation-Results‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.57-8‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬ ‫‪Diagrams‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.Results/Diagrams‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪57 -8‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Design Combination‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻻﺕ ﻟﻸﺳـﺎﺱ ﺍﳌـﺼﻤﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﻠـﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪,‬‬
‫)‪ (ULS,SLS‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Combination Coefficient‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﶈـﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ ,(Design Combination‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪351‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌـﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ +INF, -INF‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻻ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ Infinity‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻻ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪:Global Coefficient‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗـﻮﺟﺪ ﲬـﺴﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪ ,Capacity‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ‪,Contact Surface‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻼﻧـﺰﻻﻕ ‪ ,Stability for Sliding‬ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪,Stability for Rotation‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ‪ .Punching/Shear‬ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺗـﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣـﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Design‬‬
‫‪.Combination‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ )ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation Option‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ ,(General‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Results/Calculation‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪Note‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Drawings‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪Detailed of Foundation Calculation in‬‬ ‫‪-6-6-8‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫‪Program‬‬

‫‪-1-6-6-8‬ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ‬
‫‪Sliding‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪Vd‬‬
‫‪>1‬‬
‫‪Hd‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ‪ .ULS‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Hd‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ Vd‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ‪ ULS‬ﻭ‬
‫‪N . tan Φ‬‬ ‫‪CA′‬‬
‫= ‪Vd‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪γ g1‬‬ ‫‪γ g2‬‬
‫‪H d = FX 2 + FY 2‬‬
‫‪γ g 1 = 1 .2‬‬
‫‪γ g 2 = 1 .5‬‬
‫‪ A′‬ﺳﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ C‬ﲤﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ‪ Soil Cohesion‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪.75Mpa‬‬

‫‪352‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Φ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪.Friction Angle‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 1.0‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪ BAEL 91 Code art. A.3.3,21‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪SULS (1.35Gmax + Gmin + γ Q1 Q1 + ∑1.3ψ 0i Qi‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪. γ Q = 1.5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ψ‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ψ2‬‬ ‫‪ψ1‬‬ ‫‪ψ0‬‬ ‫‪Load‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬

‫‪Nature‬‬
‫‪0.65‬‬ ‫‪0.75‬‬ ‫‪0.77‬‬ ‫‪Live‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪0.77‬‬ ‫‪Wind‬‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫‪0.10‬‬ ‫‪0.30‬‬ ‫‪0.77‬‬ ‫‪Snow‬‬ ‫ﺛﻠﺞ‬

‫‪-2-6-6-8‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪Rotation‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻭ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ .y‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳـﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ (Mstab) Load Capacity Limit State‬ﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ‪ (Mrenv) Load Capacity Limit State‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷـﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﲝﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation Option‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.General Tab‬‬

‫‪-3-6-6-8‬ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫‪Uplift‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﲢﻘـﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﰲ ‪ SLS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪BAEL.91 Code art.A.3.,21‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪S SLS (Gmax + Gmin + Q1 + ∑ψ 0i Qi‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.10% :ULS -‬‬

‫‪353‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ SLS -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﺭﺓ ‪.100%‬‬

‫‪ SLS -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﺭﺓ‪.75% :‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪ .FASCICULE No 62-Titre V Code‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪-4-6-6-8‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‬
‫‪Seismic Dispositions‬‬

‫ﺑﻔـﺘﺢ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Seismic Disposition‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation Option‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻤﻠﺔ ﲝﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻝ ‪.PS 92/11.21 and 11/22‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪:‬‬
‫]‪[Ref.V.Davidovici, Formulaire du beton arme, Vol.2‬‬
‫‪BAEL.91 Code‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫‪:A.3.3,22‬‬
‫) ‪S ACC (Gmax + Gmin ± S + ψ 11Q1 + ∑ψ 2i Qi‬‬

‫‪Foundation Sliding Condition‬‬ ‫‪-5-6-6-8‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟـﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ‪ Adhesion‬ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﺟﺤﺔ‬
‫‪tan ϕ‬‬
‫‪H ≤V‬‬
‫‪1.5‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ H‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ V‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ϕ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ‪ Internal Friction Angle‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪Foundation Lifting Condition‬‬ ‫‪-6-6-6-8‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻭ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﲔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪354‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟـﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺯﻳـﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺯﻧـﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﺪﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ‪:Non-Adhesive Soil‬‬
‫‪W ≤ G + P0 tan ϕ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺎﺳﻜﺔ ‪:Adhesive Soil‬‬
‫‪W ≤ G + CA‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ W‬ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ‪.Lifting Force‬‬
‫‪ G‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ P0‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ tan ϕ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪.Friction Coefficient‬‬
‫‪ C‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ‪.(1-3T/m2) Cohesion‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Continuous Footing Design‬‬ ‫‪-7-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻛﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Robot‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧـﻴﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Soils‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Structure/Soils‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪355‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Continuous Footing-Soil‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 58-8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪58 -8‬‬

‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻸ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜـﻴﹰﺎ ﰒ ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪Ms Access(*.mdb‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﲡـﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﻊ ﲤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻊ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ .59-8‬ﻭ ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Soil Layers‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Origin‬ﻭ ‪ End‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪356‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪59 -8‬‬

‫‪-8-8‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Final Drawings‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﰲ ‪Robot‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Final Drawing Options‬‬ ‫‪-1-8-8‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪-1‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Normal View‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.View/Normal View‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻷﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻔـﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪) Page Set-up‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪(View‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ‪ .(ViewPort‬ﺯﻭّﺩ‬
‫ﻛـﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﲟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﳕﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪:Drawing Components‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.View/ Drawing Components‬‬

‫‪357‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻷﲪﺮ(‪ ,‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Edit Text‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺒـﺜﻘﺔ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ(‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit Text‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣـﺬﻑ ﻧﺺ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Delete Text‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Delete‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻧﺺ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﰒ ﲢﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪.Viewport‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺮﻳـﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪ ,‬ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﻳﱵ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﺮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣـﺬﻑ ﻭ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ(‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‪ ,‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Viewport‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Esc‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ) Final Print-Out Format‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪:(View‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﰲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﱃ ﳕﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠـﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺳـﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ‪ ,A4‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Page Setup‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﶈﻤّﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪-5‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Arrange Drawings Automatically‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪:(View‬‬
‫ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧـﺮﻯ ﺍﳌـﺸﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ )ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ‪Normal‬‬
‫‪ (View‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪358‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Ctrl‬‬
‫‪Undo, Redo‬‬ ‫‪-6‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Undo, Redo‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪Cut, Copy, Past‬‬ ‫‪-7‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Cut, Copy, Past‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫـﻲ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ .Windows‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗـﺺ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻭ ﻟﺼﻘﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Drawing‬‬ ‫‪-8‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Insert/Drawing‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺣﻔـﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪-9‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪) New Page‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪:(Insert‬‬
‫‪Page‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪.Setup‬‬
‫‪-10‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Table‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪:(Insert‬‬

‫‪359‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪ Default.lay‬ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ‪ ,(USR‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.PloEdit‬‬
‫‪-11‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Summary Reinforcement Table‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪:(Insert‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻠﺨﺺ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪Print-Out in Big Format‬‬ ‫‪-12‬ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‬

‫ﰲ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Page Setup‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ )ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﰲ(‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﲞﻄﻮﻁ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄـﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪[The Selected Format is Not Supported by the Active‬‬
‫]‪ ,Printer‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Drawing Parameters‬‬ ‫‪-2-8-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋـﻴﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Drawing‬‬
‫‪ .Parameters‬ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Drawing Parameters‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪General, Reinforcement Description, Scale, Reinforcement Table‬‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻛﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Restore Default‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪General‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪General‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .60-8‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ .General Drawing Template‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪360‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪bm Beams and Continuous Footing‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫‪cl Columns‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪sf Foundations‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪sl Slabs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫‪wl Deep Beams‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪rw Retaining Walls‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ‪ CFG‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ‪*.plo‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪60 -8‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪) PLOEDIT‬ﳏﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ (Editor of Drawing Templates‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Robot‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Cantilevers as Separate‬‬
‫‪ Spans‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ )ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪361‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﳕﻂ )ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ( ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ Open New‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﳛﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ Add Drawing to The List‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺣـﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀﻩ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫)ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ( ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ )ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪ ,‬ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ,(...‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻛﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Stop Drawing Generation if Calculation Errors Appear‬ﻭ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.Larger or Equal to 1m 1m‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪.Smaller Than 1m 1m‬‬
‫‪Reinforcement Description‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Reinforcement‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪Description‬‬ ‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.61-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪61 -8‬‬

‫‪362‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Number (of Bars)+Diameter -‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Length -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Spacing -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪,Splice Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ﻳـﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳـﺎﺕ ﻳـﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Longitudinal Reinforcement Description on the Section -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉـﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ‪) Wire Fabric‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Scale‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.62-8‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,The Same for All Pages‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓـﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﻛـﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ The Same for Elevation and Section‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﻩ ﲟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ The Same for Both Direction on Elevation‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﲰﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ) Thickness of Lines‬ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ‪ ,‬ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪ ,‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ(‪.‬‬

‫‪363‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪62 -8‬‬

‫‪Reinforcement Table‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Reinforcement Table‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.63-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪63 -8‬‬

‫‪364‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Steel Grade -‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Calculation Options‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿـﻲ ‪ (Longitudinal/Transversal‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Grade‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪.φ :‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪.#‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﻠﺰﻥ ‪.Deformed Reinforcing Steel‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﻠﺲ ‪.Plain Reinforcing Steel‬‬

‫‪Beam Section‬‬ ‫‪ -3-8-8‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﲟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Section Location/Scale‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪.Leveling, Scaling:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ )ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﲞﻄﻮﻁ ﲪﺮﺍﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Leveling‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Leveling‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.64-8‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section Orientation‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :on The Left -‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :On The Right -‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪365‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪64 -8‬‬

‫‪Scaling‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scaling‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .65-8‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﳕﻄﲔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ Automatic‬ﻭ ‪ User‬ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Automatic‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Object Class According to the Scale‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪:Parameters‬‬
‫‪ :Same Scale in Both Directions -‬ﻳـﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﻄﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ )ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ‪ (Vertical Scale, Horizontal Scale :‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Scale Notation -‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Scale -‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Fit -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪366‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪65 -8‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪) Preferences‬ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ (Printing Parameters/Scale‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋـﻲ )ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Labels on Drawings‬‬ ‫‪-4-8-8‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ )ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﻣﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ .RC Beams, RC Columns, Foundations :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Results/Drawing Template‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Drawing Template‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Options‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Drawing Template‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪367‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

(‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ )ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

References (Design of RC Structures)
General Part:
1. P.CHARON, Calcul Des Ouvrages En Beton Arme, Eyrolles, Paris 1986.
2. V.DAVIDOVICI, Formulaire Du Beton Arme, Le Moniteur, Paris 1996.
3. J.EIBLE (ED), Concrete Structures Euro-Design Handbook, Ernst & Sohn,
Berlin 1994/96.
4. J.G.MACGREGOR, Reinforcement Concrete Mechanics and Design, Prentice
Hall, New Jersey 1988.
EC:
5. A.W.BEEBY, R.S. Narayanan, Designers Handbook to Eurocode 2 Part 1.1:
Design of Concrete Structures, Thomas Telford, London 1995.
BAEL:
6. J.PERCHAT,J.ROUX, Pratique Du BAEL91 Cours Avec Exercices Corriges,
Eyrolles, Paris 1988.
7. H.THONIER, Conception Et Calcul Des Structure De Batiment, Presses De
L’ecole Nationale Des Pony Et Chausses, Paris 1992.
8. BAEL Regles Techniques De Coception Et De Calcul Des Ouvrages Et
Constructions En Beton Arm, Suivant La Methode Des Etats Limites,
Eyrolles, Paris 1992.
ACI:
9. Building Code Requirements For Structural Concrete (ACI 31-95) And
Commentary (ACI 318R-95), ACI, Farmington Hills 1995.
10. E.G.NAWY, Reinforced Concrete: A Fundamental Approach, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey 1996.
11. S.K.GHOSH, D.FANELLA, B.RABBAT (ED.), Notes On ACI 318-95,
Portland Cement Association, Illinois 1996.
BS:
12. Structural Use Of Concrete. BS8110, BSI, London 1998.
13. Handbook To British Standard BS8110:1995. Structural Use Of Concrete,
Palladian Publications Ltd, London 1987.
14. CH.E.REYNOLDS, J.STEEDMAN, Examples Of The Design Of Reinforced
Concrete Buildings To BS8110, E & FN Spon, London 1992.
15. W.MOSLELY, J.BUNGEY, Reinforced Concrete Design, McMillan
Education Ltd, London 1987.
16. F.KONG,R.EVANS, Reinforced And Prestressed Concrete, Van Nostrand
Reinhold (UK), Berkshire 1987.
EH/EHE:
17. Instruccion Para El Proyecto Y La Ejecucion De Obras De Hormigon En Masa
O Armado EH-91, Ministerio De Fomento, 1998.
18. Instruccion De Hormigon Structural (EHE), Ministerio De Fomento 1999.
19. R.FERRARAS, Manuel De Hormigon Armado, Colegio De Ingenieros De
Caminos, Canales Y Puertos, Madrid 1999.

368
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬

‫& ‪Steel/Aluminum and Timber Member‬‬

‫‪Steel Connection Design‬‬

‫‪369‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪370‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Introduction‬‬ ‫‪-1-9‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪.American Code LRFD‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪.American Code ASD‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪.American Code EIA‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻱ ‪.Canadian Code CAN/CSA-S16.1-M94‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ ‪.British Code BS 5950‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ )‪.Euro code 3 (EC3‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪.French Code CM66‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪.French Code Add80‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ‪.Dutch Code NEN6770/6771‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﱄ ‪.Italian Code CNR-UNI 10011‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ ‪.South-African Code SABS 0162-1:1993‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﳌﺎﱐ ‪.German Code DIN 18800‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﱐ )‪.Spanish Code MV 103-1972 (NBE EA-95‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻱ ‪.Swedish Code BSK 99‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﺟﻲ ‪.Norwegian Code NS 3472:2000‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ‪.Polish Code PN 90/B-03200‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪ .AL76‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺸﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪ French Timber Code CB71‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.Euro code 5‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻ ًﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄـﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠـﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫‪371‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺣـﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ :Member‬ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪ .Columns, Bolts, Purlins, Bracing‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪....‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ :Group‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ )ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻋـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Steel/Aluminum Design‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Timber Design‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ ﺃﺟـﺰﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Definition :‬ﻭ‬
‫‪Calculation‬‬

‫‪-2-9‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪Definition‬‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪ Groups‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ) ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‪/‬ﺍﻷﳌﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‪/‬ﺍﻷﳌﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣــﻦ ﺷــﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘــﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘــﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣــﺮ ‪Analysis/Steel\Aluminum Member‬‬
‫‪.Design/Definitions‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Steel Design‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/Timber Member Design/Definitions‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Timber Design‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‪ /‬ﺍﻷﳌﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺐ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Groups, Members‬‬

‫‪372‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -9‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Members‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪) Parameters‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﱯ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ(‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ Buckling Length‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‬
‫‪ ,Lateral Buckling‬ﺍﱁ‪ ...‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -9‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ‪ .Tapered‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Parameterized‬‬
‫‪ Sections‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Definition‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ﺍﳋـﺸﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ )ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‪/‬ﺍﻷﳌﻨﻴﻮﻡ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ) ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Section Types‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ(‪.‬‬

‫‪373‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -9‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ‪ Steel Sections‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪Box Section (Rectangular Pipe‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻗﻲ )ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ‪:Timber Sections‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Rectangular Section‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻒ ‪. Double Rectangular Section‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪Name, B, tw, tf,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬

‫‪H1,H2, dH,‬‬ ‫‪Varying‬‬
‫‪Hmax‬‬ ‫)‪Section(dH‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪Name, B, tw, tf,‬‬ ‫)ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ(‬
‫‪H1, dH, H1max‬‬
‫‪Varying Section‬‬
‫)‪(Auto‬‬

‫‪374‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪Name, B, tw,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬

‫‪H1,H2, dH,‬‬ ‫‪Varying‬‬
‫‪Hmax‬‬ ‫)‪Section(dH‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪Name, B, tw, H1,‬‬ ‫)ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ(‬
‫‪dH, H1max‬‬
‫‪Varying Section‬‬
‫)‪(Auto‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪Name, B, H, dB,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬

‫‪dH, Bmax, Hmax‬‬ ‫‪Constant Section‬‬

‫‪Name, B, H1,H2,‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪dH, Hmax‬‬ ‫‪Varying‬‬
‫)‪Section(dH‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪Name, B, H1, dH,‬‬ ‫)ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ(‬
‫‪H1max‬‬
‫‪Varying Section‬‬
‫)‪(Auto‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪Name, B, H,D,‬‬
‫‪dB, dH, Bmax,‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫‪Hmax‬‬ ‫‪Constant Section‬‬

‫‪375‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Name, B,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬

‫‪H1,H2,D, dH,‬‬ ‫‪Varying‬‬
‫‪Hmax‬‬ ‫)‪Section(dH‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪Name, B, H1,D,‬‬ ‫)ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ(‬
‫‪dH, H1max‬‬
‫‪Varying Section‬‬
‫)‪(Auto‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section Definition‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Parameterized Section‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪New‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬـﺮ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Delete‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Delete All‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ )‪.(dH‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ )ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ‪ .Constant Section‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section Included in Calculation‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 4-9‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ .LRFD‬ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ New Bar Type‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳒﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bar Type‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameter‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Definition‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Member Type‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -9‬‬

‫‪376‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻭ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Real‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Coefficient‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ 0.25‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘـﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﻣـﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻝ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Buckling Length Coefficient‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ) ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ( ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺮﻑ ﻃﻮﻝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Buckling Diagrams‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Buckling Diagrams‬ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟـﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳍﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺿﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﱴ ﳚﺐ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺻـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊـﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ Brackets‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ )ﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ( ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ )ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -9‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‬

‫‪377‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻘﻄـﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪.Brackets‬ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Buckling Diagrams‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪/ / / /‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 6-9‬ﳒﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗـﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄ ﻭ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻌﲔ ﳑﻜﻨﲔ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ )‪ (ADD8, Eurocode3, NEN6770/6771‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣـﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -9‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔـﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Lateral Buckling Parameters‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳉـﺎﻧﱯ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ‪ ,Lateral Buckling Type‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Load Level‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ‪ .Lateral Buckling Coefficient‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪378‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Lateral Buckling Type‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﱄ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﱯ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺣﲔ ﲢﺖ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧـﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ‪ lz‬ﻛﻄﻮﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ More‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Service‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ‪ Lb‬ﻭ ‪ ,Cb‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﻴﺎﺭﳘﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ .Lateral Buckling‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳـﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ‪ Cb‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Calculation‬‬ ‫‪-3-9‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 7-9‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Verification Options‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Member Verification -‬ﲢﻘـﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲝﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤـﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺑﻌـﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﳌﺘﻄﻠـﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﳏﻘﻘﹰﺎ ‪ Satisfactory‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﳏﻘﻖ ‪ Unsatisfactory‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ‪.Unstable‬‬

‫‪379‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -9‬‬
‫‪ :Group Verification -‬ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Group Design -‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺣـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﰲ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ )ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Optimization‬ﻭ ﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Options‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪Optimization‬‬
‫‪ Options‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -9‬‬

‫‪380‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Weight -‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻒ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻉ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪ :Maximum Section Height -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Minimum Section Height -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Minimum Flange Thickness -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Minimum Web Thickness -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Calculation for the Entire Set of Sections‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻲ )ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪﻱ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﳒﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Configuration‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Configuration‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -9‬‬

‫‪381‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Calculation Points‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳـﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Number of Points‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Characteristic Points‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Option‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Calculation in Characteristic‬‬
‫‪ Points‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -9‬‬

‫‪ :Efficiency Ratio‬ﻭ ﻫـﻮ ﺧـﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ )ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Maximum Slenderness‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﳓﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Component of Complex Bars are not Taken into Account‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪382‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Take The Deflections‬‬
‫‪.From the Following Case into Consideration‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﳒﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Loads‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Load Case List -‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Load Case Selection -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ‪ Case Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Limit State‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Ultimate Limit State (ULS) -‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Service Limit State (SLS) -‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ‪ ULS‬ﻭ ‪.SLS‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌـﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Definition‬ﻭ ‪ .Calculation‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Short‬‬
‫‪ Results‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ Results :‬ﻭ ‪.Messages‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -9‬‬

‫ﺗﻌـﺮﺽ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Messages‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Results‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﱄ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪:‬‬

‫‪383‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Verification of the List of Member -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﳎﻤـﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Member Group Design -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻖ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻘﻖ ﳍﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﺒﲑ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ Efficiency Ratio‬ﻋﻦ ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ :Member Group Optimization -‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻜـﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻲ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﹰﺍ(‪ .‬ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 12-9‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺓ ‪Short Results‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -9‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﻏﲑ ﳏﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻌـﻞ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Analysis/Steel\Aluminum Member‬‬
‫‪.Design/Manual Calculation‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .13-9‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﱵ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Simplified Results‬ﻭ ‪ .Detailed Results‬ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed Results‬ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﲢﺘﻪ ﺣﻘﻞ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪384‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -9‬‬

‫ﻼ ‪ (IPE 100‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Auto‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ (...‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﳒﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Point/Coordinate‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Load Case‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﳒﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﳏﻘﻖ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻖ )ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ(‬

‫‪385‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ )ﳓﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻖ ﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Simplified Results‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Detailed Results‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Calculation Note‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Printout‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.14-9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -9‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Table Printout‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪/‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ .Short Results‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Full Printout‬ﺳﻴﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.List Edit‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Table Screen Capture‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﲑﻓﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Screen Capture‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Printout Composition‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Ok‬ﺳﻴﻄﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪:Full Printout‬‬

‫‪386‬‬
 Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

STEEL DESIGN
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CODE: LRFD Second Edition
ANALYSIS TYPE: Code Group Design
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CODE GROUP: 1 Group1
MEMBER: 7 Mem7 POINT: COORDINATE: x=0.00 L
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOADS:
Governing Load Case: 1 DL1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MATERIAL:
STEEL A242-42 Fy = 289.58 MPa
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION PARAMETERS: W 4x13

d=10.6 cm
b=10.3 cm Ay=18.074 cm2 Az=7.515 cm2 Ax=24.710 cm2
tw=0.7 cm Iy=470.342 cm4 Iz=160.665 cm4 J=6.243 cm4
tf=0.9 cm Sy=98.322 cm3 Sz=49.161 cm3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEMBER PARAMETERS:
Ly = 2.48 m KLy/ry = 56.75 Lb = 2.48 m
Lz = 2.48 m KLz/rz = 97.10 Cb = 1.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL FORCES: NOMINAL STRENGTHS:
Pu = 11.09 kN Pn = 400.99 kN
Muy = -22.07 kN*m Vuz = 26.70 kN Mny = 26.28 kN*m Vnz = 130.57 kN
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COEFFICIENTS:
Fi b = 0.90 Fi c = 0.85 Fi v = 0.90
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION ELEMENTS:
UNS = Compact STI = Compact
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VERIFICATION FORMULAS:
Pu/(2*Fic*Pn) + Muy/(Fib*Mny) = 0.95 < 1.00 LRFD (H1-1B)
Vuz/(Fiv*Vnz) = 0.23 < 1.00 LRFD (F2-2)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section OK !!!

Detailed Analysis of Steel ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔـﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬-4-9
Members-Eurocode3
‫ ﳝﻜﻦ‬.‫ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ‬,I ‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
Detailed Results ‫ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬Detailed ‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
.EC3 ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬

387
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -9‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻨﻔـﻴﺬ ﺍﳊـﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟـﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‬
‫‪: Eurocode3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ‪) Web Stability for Shearing‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ 5-6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﺡ ) ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ( ﰲ ‪ 11‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﺡ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪) Web Stability for Compression‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ 5-7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘـﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ )ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﳒـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌـﺼﺐ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ )ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ( ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪388‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ )ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲡﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﳒـﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.Automatic Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻫـﻨﺎﻙ ﻋـﺪﺓ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ )ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲜﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ‪) NTM Interaction NTM‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ 5-6-7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﺡ ﰲ ‪ 11‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Automatic Loads‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﺡ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ‪) Compressed Flange Stability‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ 5-7-7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ‪,‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻪ‪ ,‬ﺎﻳﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪.(5.80‬‬
‫‪Transversal Stiffeners Stability‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ‪.Stiffeners‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗﻄـﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5-63‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺷﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗـﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Detailed Analysis‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Automatic Loads‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻇﻬـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪389‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Forces‬‬
‫ﺳـﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿـﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ )ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,(Loads/Automatic‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )ﺣﺎﻻﺕ( ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏـﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ‪ Manual Mode‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Loads‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Detailed Analysis‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﻌـﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟـﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﻌـﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟـﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟـﺰﺀ ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Stiffeners, Forces, Supports/Bars , Internal‬‬
‫‪.Forces‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪.Verification , Loads‬‬

‫‪390‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Stiffeners‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -9‬‬

‫‪ Detailed‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬ ‫‪Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﳌـﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ Bracings‬ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜـﻦ ﺗﻐـﻴﲑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Type -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ ‪:‬ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‪. Bilateral‬‬
‫‪ Thickness -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ = ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Height -‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ =ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Position -‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ‪.Top‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻔﺘـﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠـﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪ .Distance a, Distance b‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ‪ a=-0.2m‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬‫ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Distance‬ﺗﻌﺪﻝ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0.2 m‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ‪ b=0.2‬ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Beta_S‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪391‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Forces‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -9‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ .Forces‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Automatic‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Loads‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )ﺣﺎﻻﺕ( ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﳒـﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Positions‬ﻭ ‪ Value‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻠﲔ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ (Bearing ss‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ) ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.(Position‬‬
‫ﲢـﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏـﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .List‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘـﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺣﲔ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻃﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ )‪ .(Forces/Position‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Bearing ss‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,(Beta_w‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ‪ .Web Stability at Compression‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪392‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Supports/Bars‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -9‬‬

‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﹰﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ‪ P‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﶈـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄـﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ(‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺳـﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﱵ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ R=P/2‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋـﺰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ )ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻛﻤﺴﻨﺪ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﳎﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳛﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻌـﲔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺈﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪.‬‬

‫‪Internal Forces‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻟﻜـﻲ ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Manual‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Loads‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜـﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ .Internal Forces‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.19-9‬‬

‫‪393‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -9‬‬

‫‪Detailed Analysis of Timber‬‬ ‫‪-5-9‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠـﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‬
‫‪Members -Eurocode5‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Detailed Results‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.EC5‬‬
‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﻔـﺘﺢ ﺍﻟـﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍ‪‬ـﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‬
‫‪:Eurocode 5‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ )ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪.(Kc,90‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ )ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Khol‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.(Book1 IV-5-8 EC5‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ )ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Kv‬ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.(Book1 IV-5-7‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪Transversal Compression, Openings, Cuts :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -9‬‬

‫‪Transversal Compression‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Kc,90‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ) ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪ .(EC5 5.1.5‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪394‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪.Load Inclination Angle‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ )‪.Load Length (L‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ )‪.Load Spacing (L1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪.Distance from Load Application Point (a‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ )‪.Considered Force (q‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -9‬‬

‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Openings‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Position‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Opening Diameter‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪.Khol‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ b<=90 mm‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛D‬‬
‫‪ D/h<=0.1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‪Khol = 1 − 0.555⎜ ⎟ :‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫⎠‪⎝h‬‬
‫= ‪Khol‬‬
‫‪1.62‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ D/h >0.1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪D‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜1.8 +‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪h‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ b>90 mm‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪D ⎞⎛ 90‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜⎟ ‪Khol = ⎜1 − 0.555( ) 3‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ D/h<=0.1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪h ⎠⎝ b‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 90‬‬
‫= ‪Khol‬‬
‫‪1.62‬‬
‫⎜ ‪2‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ D/h >0.1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎠ ‪D⎞ ⎝ b‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜ 1 .8 +‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪h‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Khol‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ) ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.(EC5 5.1.7‬‬

‫‪395‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -9‬‬

‫‪Cuts‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Ky‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ) ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (23-9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪Kn(1 + 1.1i1.5 / h‬‬
‫= ‪Kv‬‬
‫) ‪h ( α − α 2 + 0.8 β 1 / α − α 2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ i=0‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ‪ α = he / h‬ﻭ ‪. β = La / h‬‬ ‫=‪i‬‬
‫‪Lb‬‬
‫‪h − he‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -9‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Kv‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.(EC5 5.1.7‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Include in Calculation‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ ,‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Calculate‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪Steel Connection Design‬‬ ‫‪-6-9‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬

‫‪Connection Definition‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-9‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Connections‬‬

‫‪396‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻘـﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Connection Definition‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -9‬‬

‫‪ Robot‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬ ‫‪Millennium‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ‪.French Code CM66‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪.Eurocode 3‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Create‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,Connection Definition‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ )‪ (Frame Knee, Beam- Beam, Column-Base, etc‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻇﻬـﻮﺭ ﺧـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.Connection Definition‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪) Robot‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪(New Connection‬‬

‫‪397‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Pinned Column Base‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Fixed Column Base‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Concrete Column Base‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Beam-Beam Connection‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪-‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪Frame Knee Connection‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Beam-Column Connection‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪-‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫)‪Angle: Beam to Column (Web‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫)‪Angle: Beam to Beam (Web‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ )ﻋﺼﺐ(‬
‫)‪Angle: Beam to Column (Flange‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﺟﻨﺎﺡ(‬
‫)‪Angle: Beam to Beam (Flange‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ )ﺟﻨﺎﺡ(‬
‫‪Tube Truss Node Connection‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ‬
‫‪Gusset Plate: Single Bar‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫‪Gusset Plate: Internal Node‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Gusset Plate: Truss Chord Node‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪Pinned Column Base‬‬ ‫‪-1-1-6-9‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‬

‫‪Sections‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Connection Type‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ )ﻣﻊ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ(‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ‬

‫‪Bolted Joint (with‬‬
‫‪Welded Joint‬‬
‫)‪angles‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Column‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Column Section‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪.Material‬‬
‫‪Column Base‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪) Column Base‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ(‬

‫‪398‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .Footing Plate of a Column Base‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ( ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻏﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Stiffeners‬‬‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ‪Stiffener Type‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -9‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ‪ l‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ s‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Anchorage‬‬
‫‪Anchor Bolt Dimensions‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -9‬‬

‫‪ .Washer‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪ Diameter‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪Dimension‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺎﺕ )ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﻧﺪﻳﻼﺕ(‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ‪ Class‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ Spacing‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪.Distance‬‬
‫‪Bearing‬‬ ‫‪-5‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪ Bearing‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ Bearing Plate‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ( ﻭ ‪.Bearing bar Thickness‬‬

‫‪Welds/Wedge‬‬ ‫‪-6‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻓﲔ ‪ Wedge‬ﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫‪399‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ‪ ) Welds‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﺳﻔﲔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‪,‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬

‫‪Concrete‬‬ ‫‪-7‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Cement‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ‪ Concrete Foundation‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﲰﻨﺖ‬
‫‪ amount‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ‪.Concrete/Steel Coefficient‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -9‬‬

‫‪Fixed Column Base‬‬ ‫‪-2-1-6-9‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪Sections‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫‪Column Base Stiffener Type‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺃﺭﺑﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻄﺔ‬

‫‪Bracket‬‬ ‫‪Simple Stiffening‬‬ ‫‪Without Brackets‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Column‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Column Section‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪.Material‬‬
‫‪Column Base‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‪. Pinned Column Base‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ ‪:Anchorage‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‪. Pinned Column Base‬‬
‫‪Welds/Wedge‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻓﲔ ‪ Wedge‬ﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ‪ ) Welds‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﺳﻔﲔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Concrete‬‬ ‫‪-5‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ‪. Pinned Column Base‬‬

‫‪400‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Concrete Column Base‬‬ ‫‪-3-1-6-9‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Sections‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Column‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Column Section‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ .Material‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻖ ‪ .Depth‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘـﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ‪) Concrete Parameters‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ‪ Class‬ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﲰﻨﺖ ‪ Cement amount‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ‪.Concrete/Steel Coefficient‬‬

‫‪Frame‬‬ ‫‪-4-1-6-9‬ﻭﺻـﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋـﺰ‪-‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ‪, Beam-Beam Connection‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪-‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‪Beam-Column Connection‬‬ ‫‪,Knee Connection‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪Sections‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Main‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓـﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﻏﻲ ‪ Bolts‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ‪ .Welds‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪Secondary Member‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪Member‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ‪ Connection Angle‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪Brackets‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Lower Part‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪Upper Part‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪Bracket‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫‪Bracket‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪Vertical Bracket‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬ ‫‪Vertical Bracket‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬
‫‪Without Brackets‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫‪Without Brackets‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪Bolts‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓـﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﻏﻲ ‪) Bolts‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪ Diameter‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ‪ Class‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪ Coefficient‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ )‪ Rows-Number(r‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ )‪ Column-Number(c‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )‪ Horizontal Spacing (e‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ )‪ Distance (h1‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪Vertical Spacing‬‬
‫)…‪ .(a1,a2,‬ﻭ ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Equal Vertical spacing of Bolts‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪28 -9‬‬

‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Plates‬‬

‫‪401‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪) Front Plate‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ( ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪Others‬‬ ‫‪-5‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ )ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ )ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ(‬
‫‪Stiffeners‬‬ ‫‪-6‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪) Vertical Column Thickness‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﻋﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ‪Plate‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ‪ Slanting Stiffeners‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫‪Left‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪Right‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‬ ‫‪Double‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫)‪Angle: Beam to Column (Web‬‬ ‫‪-5-1-6-9‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﻋﺼﺐ(‬
‫‪Angle: Beam‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﺟﻨﺎﺡ(‬ ‫)ﻋﺼﺐ()‪Angle: Beam to Beam (Web‬‬ ‫ﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫)ﺟﻨﺎﺡ( )‪Angle: Beam to Beam (Flange‬‬ ‫)‪ to Column (Flange‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪Sections‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪Angle‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ‪,‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪402‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺇﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﻣﺎ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬

‫‪Bolts‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻏﻲ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪ ,Diameter‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ‪ ,Class‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ,Coefficient‬ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻏـﻲ ‪ ,Number of Bolts‬ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ b‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ (a‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Bearer‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬
‫‪.Secondary Element‬‬

‫‪Others‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓـﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻋـﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ )ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ S‬ﻭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ‪(r‬‬

‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ‪.(h1,h2,l) Cut Dimension‬‬

‫‪Tube Truss Node Connection‬‬ ‫‪-6-1-6-9‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ‬

‫‪Type‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Connection Type‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫‪Tow Sided‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻫﲔ‬ ‫‪One Sided‬‬ ‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪Eccentricity (e‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪Chord‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪I Member‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫‪Diagonal1‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪403‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Gap a‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Overlap b‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫‪Diagonal2‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪Gap a‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Overlap b‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫‪Upper/Lower Diagonals‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪Others‬‬ ‫‪-5‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Horizontal Bracket‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪Lateral Bracket‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ‪ Welds‬ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ‪Gusset Plate: Single Bar‬‬ ‫‪-7-1-6-9‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‬

‫‪Section‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ‪ Bolted Connection‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﳊﺎﻡ ‪Welded Connection‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪Bolts‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ‪ Bolted Connection‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Section‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪ Friction Coefficient‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ‪ n‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ )…‪ (a1,a2,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ h1‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ ec‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻏﻲ ‪.eb‬‬

‫‪404‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪29 -9‬‬

‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Weld‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﳊﺎﻡ ‪ Welded Connection‬ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Section‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ )ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ a‬ﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ b‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪(ec‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪30 -9‬‬

‫‪Plate‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪ b‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ h‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ eh‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ev‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ d‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪31 -9‬‬

‫‪Type Plate Corner‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪-5‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Connection Type‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ‪ Bolted Connection‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﳊﺎﻡ ‪.Welded Connection‬‬
‫ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪ Friction Coefficient‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ‪ n‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ )…‪ (a1,a2,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ h1‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪.eb‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪32 -9‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ )ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ a‬ﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪(b‬‬

‫‪405‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪33 -9‬‬

‫‪Gusset Plate: Internal Node‬‬ ‫‪-8-1-6-9‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Geometry‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪34 -9‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻲ‬
‫‪Continuous Section on the 1-3 Line‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ ‪.1-3‬‬
‫‪Continuous Section on the 2-4 Line‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ ‪.2-4‬‬
‫‪All Cut Sections‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ) ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﻏﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Section‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪Bolts‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪ Friction Coefficient‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ‪ n‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﺎﻋﺪ )…‪ (a1,a2,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺒﻌﺪ ‪ h1‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ ec‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ eb‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ‪ Symmetric Bolt Spacing‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﱪﺍﻏﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪35 -9‬‬

‫‪406‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Weld‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓـﻴﻪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ a‬ﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ b‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ec‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪36 -9‬‬

‫‪Plate‬‬ ‫‪-5‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ )ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ b1,b2,b3,b4‬ﻭ ‪ h1,h2,h3,h4‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪37 -9‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Type Plate Corner‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Symmetric Plate‬ﳉﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪Gusset Plate: Truss Chord Node‬‬ ‫‪-9-1-6-9‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫‪Geometry‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ )ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺃﻭ ﳊﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪Continuous Section on the 1-2 Line‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪38 -9‬‬

‫‪Section 1,2‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓـﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺭﻗـﻢ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪1,2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫‪407‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Section 3,4,5‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪3,4,5‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫‪Bolts‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ‪ Friction Coefficient‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ‪ n‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﺎﻋﺪ )…‪ (a1,a2,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺒﻌﺪ ‪ h1‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ ec‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪ eb‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ‪ Symmetric Bolt Spacing‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﱪﺍﻏﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪39 -9‬‬

‫‪Weld‬‬ ‫‪-5‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ a‬ﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ ,b‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ec‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪40 -9‬‬

‫‪Plate‬‬ ‫‪-6‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ )ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ(‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪41 -9‬‬

‫‪Type Plate Corner‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪408‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ Calculation :‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪.Manual Verification‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Connection Manual Verification‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ(‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Connection‬‬
‫‪ .Definition- Data/Results Simplified‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Printout‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Robot‬‬
‫‪ System Text Editor‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Connection Type Modification‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-9‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫‪Connection Type‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪Modification‬‬

‫‪Change to Pinned Column Base‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Change to Fixed Column Base‬‬
‫‪Change to Concrete Column Base‬‬
‫‪Change to Beam-to-Beam Connection‬‬
‫‪Change to Frame Knee Connection‬‬
‫‪Change to Beam-to-Column Connection‬‬
‫‪Change to Angle Connection‬‬
‫‪Change to Tube Truss Node Connection‬‬
‫‪Change to Gusset Plate: Single Bar‬‬
‫‪Change to Gusset Plate: Internal Node‬‬
‫‪Change to Gusset Plate: Truss Chord‬‬
‫‪Node‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪-‬ﺇﱃ‪-‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪-‬ﺇﱃ‪-‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊـﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ )ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ(‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪409‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪.Geometry/ Connection Copy‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺇﲤـﺎﻡ ﺇﳒـﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭ‪.(...‬‬

‫‪Directions of Force Operation‬‬ ‫‪-3-6-9‬ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ‬

‫‪in Individual Connection Types‬‬
‫ﻧﻌـﺮﺽ ﻓـﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪Direction of Force Operation within Connection‬‬ ‫‪Connection Type‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪,‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪Beam- Beam, Frame Knee,‬‬
‫‪Beam-Column‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Angle Connection‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬

‫‪Gusset Plate: Single Bar‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Gusset Plate: Internal Node‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫‪Gusset Plate: Truss Chord‬‬
‫‪Node‬‬

‫‪410‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ‬

‫‪Fixed Column Base‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‬

‫‪Pinned Column Base‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫‪Pipe Connection‬‬

‫‪Problems During Selecting a Steel‬‬ ‫‪-4-6-9‬ﻣـﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺃﺛـﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬

‫‪Connection‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ )ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.(Catpro‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪Connection Calculation‬‬ ‫‪-5-6-9‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Connections‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Analysis/ Calculations‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Calculation‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 42-9‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Node List -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ )ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ(‪.‬‬

‫‪411‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Connection List -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪42 -9‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Calculation Option‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ :Connection Verification -‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Connection Capacity -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺣـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,List‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Load Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪Connection Calculation Results‬‬ ‫‪-6-6-9‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 43-9‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Connection Definition- Data/ Simplified Results‬ﲢﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Connection Definition‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Connections‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪43 -9‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪412‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ‪.Connection Number‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ‪ :Connection Type‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ )‪ ,Beam to Beam (BTB‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤـﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ )‪ ,Beam to Column (BTC‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ ,Angle (ANG‬ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﻋﻤـﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ )‪ ,Fixed Column Footing (FIX‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﻔـﺼﻞ )‪ ,Pinned Column Footing (PIN‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ‪Concrete Column‬‬
‫)‪ ,Base (CON‬ﻭﺻـﻠﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﺑـﻴﺐ )‪ ,Pipe Connection (PIP‬ﻭﺻـﻠﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ )‪.Gusset Plate (GUS‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ‪ :Ratio‬ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻏﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Note‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ‪ Calculation Note‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪44 -9‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻐـﻴﲑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﰒ ﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Change‬ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺼﻤﻢ )ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ(‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Connection Verification‬‬ ‫‪-7-6-9‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Connections‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/ Manual Calculations‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 45-9‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 46-9‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪413‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node Number‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Connection Internal Forces‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Robot -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Calculation -‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪45 -9‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪46 -9‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ(‬

‫‪414‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

(‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ )ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬

References (Design of Steel Structures)

1- AKBAR R. TAMBOLI, Steel Design Handbook- LRFD Method, The
Mcgraw-Hill Companies Inc., 1997.
2- CARILES G. SALMON, JOHN E. JOHNSON, Steel Structure – Design And
Behavior, Third Edition By Harpercollins Publisher Inc.,1990.
3- JEAN MOREL, Calcul Des Structures Metalliques Selon L’eurocode3,
Eyrolles, 1994.
4- JEAN MOREL, Structures Metalliques- Guide De Calcul CM66-Additif 80-
Eurocode3, Eyrolles, 1999.
5- Steelwork Design Guide To BS5950: PART1: 1990-Third Edition, Volume 1-
Section Properties, Member Capacities & Volume 2- Worked Examples, The
Steel Construction Institute In Association With: The British Constructional
Steelwork,1992.
6- T J MAC GINLEY & T C ANG, Structural Steelwork- Design To Limit State
Theory, Second Edition, Reed Educational And Professional Publishing Ltd,
1987,1992.
7- IOANNIS VAYAS, JOHN ERMOPOULOS, GEORGE IOANNIDIS,
Anwendungsbeispiele Zum Eurocode 3, Ernst & Sohn, 1998.
8- WARREN C. YOUNG, Roark’s Formulas For Stress & Strain- Sixth Edition,
The Mcgraw-Hill Companies Inc.,1989.

(‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ )ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ‬

References (Design of Timber Structures)

1- EUROCODE 5- Calcul Des Structures En Bois. Partie 1-1: Regles Generales
Et Regles Pour Les Batiments. Norme P21-711.
2- STRUCTURES EN BOIS AUX ETATS LIMITES -Introduction A
l’Eurocode5. STEP1 –Materiaux Et Bases De Calcul, SEDIBOIS. Union
Nationale Francaise De Charpente, Menuisrie, Parquets, 1997.
3- STRUCTURES EN BOIS AUX ETATS LIMITES –Introduction A
l’Eurocode 5. STEP2 –Calcule De Structure, SEDIBOIS. Union Nationale
Francaise De Charpente, Menuisrie, Parquets, 1996.

415
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪416‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫‪Sections Databases and Sections Definition‬‬

‫‪417‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪418‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Introduction‬‬ ‫‪-1-10‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﲣﺰﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Tools/Section Databases‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.1-10‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -10‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳏﺮﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻤـﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ‪/‬ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ‪ Start/Programs‬ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪ Windows‬ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Robot Structural Office 15.0 / Section Database Editor‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 1-10‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪419‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪ Basic Properties‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪.Section Data‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗـﺴﻤﺢ ﻟـﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪) Basic Column‬ﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﻠـﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻴﺔ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ( ﻭ ‪ .All Columns‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻳـﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Visualization of‬‬
‫‪ . Columns‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Adjust Column width‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓـﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Open Existing‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Open Database‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧـﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/New Database‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. New Database‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪New Section Database Declaration‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.Copying Sections Between Databases‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺑـﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳـﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/ Section Definition‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪.Tools/ Section Definition‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ) ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Section‬‬ ‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪:Definition‬‬

‫‪420‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.File/ Save to Databases :‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 2-10‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪) ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.Dimension1 :‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.Dimension1, Dimension3 :‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Section Type‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ‪/‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -10‬‬

‫‪-2-10‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Basic Section Properties‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪Cross Sectional Area‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪Ax‬‬
‫‪Moment of Inertia about the X axis‬‬
‫)‪(Torsion‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪) x‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻠﻲ(‬ ‫‪Ix‬‬
‫‪Moment of Inertia about the Y axis‬‬
‫)‪(Bending‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪) y‬ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﰲ(‬ ‫‪Iy‬‬

‫‪421‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Moment of Inertia about the Z axis‬‬

‫)‪(Bending‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪) z‬ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﰲ(‬ ‫‪Iz‬‬
‫‪Shear‬‬ ‫‪Rigidity‬‬ ‫‪Factor‬‬ ‫‪(Reduced‬‬
‫‪Sectional Area for Calculations of Shear‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ )ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪Ay‬‬
‫‪Deformations) in the Y Axis Direction‬‬ ‫ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪.Y‬‬
‫‪Shear‬‬ ‫‪Rigidity‬‬ ‫‪Factor‬‬ ‫‪(Reduced‬‬
‫‪Sectional Area for Calculations of Shear‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ )ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪Az‬‬
‫‪Deformations) in the Z Axis Direction‬‬ ‫ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ‪.Z‬‬
‫‪Section Modulus for Calculations of‬‬
‫‪Torsion Stresses‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Wx‬‬
‫‪Shear Area (Reduced Extreme Shear‬‬
‫‪Stress Coefficient) in Direction of Y Axis‬‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺺ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪Wy‬‬
‫‪(Qy).‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻝ( ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪.(Qy) Y‬‬
‫‪Shear Area (Reduced Extreme Shear‬‬
‫‪Stress Coefficient) in Direction of Z Axis‬‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺺ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪Wz‬‬
‫‪(Qz).‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻝ( ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪.(Qz) Z‬‬
‫‪Plastic Section Modulus in Bending‬‬
‫‪about the Y Axis.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪.y‬‬ ‫‪Zy‬‬
‫‪Plastic Section Modulus in Bending‬‬
‫‪about the Z Axis.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪.Z‬‬ ‫‪Zz‬‬
‫‪Painting Surface of the Unit Length‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Sp‬‬
‫‪Unit Weight Per Unit Length‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪Wght‬‬
‫‪Warping Constant‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫‪Iω‬‬

‫‪Table Containing Section Data‬‬ ‫‪-3-10‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪.Section Name‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪ :(Dim1, Dim2, Dim3‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪.Type‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲨـﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ) ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ …‪ d_1, d_2,‬ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ‪ a_1,a_2,...‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ :Section Symbol‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ :Thin Walled‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ )ﺃﻱ (‪ ,‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ :Material‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ )ﺃﻱ (‪ ,‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪422‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪ :Points‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.3-10‬‬‫ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -10‬‬

‫‪Visualization of Columns‬‬ ‫‪-4-10‬ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬

‫‪Visualization of‬‬ ‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ View/Columns‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ , Columns‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 4-10‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -10‬‬

‫‪423‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪.Basic Column‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ )ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ New Set of Columns‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Set‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.OK‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺗﻌـﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿـﻌﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺘﲔ )‪ ,(Basic Columns, All Columns‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪Properties of Section Database‬‬ ‫‪-5-10‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘـﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ File/Database Properties‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.5-10‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳـﻢ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Database Classification based on the Section Material -‬ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ‪ ,Steel‬ﺧﺸﺐ ‪.(Timber‬‬
‫‪ :Standard Database -‬ﻋـﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌـﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ Section Definition‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Sections‬ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪424‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -10‬‬

‫‪Presentation Unit for Section‬‬ ‫‪-6-10‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪Databases‬‬
‫ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ View/Display Units‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 6-10‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -10‬‬

‫‪425‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨـﻨﺎ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‪ /‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐـﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Native‬‬
‫‪ ,Database Units‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪New Section Database Declaration‬‬ ‫‪-7-10‬ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/ New Database...‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪.Ctrl+N‬‬
‫ﻼ ‪,NewPro‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪,‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭ ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬـﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠـﺴﻠﺔ ‪ ,Pro‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪(*.mdb‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Robot‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ .Job Preferences‬ﻭ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Tools/Job Preferences...‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Job Preferences‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Section Databases‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪. Add New‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ View‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Section Database Declaration‬‬
‫ﻼ ‪ ,(NewPro.mdb‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Open‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪...\System\Cfg‬‬

‫‪Copying Sections Between Databases‬‬ ‫‪-8-10‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Windows‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪.Copy/Past‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ ‪ ,Clipboard‬ﻭ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪426‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ File/Open‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃـﻊ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ) ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪.(Shift ,Ctrl‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Edit/Copy‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪.Ctrl+C‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻍ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Edit/Past‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪.Ctrl+V‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ .(NamexDIM1xDIM2xDIM3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻨـﺴﺦ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Some Section Symbols in the Section‬‬ ‫‪-9-10‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫‪Database‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺍﻻﺗﻔـﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪:Robot‬‬

‫‪American Section Database AISCpro.MDB‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :DL‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :DLL‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :DLS‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ‪ DLL2.5x5x10.1875‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 2.5‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪.DIM1‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ‪.DIM2‬‬
‫‪ 10.1875‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 0‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻼﺻﻘﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.3/8 in‬‬

‫‪427‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ 20‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.3/4 in‬‬

‫ﻼ ‪.(0.1875=3/16 in‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺶ ) ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪Canadian Section Database CISCpro.MDB‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ LLEA‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻼﺻﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLEB‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪.8 mm‬‬
‫‪ LLEC‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪.10 mm‬‬
‫‪ LLED‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪.12 mm‬‬
‫‪ LLEE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪.16 mm‬‬
‫‪ LLEF‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪.20 mm‬‬

‫‪ LLLA‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻼﺻﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ LLLB‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 8 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLLC‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 10 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLLD‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 12 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLLE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 16 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLLF‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 20 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ LLSA‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻼﺻﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ LLSB‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 8 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLSC‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 10 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLSD‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 12 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLSE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 16 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ LLSF‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪ 20 mm‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪ LLLB 51x38x4.8‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 51‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪.DIM1‬‬
‫‪ 38‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪.DIM2‬‬
‫‪ 4.8‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻝ ‪.mm‬‬

‫‪428‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪British Section Database UKSTpro.MDB‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ CUAL‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻼﺻﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ CUAS‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻼﺻﻘﺘﲔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪ CUAL 60x30x1206‬ﻭ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 60‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪.DIM1‬‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪.DIM2‬‬
‫‪ 1206‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ )‪ (12 mm‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﲔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻝ ‪ .mm‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )‪ (6mm‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ‪.mm‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ 807.9‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﲔ ‪ 8 mm‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪.7.9mm‬‬

‫‪Section Shape Type‬‬ ‫‪-10-10‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪Section Type‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪ :1‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻗﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Equal Leg Angle in Central Axes Parallel to Legs‬‬

‫‪ :2‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Equal Leg Angle in Central Axes‬‬

‫‪ :3‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻗﲔ‬

‫‪Unequal Leg Angle in Central Axes Parallel to Legs‬‬

‫‪429‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :4‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Unequal Leg Angle in Central Axes‬‬

‫‪ :5‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺑـﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻗﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :7‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺐ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Tow Angles Legs Back‬‬ ‫‪ :6,8,9‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻇﻬﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫‪.to Back‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺘﺎﻥ )ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ( ﻇﻬﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﺘﺎﻥ )ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ( ﻇﻬﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :30 ,25-20 ,15-10‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪ :12-10‬ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫)‪(HEA, HEAA,HEB‬‬
‫‪ :14-13‬ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺛﺨﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫)‪(HEC, HEM‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄـﻊ ﻛﺒﲑ ﲜﻨﺎﺡ ﺿﻴﻖ ﻭ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:15‬‬
‫)‪(HER‬‬
‫‪ :24-20‬ﻋـﺼﺐ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ‪ ,‬ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫)‪(IPE, IPEA, IPEO, IPER‬‬
‫‪ :25‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ 24-20‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ )‪.(IPN‬‬
‫‪ :30‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ,15‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻡ )‪.(PRS‬‬

‫‪430‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :19-16‬ﻣﻘﻄﻌﺎﻥ ‪ I‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ :17-16‬ﻣﻘﻄﻌـﺎﻥ ‪ I‬ﳍﻤـﺎ ﻋـﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
‫)‪.(HHEA, HHEB‬‬
‫‪ :18‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺛﺨﻴﻨﺔ )‪.(HHEM‬‬
‫‪ :19‬ﻣﻘﻄﻌﺎﻥ ‪ I‬ﺑﺄﻋﺼﺎﺏ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺤﺔ )‪.(IIPE‬‬
‫‪T‬‬‫‪:29-26‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪(HEA, 1/2‬‬ ‫‪ :27-26‬ﺍﳉـﻨﺎﺡ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ‬
‫)‪HEB‬‬
‫‪ :28‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺛﺨﻴﻨﺔ )‪.(1/2 HEM‬‬
‫‪ :29‬ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )‪.(1/2 IPE‬‬

‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪ :33-32‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪Square Structural Tubing‬‬ ‫‪ :31‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬

‫‪Hexagonal Structural Tubing‬‬ ‫‪ :34‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺪﺱ‬

‫‪Rectangular Tubing‬‬ ‫‪ :35‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬

‫‪Pipe‬‬ ‫‪ :36‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬

‫‪431‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :38-37‬ﳎﺮﺍﺓ‬
‫‪ :37‬ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :38‬ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :40-39‬ﳎﺮﺍﺗﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫‪ :39‬ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ :40‬ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :41‬ﻣﻘﻄـﻊ ﻣـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻣـﺼﻤﺖ )ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﺧﺸﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Cold-Bent Channel‬‬ ‫‪ :42‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﳎﺮﺍﺓ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ :43‬ﻣﻘﻄـﻊ ﻣـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﻤﺖ )ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫‪ :44‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﻤﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪Half-Closed Channel‬‬ ‫‪ :45‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﳎﺮﺍﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‬

‫‪U-Type Rounded Section‬‬ ‫‪ :46‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪ U‬ﻣﺪﻭﺭ‬

‫‪Rectangular Pipe-Rounded‬‬ ‫‪ :47‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ‬

‫‪432‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪User-Defined Sections‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬

‫‪Box Section‬‬ ‫‪ :91‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻲ‬

‫‪Rectangular Pipe Section‬‬ ‫‪ :92‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬

‫‪ :93‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬

‫‪Symmetrical I-Section‬‬ ‫‪ :94‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪ I‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬

‫‪Asymmetrical I-Section‬‬ ‫‪ :95‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪ I‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬

‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪ :96‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫‪Channel‬‬ ‫‪ :97‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﳎﺮﺍﺓ‬

‫‪ :99‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ –ﺧﺸﱯ‬

‫‪Double Rectangular Section-Timber‬‬

‫‪ :100‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﻤﺖ ) ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﺸﱯ(‬

‫‪433‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Cross Section‬‬ ‫‪ :201‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬

‫‪Section Definition‬‬ ‫‪-11-10‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫ﺗﺘـﻴﺢ ﻟـﻨﺎ ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ Sections‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺧـﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﰲ ‪ .Robot Millennium‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺼﻤﺘﹰﺎ )ﺃﻭ ﺛﺨﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣـﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ‪ ) Homogeneous‬ﲟﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ‪) Composite‬ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲝﻮﺍﻑ ﳏﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺄﺧـﻮﺫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ ,Section Tables‬ﻭ ﰒ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ Sections‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳘـﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﺼﻤﺖ ‪ Solid Cross-Section‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ‪Thin-Walled‬‬
‫‪.Cross-Section‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺨﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ Ax‬ﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻭﻧﺔ *‪. Ax‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻗـﻊ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ‪ ( y 0 , z 0 ) Flexural Centroid‬ﺃﻭ ) *‪ ( y 0* , z 0‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪ Alpha Principal Angle‬ﺃﻭ * ‪. Alpha‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻄـﺎﻻﺕ ‪ ) Inertias‬ﺍﻟﻌﻄـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌـﻮﺯﻭﻧﺔ(‪ :‬ﺣـﻮﻝ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ) ‪ ( I y , I z , I yz‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫) * ‪ , ( I * , I * , I‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪yz‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺃﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ‪.Inertia Radiuses‬‬

‫‪434‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺔ ‪.Shear Capacity Coefficients‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪) First Moment of Area‬ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳋـﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﰲ ﲨﻠـﺔ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( I y , I z‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫) *‪. ( I *y , I z‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ ‪. I x Torsion Constant‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ) ‪. (V y ,V py ,Vz ,V pz‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ) ‪ ( Ay , Az‬ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻟـﻴﺪ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪Stress‬‬
‫‪ Analysis‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Section Definition‬ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ‪ ,Polygons‬ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ‪,Arcs‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪Translating‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ‪ ,Rectangles‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ‪ .Circles‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪Modification‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ‪ , Rotating‬ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ‪ , Mirroring‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﳊﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻜﻠﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﲔ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﳘﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ‪ .Standardization‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻓﻴـﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ‪.Standardization‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Contour/Properties‬ﻭ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ Material‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.7-10‬‬

‫‪435‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -10‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩ ‪ Import‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ AISC‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.File/Import From Databases‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Geometric Properties/Results‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Section Definition‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪. Results‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Results‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﻇـﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Result‬ﻫﻲ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻭﻧﺔ )ﺍﶈﻮﻟﺔ( ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ * ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪∑ Aα‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫= ‪A‬‬
‫*‬ ‫‪i‬‬

‫‪αb‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ -i‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ”‪ “i‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪-b‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ Base Material‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌـﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﲜﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪ ,‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻱ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪436‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -10‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪. Ax‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ‪ ( y 0 , z 0 ) Center of Gravity‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟـﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴـﺴﻴﺔ ‪ Alpha Main Angle‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋـﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟـﺔ ‪ Moments of Inertia‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﳛﺪﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ) ‪ ( I y , I z , I yz‬ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ) ‪. (l x , l y‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻠﻲ ‪.Moment of Inertia for Torsion‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ) ‪ ( y c , z c‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪437‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )‪.Weight per Length Unit (WU‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘـﺮﺽ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﲞﻂ ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻛﺘﻞ )‪, m( s) = ρ ( s) δ ( s) = 1 * δ ( s‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ δ (s‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪ s‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Results/Geometric Properties/Calculation note‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰ( ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﳏﺮﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‪ ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﻪ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪438‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫‪Printouts‬‬

‫‪439‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪440‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪Calculation Notes‬‬ ‫‪-1-11‬ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﳎﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣـﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﻗـﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ )ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Page Setup‬‬

‫‪Printout Composition‬‬ ‫‪-2-11‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .File/ Print‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﳏـﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Robot‬‬
‫‪ Millennium‬ﻭﻓﻘـﹰﺎ ﳊﺎﺟـﺔ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ File/ Printout Selection‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.1-11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -11‬‬

‫‪441‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳـﺴﻤﺢ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳋـﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋـﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﺎﻟﻒ ﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺻﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﳛﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺬﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟـﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪ Simplified‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .Full‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ‪ Simplified‬ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ‪.Full‬‬
‫ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ) ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Insert Page Break‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 2-11‬ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Insert Blank Page -‬ﻳـﻀﻴﻒ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Note Before -‬ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺘـﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏﺮﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Title -‬ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺘـﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏـﺮﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻧـﺼﻮﺹ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Note After -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏﺮﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Robot Millennium‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪442‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -11‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Page Setup -‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Page Setup‬‬
‫‪ :Preview -‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Print -‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :File -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﻔﻆ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Close -‬ﻳﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Printout Composition-Wizard‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪Standard‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟـﺐ ﻗﻴﺎﺳـﻲ ﳒـﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ) ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ ,(...‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺭﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪(...‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ /‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻘـﺴﻢ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Standard‬ﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Printout Composition-Wizard‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﳝﲎ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ )ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ(‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳛـﺘﻮﻱ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﳓﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋـﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪ .All, Add :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪All‬‬
‫ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﶈـﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Standard‬ﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲜﻌـﻞ ﺗـﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.Standard‬‬

‫‪443‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ) ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴـﺴﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬـﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Standard‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,(Standard‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛـﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗـﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Screen Captures‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﺗﻘـﺴﻢ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Screen Capture‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Printout Composition-Wizard‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺟﻬـﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﳝﲎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Screen Capture‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ File/ Screen Capture‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟـﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .3-11‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ )ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.(Screen Capture‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -11‬‬

‫‪Templates‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﲑ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ )ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ -‬ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪444‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :New -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Templates‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Enter‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Open -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Save -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,(Open‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.4-11‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Standard Font of Component Titles‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻞ )ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Preference‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -11‬‬

‫‪Simplified Printout‬‬ ‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﳋﺮﺝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺒﺴﻂ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ Sorting‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Save Template‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Templates‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Printout Composition-Wizard‬ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ‪:‬‬

‫‪445‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -11‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳒﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﺘﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪ ,‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Values‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Envelope‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ .Global Extremes‬ﻭ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Structure View, Diagrams, Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﳒﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﹰﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻻ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻌﺎ ﹰﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻨـﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬

‫‪446‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻨـﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳـﺒﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ )ﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Selection‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Sorting‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Preview‬‬ ‫‪-3-11‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Preview‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﲑ ) ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ (‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺘﻐﲑ ﳕﻂ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻛـﺎﺋﻦ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ( ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Return to Preview‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪Zoom‬‬
‫‪ in/out‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳕﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Full/ Simplified‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Simplified‬ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪Simplified‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿـﻊ ﻣﻜـﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪Page Set-Up‬‬ ‫‪-4-11‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Page Setup‬ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.File/Page Setup‬‬

‫‪447‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Printout Composition-Wizard‬‬

‫ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Page Setup‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Page‬‬ ‫‪-1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.6-11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -11‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Pager Size -‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Orientation -‬ﻟﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻮﺟـﻴﻪ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺤﺔ )ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪ Landscape‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ‪.(Portrait‬‬
‫‪ :Current Page Number -‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Margins‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.7-11‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﳏﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Top -‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Bottom -‬ﺇﻋـﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳍـﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻟـﺴﻔﻠﻲ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Left -‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Right -‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪448‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :Gutter -‬ﺇﻋـﺪﺍﺩ ﳎﺮﻯ ﻻﻗﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ )ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Header -‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Footer -‬ﺇﻋـﺪﺍﺩ ﻫـﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠـﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ) ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -11‬‬

‫‪Header/Footer‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.8-11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -11‬‬
‫‪ ,Title‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ ,Header‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪Page‬‬‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ‪ Footer‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪.Table of Contents‬‬

‫‪449‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Robot‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ .Frame‬ﻭ ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ Millennium‬ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Edit‬ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Edit‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Table of‬‬
‫‪ Contents‬ﺳـﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ )ﻳﻌﲏ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﱁ‪ .(...‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Restore‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Header‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Select‬‬
‫‪ ,Template‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Select Template‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .Save‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Delete‬‬

‫‪-4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Parameters‬‬

‫ﺗـﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .Robot‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.9-11‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -11‬‬

‫‪450‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Practical Applications‬‬

‫‪451‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪452‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-1-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪. (AISC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪. (KN) , (M) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -1-12‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -1-12‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﹰﺍ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Bars‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-1-12‬‬

‫‪453‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -1-12‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Bar Type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ‪.Column‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Section‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪. W (14 × 211‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Section‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Add‬ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Beginning ,End‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ‬
‫])‪[(0,0,0),(0,0,10)], [(20,0,0),(20,0,10‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Bar‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ‪ Beam‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ W (12 × 190‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ )‪. (0,0,10),(20,0,10‬‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-1-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Support‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬

‫‪454‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -1-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ )‪ (Fixed‬ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺗﲔ ‪ 1,3‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺫﻭ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﲔ ‪ ,‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Apply‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ (...‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New support definition‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (5-1-12‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -1-12‬‬
‫ﳉﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺗﲔ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ Mirror‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﳏﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Ctrl+A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪. Edit/Select All‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Edit/Edit/Vertical Mirror‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Vertical Mirror -‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-1-12‬‬

‫‪455‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -1-12‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Axis Location‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 20‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Execute‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺳﲑﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻫﻮ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -1-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ‪. DL1‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Wind‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻲ ‪ Wind1‬ﺣـﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪. List of Defined Cases‬‬

‫‪456‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.4‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪. Wind2‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Nature‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Live‬ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪. LL1‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ‪ DL1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪.Z‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Wind1‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪ Load‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Load Definition/Load‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Definition‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -1-12‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Node‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 50 Kn‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪ 2‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪. Apply‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‪ :‬ﻋـﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪Load‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Wind2‬ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪/Load-‬‬
‫‪ ,Definition‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ Bar‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ‬
‫‪,‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ px=-10 kn/m‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪457‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.9‬ﺍﺗـﺒﻊ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪. pz=-2 kn/m‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Edit/Select All‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translation‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Translation‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(9-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -1-12‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ dx,dy,dz‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‪ , (0;24;0‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Repetitions‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪, 1‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Execute‬ﻭ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪. Close‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/ Projection/3Dxyz‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(10-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -1-12‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬ ‫)‪W (14 × 211‬‬ ‫‪.12‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Bar‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ‪ Beam‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ‪:‬‬
‫])‪[(40,0,10),(40,24,10)],[(20,0,10),(20,24,10)],[(0,0,10),(0,24,10‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ , Bars‬ﰒ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ )‪, L(2 × 2 × 0.1875‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Simple Bar‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪.Bar type‬‬

‫‪458‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.14‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Beginning, End‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫])‪[(40,0,10),(40,24,0)],[(40,24,10),(40,0,0‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪, Select‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ" )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪,Edit/Edit/ Translation‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ dx,dy,dz‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ )‪(-20,0,0‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 2‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ , Repetitions‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ‪Close,Execute‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (11-1-12‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -1-12‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Results/Results‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﱐ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ‪. LL1‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ Deformation‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(12-1-12‬‬

‫‪459‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -1-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13-1-12‬ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -1-12‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﲟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ scale+,scale-‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Normalization‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (12-1-12‬ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ NTM‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﳊـﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ,‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪. (Stresses, Reactions, Parameters ,Reinforcement) :‬‬

‫‪460‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.5‬ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪,‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪, Select‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪, 6‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Bar Properties/Properties/Results‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(14-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -1-12‬‬

‫‪.6‬ﳝﻜـﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘـﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﱪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ NTM‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(15-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -1-12‬‬

‫‪461‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻼ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ MY‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻝ ‪ in point:‬ﻭﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ x‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﱐ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫)‪(Structure Steel Design‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪. LRFD‬‬

‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪. Structure Design/Steel/Aluminum Design‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪Member verification‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(16-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -1-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ‪ 1 to 10‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Previous‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳍﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻟﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪. Close‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Load Case Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺘﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣـﻚ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠـﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(17-1-12‬‬

‫‪462‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -1-12‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ 9‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 9‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(18-1-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -1-12‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﻭﳝﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Detailed‬‬
‫‪. Results‬‬
‫)‪(Design Of Steel Connections‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ‪. EC3‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Connections/Design/Structure‬ﺳﺘﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪ View-cases:1(DL‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.View/Projection/3Dxyz‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Ctrl‬ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Create‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪. Connection definition‬‬

‫‪463‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬Connection View ‫ﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬‫ﻓﻌ‬.4

‫ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬,‫ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬Geometry/Connection Type-Change/Frame Knee
. ‫ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‬Welds
. Connection View 1 ‫ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻛﻴﻒ ﰎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬Apply ‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬.5
1 to 4 ‫ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬Load Selection ‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬Analysis/Calculation ‫ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.6
. Calculations ‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬, ‫ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ‬Note ‫ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬Defined Connections-simplified data/Results ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬.7
.‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬,‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

ROBOT – CONNECTIONS

Connection no.: 1
Node no.: 2
Design of welded beam-to-column connection - EC3

400
25

W 14x211
W 14x211
800

25 401x40 - 1548
1548
25

1495
74

Units: mm, kN, kN*m, MPa, Deg

DATA
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column : Beam :
Bar no. : 1 15
Section : W 14x211 W 14x211
Material : STEEL 43-245 STEEL 43-245
Angle : -90.0 0.0

Lower stiffener : Flange= 40 Web= 25 Angle= 15.0

Column stiffener : Upper= 25 Lower= 25
Upper stiffener : Thickness= 0 Height= 0 Length= 0
Welds : Web= 18 Flange= 28 Stiffener= 18
RESULTS

464
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOADS
Case 1: "DL1"
Moment = 95.44
Shear force = -36.96
Axial force = -14.40
Compression of column web [ J.3.5.3 ENV 1993-1-1/pr A2 ]
Fcwc= 1675.14
Shear of column web [ J.3.5.2 ENV 1993-1-1/pr A2 ]
VwpRd= 1277.31
Weld resistance :
[σ 2
]
+ 3(τ 12 + τ 22 )
1/ 2
= 10.54 < 292.40 verified
σ = 5.15 < 344.00 verified
Ratio : 0.04
Connection conforms to the code
‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
(Stress Analysis)

. Results/Stress Analysis-structure ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬.1

. ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬wind1 ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬.2
‫ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬Maps-Deformation ‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬Stress Analysis-Structure ‫ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬.3
. Apply ‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬, Deformation ‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬Stress Maps/Stress Analysis/Results ‫ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬Results ‫ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.4
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
. ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
.(19-1-12) ‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬View/Projection/3Dxyz ‫ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.5

19 -1-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻗـﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

465
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-2-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ‪/‬ﻣﻌﺪﱐ )ﳐﺘﻠﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪. (AISC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪. (Kn) , (m) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -2-12‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲬﺲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -2-12‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻧـﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪. Geometry\Axis Definition‬‬

‫‪466‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ Number of Repetitions =4 , 0‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪) Distance = 4,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ Numbering =1,2,3... ,(4 m‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪,‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪. Insert‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻧﻔﺬ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Z‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪.Position =0‬‬
‫‪ ,Number of Repetitions = 3 Distance =3.5,Numbering=A,B,C.4‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ‪ Insert‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪. Close, Apply‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Members Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -2-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ , New Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ , I‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪ AISC‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Section type= , Section = W (8 × 10) , Family = W , Database‬‬
‫‪ , Steel‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﺖ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪:New- Section‬‬
‫‪, Section type= RC Column, b=40 cm ,h=40 cm‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻭﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ,Section type=RC Beam ,b=35 cm ,h=40 cm, Add :‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪. Add‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry\Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Bars‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-2-12‬‬

‫‪467‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -2-12‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬ ‫)‪CR (40 × 40‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪ Beginning , End‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪[(0,0),(0,3.5)] , Add‬‬
‫‪[(0,3.5),(0,7)] , Add‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit\Select All‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪. Edit\Edit\Translate‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ‪dx,dy=4;0‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ Numbering=1,Element=1,Repetitions=4 ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪. Close, Execute‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ ,Section= BR(35 × 40‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫])‪[(0,3.5),(4,3.5)],[(4,3.5),(8,3.5)],[(8,3.5),(12,3.5)],[(12,3.5),(16,3.5‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Bars‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View\Display‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ , Display‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Sections‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ‪ .Section-surface,Section-Shape‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-2-12‬‬

‫‪468‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -2-12‬‬
‫)‪(Library Structure Using‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -2-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Merge Structure:..Type1\Dimensions‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪Length L=16 m :‬‬
‫)ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋـﺰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﻲ(‪) Number of Fields=16, Height H=3.5 m,‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻪ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-2-12‬‬

‫‪469‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -2-12‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ W (8 ×10‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪) Upper Chord‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ(‪,‬‬
‫‪) Lower Chord‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ(‪) Diagonals,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ(‪) Posts ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ Insert‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪3‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ )‪ , Insertion point=(0;0;7‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪ OK,Apply‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -2-12‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View\Display‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪,Others‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪OK , Apply , Structure axis‬‬

‫‪470‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬

‫)‪(9-2-12‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Supports‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -2-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Supports‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﻟـﻴﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Supports‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺃﻱ ‪) 1 to 13 By 3‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪ 13‬ﻭﲞﻄﻮﺓ ‪( 3‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Close , Apply‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰒ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬

‫‪Load-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Types‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ , DL1‬ﲪﻮﻟﺘﲔ ﺣﻴﺔ ‪ , LL1,LL2‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ‪, Wind1‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺛﻠﺞ ‪SN1‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻹﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Loads\Load Table‬ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ , Load Case‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﻤـﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Self-weight‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.5‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ) LL1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ( ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪) Uniform load‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ 15 to 18‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬

‫‪471‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ , Pz=-5 Kn\m ,‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(10-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -2-12‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Tool\Job Preferences‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﳓﺪﺩ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Linear Analysis, Non-linear Analysis ,Modal Analysis,...‬ﻭﻏـﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪. OK‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Results‬ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(11-2-12‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -2-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ MY Moment‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(12-2-12‬‬

‫‪472‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -2-12‬‬

‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (My) y‬ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ )ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪( 2‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪Results\Displacements‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪, Displacements‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ‪ Global Extremes‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(13-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -2-12‬‬

‫)‪(Concrete Beams Design‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫‪BS 8110‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Ctrl‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Analysis\RC Beam Design‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Load-‬‬
‫‪ Selection‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(14-2-12‬‬

‫‪473‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -2-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ‪ Simple Cases‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ , Analysis\Calculations‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Calculation-‬‬
‫‪ Option set‬ﻭﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(15-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -2-12‬‬

‫‪Calculations‬‬‫ﺃﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Results\Reinforcement‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(16-2-12‬‬

‫‪474‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

16 -2-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬, Results\Drawing ‫ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.6
.(18/17-2-12)‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ‬

Pos. Code Shape

2200
-203

264

1 4T1 l=803 20
0.0

803

A B 2 4T12 l=6800 20 6800

1 4T1 3 2T8 2 4T12

3 2T8 l=2272 20 2272

290
4 20T6 l=1330 60 340

V1 P11_1 V2

90 3x170 120 3x170 90

3x130 3x250 3x250 3x130
400 3600 400

A-A B-B
400

400

20T6 4 20T6 4

350 350

Steel T = 31.9kg Concrete = 0.588m3

Standard Level Beam11...14

Formwork = 4.76m2
Bottom cover 3cm Top cover 3cm
Side cover 3cm

Structure2 Section 35x40 View scale 1:33

Section scale 1:10

17 -2-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ‬.7

475
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Pos. Code Shape

5 4T12 l=8381 20 8381

290
C D 6 18T6 l=1330 60 340

V2 5 4T12 P12_1 V3

4052
0.0
90 5x250 5x250 90

3x130 140 3x130

400 3600 400

C-C D-D

400

400
18T6 6 18T6 6

350 350

Steel T = 35.1kg Concrete = 0.56m3

Standard Level Beam11...14

Formwork = 4.46m2
Bottom cover 3cm Top cover 3cm
Side cover 3cm

Structure2 Section 35x40 View scale 1:33

Section scale 1:10

18 -2-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻦ‬Results\Calculation Note ‫ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬Beam-Reinforcement ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌـﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿـﻌﻴﺔ‬.8
‫ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬OK ‫ﺃﺑﻘـﻲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬.9
. ‫ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
Reinforcement:
2.9.1 P11_1 : Span from 0.40 to 4.00 (m)
Longitudinal reinforcement:
• assembling (top) (T)
2 f8.0 l = 2.27 from 0.66 to 2.94
• support (T)
4 f1.2 l = 0.80 from 0.20 to 1.00
4 f12.0 l = 6.80 from 2.60 to 9.40
Transversal renforcement:
main (T)
stirrups 20 f6.0 l = 1.33
e = 1*0.09 + 3*0.13 + 3*0.17 + 3*0.25 + 1*0.12 + 3*0.25 + 3*0.17 + 3*0.13 (m)
2.9.2 P12_1 : Span from 4.40 to 8.00 (m)
Longitudinal reinforcement:
• bottom (T)
4 f12.0 l = 8.38 from 0.07 to 8.45
Transversal renforcement:
• main (T)

476
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

stirrups 18 f6.0 l = 1.33

e = 1*0.09 + 3*0.13 + 5*0.25 + 1*0.14 + 5*0.25 + 3*0.13 (m)
2.9.3 P13_1 : Span from 8.40 to 12.00 (m)
Longitudinal reinforcement:
• assembling (top) (T)
2 f8.0 l = 1.87 from 9.06 to 10.94
Transversal renforcement:
• main (T)
stirrups 18 f6.0 l = 1.33
e = 1*0.09 + 3*0.13 + 5*0.25 + 1*0.14 + 5*0.25 + 3*0.13 (m)
2.9.4 P14_1 : Span from 12.40 to 16.00 (m)
Longitudinal reinforcement:
• bottom (T)
4 f12.0 l = 8.38 from 7.95 to 16.33
• assembling (top) (T)
2 f8.0 l = 2.27 from 13.06 to 15.34
• support (T)
4 f12.0 l = 2.80 from 10.60 to 13.40
4 f12.0 l = 1.20 from 15.00 to 16.20
Transversal renforcement:
• main (T)
stirrups 18 f6.0 l = 1.33
e = 1*0.09 + 3*0.13 + 5*0.25 + 1*0.14 + 5*0.25 + 3*0.13 (m)
.‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
(Columns Design) ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
BS 8110 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ‬
( 1 ‫ ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬Start ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬.1
‫ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬Analysis\RC Column Design ‫ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.2
OK ‫ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬,Load selection ‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
Calculation Option- ‫ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬Analysis/Calculations ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.3
Calculations ‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬, ‫ﺃﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬, set
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬, RC Column/Column-Results ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬.4
.(19-2-12)‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

477
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -2-12‬‬

‫ﺿـﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Column-Interaction‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﲏ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Governing case‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Intersection‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(20-2-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -2-12‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results\Reinforcement‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(21-2-12‬‬

‫‪478‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -2-12‬‬

‫ﳝﻜـﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺗـﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ )ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ( ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Concrete Design for all Members‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳـﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ , Analysis/RC Member Design/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )‪Calculation According to (Name code chosen‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Member‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ Bar Section‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ )‪Close, (1 to 14‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ULS‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Lists of cases‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ , Case Section‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪Close ,‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Calculate Beams‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ))‪ (in=11 point(s‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Calculate‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ , RC Member Calculations :Report‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ ,OK‬ﰒ ﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ )‪Calculation according to (Name code chosen‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Results/Reinforcement/RC Member Reinforcement‬‬

‫‪479‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(22-2-12‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -2-12‬‬

‫‪480‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-3-12‬ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(Kn‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪, (m) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -3-12‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Slab Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Grid/Grid Step Definition‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪Close, Apply , Dx=Dy=1m‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Polyline-Contour‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-3-12‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -3-12‬‬

‫‪481‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Polyline‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪Geometry‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫])‪[(-7,-5),(-6,-5),(-6,-4),(-7,-4),(-7,-5)],[(-7,5),(-6,5),(-6,4),(-7,4),(-7,5‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳏﻴﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﲔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ , Ctrl+A‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Edit/Edit/Vertical Mirror‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬
‫‪.7‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ , Axis Location=0‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Execute‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ View/Zoom/Zoom All‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(3-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -3-12‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﲤﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ ,Polyline‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫)‪ ,(-7,4),(-7,-4),(-6,-4),(-6,-5),(6,-5),(6,-4),(7,-4),(7,4),(6,4),(6,5),(-6,5),(-6,4),(-7,4‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ (-4,2),(-4,0),(-1,0),(-1,2),(-4,2) ,‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(4-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -3-12‬‬

‫‪482‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Mesh Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ , Tools\Job Preferences\Meshing Options‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ User‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Meshing type‬ﺩﻻﻟﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ(‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Modification‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ( ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -3-12‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ‪ , Delaunay‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Mesh generation‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ , Division1:‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪ OK‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺗﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺗﲔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ )‪(Slab Properties Definition‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(6-3-12‬‬

‫‪483‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -3-12‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(7-3-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Thickness‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -3-12‬‬

‫‪484‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ , Th=40‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪cm‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Homogeneous‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪Material=CONCR‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close , Add‬‬

‫)‪(Opening Properties‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) panel‬ﻟﻮﺡ( ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(8-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -3-12‬‬
‫‪Opening‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Contour type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Creation with‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Internal point‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ( ﰒ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺭﺟـﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Contour type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ‪ , Panel‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ , Thickness=40‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ , Close ,‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪(9-3-12‬‬

‫‪485‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -3-12‬‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Supports‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ‪) Fixed‬ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ(‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Point\Node‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Current-‬‬
‫‪ Selection‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﺃﺭﻗـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ )‪ (1 to 12‬ﺃﻱ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪. Supports‬‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Types‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(10-3-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ‪DL1‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Nature‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ live‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ New‬ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪LL1,LL2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -3-12‬‬

‫‪486‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Z‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ‪ DL1‬ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL1‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load\Load Definition‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Surface‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ( ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﲡـﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ ( Pz = −0.5Kn / m 2 ) Z‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Contour Definition‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ‪ (-7,1.5),(-4,1.5),(-4,0),(-7,0),(-7,1.5):‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Add‬‬
‫‪ Apply‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪to‬‬‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔـﺄﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -3-12‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‪ :‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪ (Panel‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View\Display‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪Number and panel description‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Finite Element‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ) ‪( Pz1 = Pz 2 = −0.8 Kn / m 2‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ A:(1,-5),B:(1,5) Coordinate‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Add‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(12-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -3-12‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪Results\Results-maps‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL2‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪487‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Maps‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Displacements-u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(13-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -3-12‬‬

‫‪ Layer‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ middle‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫‪selection‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Z‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Color palette‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪,256 colors‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(14-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -3-12‬‬

‫‪Structure Model\Geometry‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪488‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.7‬ﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﻬـﺎﺩ ﻣﻌـﲔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄـﻊ ﻣﻌـﲔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Results\Panel Cuts‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(15-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -3-12‬‬

‫‪Z‬‬‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Displacements-u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Definition‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Parallel to axis Y‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪(1,-6): Y‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) middle‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ(‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Fence‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻲﺀ‪ Horizontal,‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﹰﺎ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(16-3-12‬‬

‫‪489‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -3-12‬‬

‫)‪(Calculation Reinforcement‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪RC Plates and shells\Slabs-Required Reinforcement‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Method‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪Analytical‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ULS‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ULS‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪Close,‬‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Plate/Shell Reinforcement‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻻﻧـﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Reinforcement‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Ax‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ [−].top‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Colors palette‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 256 colors‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(17-3-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -3-12‬‬

‫‪Results\Reinforcement\Plate and Shell Reinforcement‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Table Columns‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Results‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ In Element Center‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﻩ‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ FE Data‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Section‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(18-3-12‬‬

‫‪490‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -3-12‬‬

‫‪491‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-4-12‬ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪, (m) :‬‬
‫)‪(Kn‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ )‪(AISC‬‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪(Silo‬‬ ‫‪-1-4-12‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-4-12‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -4-12‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪. View/Projection/3Dxyz‬‬
‫‪View/Grid/Grid-‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Step Definition‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -4-12‬‬

‫‪492‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ‪. Close, Apply, DX=DY=1m :‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Polyline-‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ Contour‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -4-12‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻟﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﲢﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Polyline‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ ,(-1,-1,0),(-1,1,0),(1,1,0),(1,-1,0),(-1,-1,0‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪. Close , Add‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Substructure Modification/Object Modification‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Objects‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(4-4-12‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Extrude‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪ ,Object Modification Parameters‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,|| to axis=z‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻪ )‪ , Division Number=5, (5 m‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ )‪, (Top, Base‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻨﻔـﻴﺬ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Polyline‬ﻭﺑﻄﻮﻝ )‪ (5 m‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻭﻣﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Scaling‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: Operation Parameters‬‬
‫)‪Apply , Scale x=Scale y=(3), Scale z=(1), Scale Center= (0,0,0‬‬

‫‪493‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -4-12‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ,Extrude‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪:Object Modification‬‬
‫‪ Number Division=10,|| to axis=Z‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ )‪ ,(Top, Base‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Objects‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Zoom/Zoom All‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ FE Thickness‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5-4-12‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ )‪ (30 cm‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(CONCR‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -4-12‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Thickness‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-4-12‬‬

‫‪494‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -4-12‬‬
‫‪Close,Add, Th=30 cm,Material=CONCR ,Label=TH30_CONCR‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ FE Thickness‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Panels‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‪ All‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ‪Close,‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(7-4-12‬‬

‫‪495‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

7 -4-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(‫ )ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ‬Bar type=RC Beam ,Section= B(50 × 70) .15

‫ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ‬Section ‫( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬...)‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‬
Add ‫ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬, ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
: Beginning ,End ‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ‬.16
Beam1:begin(-3,-3,5)_end(3,-3,5)
Beam2:begin(3,-3,5)_end(3,3,5)
Beam3:begin(3,3,5)_end(-3,3,5)
Beam4:begin(-3,3,5)_end(-3,-3,5)
‫ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Bar type= Column ,Section= W (14 × 211) .17
Column1:begin(-3,-3,5)_end(-3,-3,-5)
Column2:begin(3,-3,5)_end(3,-3,-5)
Column3:begin(3,3,5)_end(3,3,-5)
Column4:begin(-3,3,5)_end(-3,3,-5)
‫ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Bar type= Beam ,Section= W (14 × 211) .18
Beam1:begin(-3,-3,-1)_end(3,-3,-1)
Beam2:begin(3,-3,-1)_end(3,3,-1)
Beam3:begin(3,3,-1)_end(-3,3,-1)
Beam4:begin(-3,3,-1)_end(-3,-3,-1)
‫ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Bar type= Simple Bar ,Section= L(4 × 4 × 0.25) .19
1:begin(-3,-3,5)_end(3,-3,-1)
2:begin(3,-3,5)_end(-3,-3,-1)
3:begin(3,-3,5)_end(3,3,-1)
4:begin(3,3,5)_end(3,-3,-1)

496
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.20‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄـﺮﻳﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺳـﻮﻣﲔ ﺃﺧـﲑﺍ" ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Edit/Edit/Translate‬‬
‫‪Execute‬‬‫‪.21‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ dx,dy,dz=(-6,0,0),Edit mode=Copy:‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.22‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ ‪ dx,dy,dz=(0,6,0):‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close,Execute‬‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Support‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(8-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -4-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ )‪ (Fixed‬ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺫﻭ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﲔ ‪ ,‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪New Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ (...‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪, View/Display‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Display‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (9-4-12‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪497‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -4-12‬‬
‫ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻀﻊ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﲤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬ ‫) ‪( Pz = −3kn / m 2‬‬ ‫‪ X‬ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -4-12‬‬

‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪ (2‬ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬

‫‪498‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Coolers‬‬ ‫‪-2-4-12‬ﺍﳌﱪﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﱪﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ )‪(m) ,(Kn‬‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -4-12‬‬

‫‪View/Projection/3Dxyz‬‬‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Geometry/Objects\Arc‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(12-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -4-12‬‬

‫‪499‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ Beginning, End, Middle‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Close, Apply, Begin=(0,0,0),End=(0,0,20),Middle=(4,0,10‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Edit/Select All‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Objects/Revolve‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(13-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -4-12‬‬

‫)‪,Axis Beginning=(10;0;0),Axis End=(10;0;20‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺮﻑ ﳏﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪Top‬‬ ‫‪)Rotation Engle=360‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ(‪ , Number of Divisions=36,‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ,Base, New Object‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(14-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -4-12‬‬

‫‪500‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(15-4-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.7‬ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪, Label=TH30_CONCR,Th=30 cm ,Material=CONCR:‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Plane‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ FE Thickness‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪Close, Apply, All‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View/Display/Finite Element‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Close, Apply , Thickness‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Zoom/Zoom All‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺛﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﳏﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Geometry\Support‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Support‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(16-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -4-12‬‬

‫‪501‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Line‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ )‪ (Fixed‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View\Display\Finite-‬‬
‫‪ Elements‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, OK, Apply , Number and Labels of Edges‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Support‬‬
‫‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫‪.12‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫‪Model/Generation‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪.13‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﹼﻢ ﲞﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(17-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -4-12‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﹼﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﲤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (18-4-12‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪502‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -4-12‬‬

‫)‪(Pies‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-12‬ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(19-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -4-12‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3Dxyz‬ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪Geometry/Objects/Circle‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Circle‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(20-4-12‬‬

‫‪503‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -4-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪) Center-Radius‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻩ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ(‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ )‪ Radius=1 m , Point P=(0;0;0‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ XY‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Plane‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply ,XY‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Substructure Modification/Object Modification‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Objects‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(21-4-12‬‬

‫‪504‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -4-12‬‬

‫‪Extrude‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺣﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Object Modification Parameters‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ( ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ || to axis=Z‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ‪ , Division Number=10 , 10 m‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ . Apply , Top ,Base‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 10 m‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻭﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪1 m‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Revolve‬ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ( ‪, Axis Beginning=(0;1;10),Axis End=(0;-1;10) :‬‬
‫‪, Rotation Angle=-90,Number Division=5‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Apply , Top, Base‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ Z=10m‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ‬
‫)‪ (0;1;10),(0;-1;10‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (7‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲟﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﻭﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 5m‬ﻭ ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ‪1m‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ X=5m‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ‬
‫)‪ (5;1;10),(5;-1;10‬ﻭﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪.11‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (7‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﳍﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫‪505‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪Color Sides/Edges‬‬‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ,View/Display/Hidden Lines‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫‪OK, Apply,‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ View/Dynamic View 3D‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﲟﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Axisymmetrical Shells‬‬ ‫‪-4-4-12‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫‪-1-4-4-12‬ﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ View/Projection/ZX‬ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ZX‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Geometry/Object/Arc‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Arc‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Begin-End-Middle‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪Begin=(0;0;10),End=(0;0;-10), :‬‬
‫)‪ , Middle=(-5;0;0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Edit\Select All‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Geometry/Objects/Revolve‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Revolve‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ‪Axis Beginning=(0;0;0), Axis End=(-5;0;0) :‬‬
‫‪ Rotation Angle=180, Division Number=18‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Close, Apply,Top ,Base‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/3Dxyz‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(22-4-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.8‬ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪, Label=TH30_CONCR,Th=30 cm ,Material=CONCR:‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬

‫‪506‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close, Apply, All‬‬‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Plane‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ FE Thickness‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ View/Display/Finite Elements‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪Number-‬‬
‫‪ , Thickness , and labels of edges‬ﰒ ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Hidden Lines‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Color‬‬
‫‪OK, Sides/Edges‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺳـﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Fixed , Line‬ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ( ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(23-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -4-12‬‬

‫‪-2-4-4-12‬ﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ )‪(m‬‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View\Projection\ZX‬ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ZX‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Polyline-contour‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Line‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Definition Method‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Point P1=(-10;0;0),point P2=(-10;0;10),Apply‬‬
‫‪point P1(-15;0;0),point P2(-15;0;5),Apply‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Geometry/Object/Arc‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Arc‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Center ,Begin, End‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ Begin=(-15;0;5),End=(-10;0;10),Center=(-10;0;5‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ Begin=(-10;0;10),End=(0;0;20),Center=(0;0;10‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Edit/Select All‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Geometry/Objects/Revolve‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Revolve‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ‪Axis Beginning=(0;0;10), Axis End=(0;0;20) :‬‬

‫‪507‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close, Apply,Top, Base‬‬ ‫‪ Rotation Angle=360, Division Number=36‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬

‫‪ .9‬ﰒ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/3Dxyz‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(24-4-12‬‬ ‫‪.10‬ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪, Label=TH30_CONCR,Th=30 cm ,Material=CONCR:‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Plane‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ FE Thickness‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪Close, Apply, All‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ View/Display/Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪Number and-‬‬
‫‪ , Thickness , Labels of Edges‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Hidden Lines‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Color Sides/Edges‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﺳـﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Fixed , Line‬ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ( ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(25-4-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -4-12‬‬

‫‪508‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-5-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬

‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kn) , (m) :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪(CATPRO‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -5-12‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(2-5-12‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -5-12‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻫﻲ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-5-12‬‬

‫‪509‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -5-12‬‬

‫‪Family‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ , New Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪: Family‬‬
‫‪ , Section Type= Steel , Section = HP(14 ×117) , = HP‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ ‪Close,‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Geometry/Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(4-5-12‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -5-12‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫)‪Bar Type=Column , HP(14 ×117‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪: Beginning , End‬‬
‫])‪[(0,0),(0,5)]_ [(0,5),(0,10)] _ [(0,10),(0,15)]_ [(8,0),(8,5)]_ [(16,0),(16,5‬‬
‫])‪[(16,5),(16,10)]_ [(16,10),(16,15)]_ [(24,0),(24,5)]_ [(24,5),(24,8‬‬

‫‪510‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫)‪Bar Type=Beam , HP(14 ×117‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪: Beginning , End‬‬
‫])‪[(0,5),(8,5)]_ [(8,5),(16,5)]_ [(16,5),(24,5‬‬
‫])‪[(0,10),(16,10)]_ [(0,15),(16,15)]_ [(16,10),(24,8‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪. Bars‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Zoom/Zoom All‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Supports‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -5-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Supports‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫)‪ (1,5,7,11‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Apply‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪Close ,‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬

‫‪Load-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Types‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-5-12‬‬

‫‪511‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -5-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪, DL1‬ﲪﻮﻟﺘﲔ ﺣﻴﺔ ‪LL1,LL2‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads\Load Table‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ , Load Case‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Self-Weight‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.5‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ) LL1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ( ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪Load Type‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Uniform Load‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ 10 to 12‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ , Pz=-20 Kn\m ,‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﹼﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻭﺑـﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(13‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ pz=-14‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -5-12‬‬

‫‪512‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Definition-Assign Wind/Snow Loads‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ_ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‬

‫‪ Loads/Special‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪Loads/Wind and Snow 2D/3D‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -5-12‬‬
‫)‪(1,2,3,4,9,10,11,12,13‬‬‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Auto‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Total Depth=60m, Bay Spacing=10m‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪Wind, Snow‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(9-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -5-12‬‬

‫‪513‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Global Parameter‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪) Department=Alpes-Maritimes‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺐ(‪Altitude above the Sea level=200m,‬‬
‫‪) Structure Height=15m‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‪) Reference Level=0.8m ,‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ(‬
‫‪ , Rise of Roof=Automatic‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Generate‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻀﲑ ﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Detailed Analysis‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (10-5-12‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -5-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‪, (10,11,12‬ﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Open New-‬‬
‫‪, MY Moment, Window‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(11-5-12‬‬

‫‪514‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -5-12‬‬

‫‪Exit‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫)‪(Structure Design‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪Structure Design/Steel/Aluminum Design‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Definitions‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(12-5-12‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Groups‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪New‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -5-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Member List‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪Column‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪Material=STEEL 50-355Grade50 BC py=355‬‬

‫‪515‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Save‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪.7‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2-6‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ List‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code Group Design‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ )‪ (1,2‬ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Load Case Selection‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﹼﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Optimization, Ultimate‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻒ (‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ‪ ,‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Code Group Design‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (13-5-12‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -5-12‬‬

‫ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺮ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣـﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Change All‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺳﺘﺘﻐﲑ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪YES‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰒ ﺃﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪Analysis/Calculations‬‬
‫‪Calculations‬‬ ‫‪.13‬ﺃﻋـﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Code Group Design‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(14-5-12‬‬

‫‪516‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -5-12‬‬

‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Member Verification‬ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ List‬ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ )‪ (1 to 15‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.15‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(15-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -5-12‬‬

‫‪Results/Global-‬‬ ‫‪.16‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Structure Model/Start‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Analysis-Bar‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(16-5-12‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Table Columns‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Parameters of Presentation Windows‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Normal‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Stresses‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Ratio‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Design‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺐ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(16-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -5-12‬‬

‫‪517‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﱐ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫)‪(Design Of Steel Connections‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Structure Design/Connections‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪ View-Cases:1(DL‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ , View/Zoom/Zoom All‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (13‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(2‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Create‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Connection Definition‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻓﻌ‪‬ﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ‪ Connection View‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Geometry/Connection Type-Change/Frame Knee‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Welds‬ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﲰﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(17-5-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -5-12‬‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪ Load Selection‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ 1 to 3‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫‪Calculations‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺃﻋـﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5,6,7‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ )‪ (2,13‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(18-5-12‬‬

‫‪518‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

18-5-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ‬Note ‫ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬Defined Connections-simplified data/Results ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬.9
.‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬,‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

ROBOT - CONNECTIONS

Connection no. 1
Node no. : 3
Design of welded beam-to-column connection - EC3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

340
12

HP 13x100
HP 10x42
670

20
1298 335x20 - 1298
12

1254
31

Units: mm, kN, kip*ft, ksi, Deg

DATA
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column : Beam :
Bar no. 2 13
Section HP 10x42 HP 13x100
Material STEEL STEEL
Angle -90.0 0.0
Lower stiffener : Flange= 20 Web= 20 Angle= 15.0
Column stiffener: Upper= 12 Lower= 12
Upper stiffener : Thickness= 0 Height= 0 Length= 0
Welds : Web= 14 Flange= 1 Stiffener= 8
RESULTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOADS
Case 3: "LL2"

519
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Moment = 137.06
Shear force = -105.68
Axial force = -7.03
Compression of column web [ J.3.5.3 ENV 1993-1-1/pr A2 ]
Fcwc = 388.55
Shear of column web [ J.3.5.2 ENV 1993-1-1/pr A2 ]
VwpRd = 327.48
Weld resistance :
[σ 2
]
+ 3(τ 12 + τ 22 )
1/ 2
= 7.24 <39.44 verified
σ = 3.46 < 46.40 verified
Ratio : 0.18
Connection conforms to the code

520
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-6-12‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kn) , (m) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -6-12‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(2-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -6-12‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬

‫‪521‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪.1‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫ﺣـﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ Number of Repetitions =4 , 0‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪ Distance = 3,‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ Numbering =A,B,C... , 3 m‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Z‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ : Position=0 :‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪ : Position=3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪ : Position=5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪ : Position=5.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪ ,Numbering =1,2,3...‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ‪ Apply‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Members Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -6-12‬‬
‫‪,Family = HP,New Section‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪ ,Section Type=Steel Section= HP(14 ×117‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ‬

‫‪522‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪ HP‬ﺁﺧﺮ )‪ HP(13 ×100‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ‪ P5‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪Close, Add , Section=P5‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -6-12‬‬
‫‪ ,Bar Type=Column,‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪HP(14 × 117‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ Beginning , End‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫])‪[(0,0),(0,5)]_ [(12,0),(12,5)]_ [(6,0),(6,3‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -6-12‬‬
‫)‪(Library Structure Using‬‬‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(6-6-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪523‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -6-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Merge Structure:..Type1\Dimensions‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪Length L=12 m‬‬
‫)ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ(‪) Number of Fields=8, Height H=1.5 m,‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻪ(‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ P5‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪) Upper Chord‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ(‪Lower ,‬‬
‫‪) Chord‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ(‪) Diagonals,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ(‪) Posts ,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Insert‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫)‪ , Insertion Point=(0;0;5‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪OK ,Apply‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ,Length L=12 m, Height H=1m, Number of Fields=8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ P5‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪) Lower Chord‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ(‪) Diagonals,‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ(‪Posts ,‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ( ﺃﻣﺎ ‪) Upper Chord‬ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ(ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪HP(13 ×100‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Insert‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫)‪ , Insertion point=(0;0;3‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪ OK ,Apply‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(7-6-12‬‬

‫‪524‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -6-12‬‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Supports‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(8-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -6-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Supports‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Close , Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪Load-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Types‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(9-6-12‬‬

‫‪525‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -6-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ , DL1‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ‪, Wind1‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺛﻠﺞ ‪SN1‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads\Load Table‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ , Load Case‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Self-Weight‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪.5‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,Wind1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load Type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Uniform Load‬‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﲪـﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ , Px=5 Kn\m ,‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﹼﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(10-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -6-12‬‬

‫‪.6‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬

‫‪526‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Moving Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preferences‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Vehicle Database‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -6-12‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(12-6-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Moving Load‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -6-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Database‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ User‬ﺩﻻﻟ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ )ﲪﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ( ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Database Name‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪user-defined-‬‬
‫‪database‬‬

‫‪527‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪Length Unit:(m),Force Unit :(kn‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪.6‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK , Create‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Special Loads/Moving‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ,(13-6-12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ Vehicle Selection\Code (base‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪User‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪) moving crane‬ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -6-12‬‬

‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load Type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Concentrated-‬‬
‫‪) Force‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ(‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪F=30,X=-1.2,S=0 :‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪ F=30,X=0,S=0 :‬ﻭﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪F=30,X=1.4,S=0:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(14-6-12‬‬

‫‪528‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -6-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Add‬‬ ‫‪.12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪, OK , Save to Database :‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Moving Loads‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Beginning= (0;4),End=(12;4‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Apply‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Polyline‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.15‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Step‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪) (1‬ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ( ‪) Load Direction=(0;0;-1) ,‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ )‪ Vehicle Position Limit-(Route Beginning,Route End‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫‪.17‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Application Plane‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Select‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪.18‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Factors‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Route Parameters‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (0.1‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ‪ Coef.LR ,Coef.LL‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ )‪Close, Apply , (0.1‬‬

‫‪529‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌِﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ Tools \Job Preferences\Structure Analysis‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, lterative‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Loads‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Moving-‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply , Loads Vehicle‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ moving crane‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪,Current Component=4 , Loads/Select Case Component‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Start, Animation‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫)‪(Results Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫‪Diagrams‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧـﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ , Results/Results‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ , Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ Deformation‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Select Case Component‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Start , Animation‬ﳝﻜـﻨﻚ ﻣـﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺧﻼ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫)‪(Influence Line‬‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Structure Model /Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Advanced/Influence Line‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ NTM‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪MY,FZ‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Element‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ Apply , (0.5‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪ , MY‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(15-6-12‬‬

‫‪530‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -6-12‬‬

‫‪ux,uz‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Nodes‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪.7‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪(8‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Apply, Open a New Window‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Add Coordinate‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(16-6-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -6-12‬‬

‫‪531‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-7-12‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kip) , (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ )‪ (AISC‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1-7-12‬‬
‫ﻳـﻮﺟﺪ ﲬﺲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﻭﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(2-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -7-12‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ , New Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪AISC‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪, Database‬‬
‫‪ , Section Type= Steel , Section = W (21×101) , Family=W‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬

‫‪532‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close,‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﺖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Geometry/Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(3-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -7-12‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫)‪Bar Type=Column , W (21×101‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪: Beginning , End‬‬
‫)‪Column1 : beginning (−26;0;0), end (−26;0;22.5‬‬
‫)‪Column2: beginning (−26;0;22.5), end (−26;0;45‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪Bar type=Beam , W (16 × 40‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪: Beginning , End‬‬
‫])‪[beginning (−26;0;32), end (−20;0;32‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ Bar type= Simple Bar, C (15 × 50‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪: Beginning , End‬‬
‫])‪[beginning (−26;0;26), end (−20;0;32‬‬
‫])‪[beginning (−26;0;45), end (0;0;52‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Close, Bars‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Additional Attributes/Brackets‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-7-12‬‬

‫‪533‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -7-12‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ‪Close, Add,‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Length(L):=0.15 : New Bracket‬ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺣـﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ,( 2‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Bracket‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -7-12‬‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫)‪.(6-7-12‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Supports‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪534‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -7-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Supports‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Close , Apply‬‬

‫‪New‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Ctrl+A‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Edit/Edit/Vertical Mirror‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(7-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -7-12‬‬
‫)‪(8-7-12‬‬ ‫‪ Close, Execute, Axis location=0.5‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫‪535‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -7-12‬‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Load-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪ Types‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(9-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -7-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪, DL1‬ﲪﻮﻟﱵ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ , WIND1,WIND2‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺛﻠﺞ ‪SN1‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Load Table‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ , Load Case‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬

‫‪536‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.4‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Self-Weight‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪.5‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,WIND1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load Type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Uniform-‬‬
‫‪) Load‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪. Px=0.15 kn\m‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,WIND1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load Type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Uniform-‬‬
‫‪) load‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‪. Px=0.1 kn\m‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ , SN1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load Type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Uniform Load‬‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ‪ Pz=-0.75 kn\m‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(10-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -7-12‬‬

‫‪.8‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Ctrl+A‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪(11-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪Number Repetitions=3,‬‬ ‫)‪ dx,dy,dz=(0;40;0‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Execute‬ﰒ ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Zoom All‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫‪537‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(12-7-12‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -7-12‬‬

‫ﻟـﻨﻜﻤﻞ ﳕﺬﺟـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪, HP(10 × 42‬‬
‫‪ Bar Type=Simple Bar‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪beginning (26;0;45), end (26;40;45‬‬
‫)‪beginning (26;40;45), end (26;80;45‬‬
‫)‪beginning (26;80;45), end (26;120;45‬‬
‫)‪(13-7-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -7-12‬‬

‫‪Edit/Edit/Translate‬‬‫‪.2‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪Execute, dx,dy,dz=(-52;0;0‬‬
‫‪ Close, Execute, dx,dy,dz=(26;0;7).4‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(14-7-12‬‬

‫‪538‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -7-12‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (1‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ W (12 × 305‬ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪beginning (26;40;0), end (26;80;22.5‬‬
‫)‪beginning (26;40;22.5), end (26;80;0‬‬
‫)‪Close , Execute, dx,dy,dz=(0;0;22.5‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (2‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫)‪ W (12 × 305‬ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.7‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫)‪beginning (26;40;45), end (0;80;52‬‬
‫)‪beginning (0;40;52), end (26;80;45‬‬
‫)‪beginning (−26;40;45), end (0;80;52‬‬
‫)‪beginning (−26;80;45), end (0;40;52‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Translate‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺃﺭﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(15-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -7-12‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ)‪(Carrying Crane Beam Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻝ‪ Section‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(16-7-12‬‬

‫‪539‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ User‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ I‬ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﶈﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -7-12‬‬

‫‪b1=15cm,h=22cm,b2=10cm,tw=0.5cm,tf1=0.5cm,tf2=0.5cm‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Label‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ‪Close, Add , I-ASYM_1‬‬
‫‪ , Bar Type=Beam.5‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪, beginning (20;0;32), end (20;120;32) :‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Add‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪. Bars‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﺟﺎﺋـﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪,Execute,dx,dy,dz=(-40;0;0‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ‪ Close‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(17-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -7-12‬‬

‫‪(WIND2 Definition) WIND2‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬

‫‪540‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪WIND2‬‬‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Structure Model\Loads‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ )ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ( ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Py=0.9‬ﰒ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﱵ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(18-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -7-12‬‬

‫)‪(Moving Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,Tools/Job Preferences‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Vehicle Database‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(19-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -7-12‬‬

‫‪New Moving Load‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Database‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ User‬ﺩﻻﻟ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ )ﲪﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ( ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪541‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪user-defined-‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Database Name‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬

‫‪database‬‬
‫)‪Length Unit:(ft),Force Unit :(kip‬‬‫‪.5‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK , Create‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,Loads/Special Loads\Moving‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ Vehicle Selection\Code (base‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪User‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪) moving crane‬ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ(‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load Type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Concentrated-‬‬
‫‪) Force‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ(‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪F=5,X=0.2,S=40 :‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪ F=5,X=4,S=40 :‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(20-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -7-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Add‬‬ ‫‪.12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪, OK , Save to database :‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Moving Loads‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫)‪beginning= (0;0;32),end=(0;120;32‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Apply‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Polyline‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫‪542‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪) Load‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫)‪Direction=(0;0;-1‬‬ ‫‪.15‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Step‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪) (8‬ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ( ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ )‪ Vehicle Position Limit-(Route Beginning,Route End‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫‪.17‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Application Plane‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Automatic‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Factors‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Route Parameters‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (0.1‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ‪ Coef.LR ,Coef.LL‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ )‪Close , (0.1‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tool/Job Preferences/Structure Analysis‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Iterative‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Automatic Freezing of Results of Structure Calculation‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺸﺄﺓ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Detailed Analysis‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Detailed Analysis‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Loads‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Close, Apply , Moving Loads-Vehicle‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ moving crane‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Current Component=4 , Loads\Select Case Component‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Start, Animation‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(21-7-12‬‬

‫‪543‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -7-12‬‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫)‪(Results Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ , Results/Results‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪, Deformation‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads\Select Case Component‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Start , Animation‬ﳝﻜـﻨﻚ ﻣـﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺧﻼ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫)‪(Structure Design‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪Structure Design/Steel/Aluminum Design‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫‪.2‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Calculations‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ list‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻝ ‪Member Verification‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ )‪ (1,2,6,7‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Previous‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳍﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ,‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻟﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Load Case Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣـﻚ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(22-7-12‬‬

‫‪544‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -7-12‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ RESULT-Code‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪(23-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -7-12‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪Close, OK ,Detailed Results‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Definitions‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Groups‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Member List‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪545‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫‪Column‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ Material=STEEL Carbon Fy36 ksi‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save‬ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(24-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -7-12‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (1-4‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ List‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code Group Design‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ )‪Close,(1,2‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Load Case Selection‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪OK,Optimization, Ultimate‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰒ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(25-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -7-12‬‬

‫‪546‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺮ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Change All‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺬﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ YES‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰒ ﺃﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﰒ ﺇﻋـﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻤﻠـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫)‪(Influence Line‬‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure Model /Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Advanced/Influence Line‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ NTM‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪MY,FZ‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Element‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ Apply , (0.25‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳـﻢ ﺧـﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪ , MY‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(26-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -7-12‬‬

‫‪ux,uz‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Nodes‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪.7‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪(10‬‬

‫‪547‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Apply, Open a New Window‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Add Coordinate‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(27-7-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -7-12‬‬

‫‪548‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-8-12‬ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﲝﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫)‪(AISC‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kip) , (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -8-12‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-8-12‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ )‪ (8‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬

‫)‪(LL1)_ (2‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫)‪(LL2,LL3)_ (3,4‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫‪549‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(WIND1)_ (5‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫)‪(WIND2)_ (6‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫)‪(Moving vehicle)_ (7‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫)‪(Moving uniform load)_ (8‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -8-12‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬

‫‪550‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪View/Projection/XY‬‬‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Object/Polyline-Contour‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -8-12‬‬
‫‪Add‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ (0;0;0):‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)‪Add , (98;0;0‬‬
‫)‪Add , (98;13;0‬‬
‫)‪Add , (0;13;0‬‬
‫)‪Add , (0;0;0‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Zoom/Zoom All‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Panels‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Panel‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(4-8-12‬‬

‫‪551‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -8-12‬‬
‫‪TH9_CONCR‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ : Thickness‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ )‪ (0.9in‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪(...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ‪Reinforcement‬‬
‫‪Along‬‬ ‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ,Main Reinforcement Direction‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Y axis‬‬
‫‪Close, Add, Dir_Y‬‬ ‫‪.10‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Internal Point‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﻨﺪﺕ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Panel‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3D xyz‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -8-12‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪, View/Display‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Finite Elements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫‪552‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪OK‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Number and Panel Description‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Structure Model/Supports‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(6-8-12‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Supports‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ)‪(Fixed‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -8-12‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Current Selection‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Line‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﱵ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫‪Apply‬‬
‫‪Structure Model/Geometry‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,View/Display‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Structure‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪,Supports-Symbols‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -8-12‬‬
‫)‪(Library Structure Using‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-8-12‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪553‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -8-12‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﹰﺎ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Dimensions‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ‪Length(L2)=90,Height(H)=15:‬‬
‫‪Number of field=10, Length(L1)=98‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ NO‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻝ ‪ Continuous Chord‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Insertion‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﱰﻳﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (0;0;0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK, Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(9-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -8-12‬‬
‫)‪(Sections Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Sections‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(10-8-12‬‬

‫‪554‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -8-12‬‬

‫)‪.(11-8-12‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ New Sections‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -8-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪,Section = S (15 × 50) , Family=S, Database=AISC, Section type=Steel‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Line/Bars‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Sections‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‪,‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬

‫‪555‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪ dx,dy,dz=(0;13;0‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Execute‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(12-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -8-12‬‬

‫)‪(Upper Members Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Structure Model/Bars‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Database=AISC ,section= DL(2 × 2 × 0.25) ,Bar type=Simple bar‬‬
‫)‪begin(4;13;15) ,end (14;0;15‬‬
‫)‪begin (4;0;15),end (14;13;15‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺭﲰﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪Close, Execute, Number of Repetition=8 ,dx,dy,dz=(10;0;0‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Structure Model/Geometry‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(13-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -8-12‬‬

‫‪Structure Model/Bars‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Database=AISC ,section= MC (12 × 50) ,Bar type=Simple bar‬‬
‫)‪begin (4;0;15),end(4;13;15‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺭﲰﻪ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪Close, Execute, Number of Repetition=9 ,dx,dy,dz=(10;0;0‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Structure Model/Geometry‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(14-8-12‬‬

‫‪556‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -8-12‬‬

‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Structure Model/Loads‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ )‪(DL1‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ‪ live‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ)‪ , (LL1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺛﻼﺙ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﻴﺔ )‪(LL1,LL2,LL3‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ Nature=WIND‬ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )‪(WIND1,WIND2‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Load Definition‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Surface‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )‪ (LL1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Uniform Planar Load‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ Z‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪, Pz=-0.6‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Add‬‬
‫‪Apply‬‬ ‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ )ﳏﻴﻂ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ( ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Surface‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )‪ (LL2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.12‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ)‪ Uniform Planar Load (Contour‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ Z‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫‪, Pz=-0.5‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Contour Definition‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ , (0;0;0) :‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪(98;0;0) , Add‬‬
‫‪(98;3;0) , Add‬‬
‫‪(0;3;0) , Add‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ)‪Close,Uniform Planar Load (Contour‬‬ ‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﳌﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ )ﳏﻴﻂ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ( ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫‪557‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.16‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (10,11,12,13,14,15‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ )‪, Pz=-0.5, (LL3‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻲ )‪(0;13;0),(98;13;0), (98;10;0), (0;10;0‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/ZX‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ )‪(WIND1‬‬

‫‪.19‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Definition‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Node‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.20‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Py=0.9‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Add‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply to‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺮ‪Apply,‬‬
‫‪.21‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (18,19,20‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ ,Px=0.6 , (WIND2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Add‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺮ ‪Close,Apply,‬‬

‫)‪(Moving Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preferences‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Vehicle Database‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(15-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -8-12‬‬

‫‪New Moving Load‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Database‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ User‬ﺩﻻﻟ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ )ﲪﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ( ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Database Name‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪user-defined-‬‬
‫‪database‬‬
‫)‪Length Unit:(ft),Force Unit :(kip‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪558‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.6‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Create‬‬

‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Special Loads/Moving‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ Vehicle Selection/Code (base‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪User‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪moving crane‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Concentrated-‬‬
‫‪) Force‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ(‪,‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪F=13.5,X=0,S=1.75 :‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪F=6.75,X=11.78,S=1.75 :‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪ F=13.5,X=15.75,S=1.75 :‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(16-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -8-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Add‬‬ ‫‪.13‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪, OK , Save to Database :‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Moving Loads‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Define‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫)‪beginning= (0;6.5;0),end=(98;6.5;0‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Apply‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Polyline‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫‪559‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪) Load‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫)‪Direction=(0;0;-1‬‬ ‫‪.16‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Step‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪) (8‬ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ( ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪.17‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Application Plane‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Automatic‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪.18‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Special Loads/Moving‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.19‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ Vehicle Selection/Code (base‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪User‬‬
‫‪.20‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ)‪( moving crane 2‬‬
‫‪.21‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Load type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Surface Load‬‬
‫)ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪, P=0.9,X=0,S=0,Dx=4,Dy=3‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(17-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -8-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Add‬‬ ‫‪.22‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪, OK , Save to Database :‬‬
‫‪.23‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Moving Loads‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.24‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫)‪beginning= (0,1.5,0),end=(98,1.5,0‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Apply‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Polyline‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.25‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Step‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪) (8‬ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ( ‪) Load Direction=(0;0;-1) ,‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ(‬

‫‪560‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫‪.26‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Application Plane‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Automatic‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tool/Job Preferences/Structure Analysis‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪Iterative‬‬
‫‪Automatic freezing of results of structure calculation‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ" ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻـﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Detailed Analysis‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Detailed Analysis‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Loads‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Moving Loads-‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply , Vehicle‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ moving crane‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪,Current Component= 7, Loads/Select Case Component‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Start, Animation‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )‪(Member Type Definition‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure Model/Bar‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Code Parameters/Steel\Aluminum Member-‬‬
‫‪Type‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Member Definition-Parameters‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(18-8-12‬‬

‫‪561‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -8-12‬‬

‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Buckling Length Coefficient Y:‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (Y‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪OK ,Buckling Diagrams‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Buckling Length Coefficient Z:‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (Z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Buckling Diagrams‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Member Type‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪) chords‬ﻭﺗﺮ( ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Shave‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Member Definition-Parameters‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪.9‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪) Buckling Length Coefficient Y:‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (Y‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Buckling Diagrams‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.12‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Buckling Length Coefficient Z:‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ (Z‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪ .13‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Buckling Diagrams‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.14‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Member Type‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ ,Diagonals‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Shave‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Member Type-Ns...‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Chords‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Line/Bars‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺘﲔ( ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Diagonals‬ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪Close, Apply,‬‬

‫‪562‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Structure Design‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪Structure Design/Steel\Aluminum Design‬‬‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Definitions‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Group‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪) Name=Upper chords‬ﻭﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ(‪Number=1,‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﻔـﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Member‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Material=Steel carbon Fy36- ,Ctrl‬‬
‫‪ksi‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ)‪(lower chords‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫)‪(Diagonals‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻛـﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﲔ )‪(Bracing‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﻛـﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﲔ)‪(Beams‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ list‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻝ ‪ Code Group Design‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫‪.12‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Optimization‬ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Load Case Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﹼﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ Ultimate‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(19-8-12‬‬

‫‪563‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -8-12‬‬

‫ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺮ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣـﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Change All‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪YES‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺃﻏﻠـﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰒ ﺃﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculations‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺃﻋـﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Calculations‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(20-8-12‬‬

‫‪564‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -8-12‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(21-8-12‬‬ ‫‪.17‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (14,15,16‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -8-12‬‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code Group Verification‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ List‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Code Group Selection‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬

‫‪565‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Load Case Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨـﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﺘﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﹼﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(22-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -8-12‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫)‪(Time History Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻣﲏ‬
‫‪Structure Model/Geometry‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Analysis Types‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪, Analysis Type‬ﻳُﻤﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪,‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪(...‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Define a New Case‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Model Analysis Parameter‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Method‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Lanczos‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ(‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ )‪) Include damping...to PS92‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ PS92‬ﰲ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪.7‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ )‪ (3‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Number of Iterations‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define a New Case‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Time History Analysis‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Function Definition‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Defined Function‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ‪) Wind impact‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺻﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ( ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Point‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪566‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪T=0 F(T)=0‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬

‫‪T=0.01 F(T)=5‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫‪T=0.02 F(T)=0‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫‪T=1.00 F(T)=0‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(23-8-12‬‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -8-12‬‬

‫)‪(WIND1‬‬ ‫‪.13‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Time History Analysis‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK, Add‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preferences/Structure Analysis‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ DSC‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﲢﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪.17‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Analysis Type‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,Results/Advanced/Time History Analysis-Diagrams‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagram Definition‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Nodes‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ux , Displacement‬‬

‫‪567‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.20‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Point‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪ (12‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(24-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -8-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Add‬‬ ‫‪.21‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.22‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Time History Analysis‬ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪Displacement_UX_12‬‬
‫‪.23‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available Diagrams‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.24‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Open New Window‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(25-8-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -8-12‬‬

‫‪Add‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪.25‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Displacement_UX_12‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.26‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪ ux,Acceleration‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪(12‬‬
‫‪.27‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.28‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Acceleration_AX_12‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.29‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Open New Window‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(26-8-12‬‬

‫‪568‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -8-12‬‬

‫‪569‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Volumetric Structure‬‬ ‫‪-9-12‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪(Kip‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪, (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -9-12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(2-9-12‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )‪(LL1)_ (2‬‬

‫)‪(LL2)_ (3‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪570‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(LL3)_ (4‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -9-12‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻧـﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry\Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ , Numbering=x1: X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Insert‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪(3,5,17,19,31,33,36):‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻧﻔـﺬ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Y‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻲ ‪,(0,2,4,14,16,18):‬‬
‫‪Numbering=y1‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻧﻔـﺬ ﻧﻔـﺲ ﺍﳋﻄـﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Z‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻲ ‪, (0,2,12,14):‬‬
‫‪ , Numbering=z1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3D xyz‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(3-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -9-12‬‬

‫‪571‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪View/Projection/XY‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪,Geometry/Objects/Polyline-Contour‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Geometry‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -9-12‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (x1,y6), (x8,y6), (x8,y1), (x1,y1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Zoom/Zoom All‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Panels‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Panels‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(5-9-12‬‬

‫‪572‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -9-12‬‬
‫‪Contour type‬‬ ‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Face‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Internal point‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ"‬
‫‪.14‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Panel‬ﰒ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻴﺎ" ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(6-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -9-12‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪.15‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )‪ (1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Objects/Extrude‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(7-9-12‬‬

‫‪573‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -9-12‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ || to Axis‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (2‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪.18‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Division Number‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View\Work in 3D\Global Work Plane‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ .(8-9-12‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -9-12‬‬
‫‪.20‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ])‪ , [(x1,y1,z2):(0,0,2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.21‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/XY‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Geometry/Objects/Cube‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(9-9-12‬‬

‫‪574‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -9-12‬‬
‫‪Three points‬‬ ‫‪.22‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Definition method‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.23‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ)‪(x2,y2),(x3,y2),(x3,y3‬‬
‫‪.24‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Height=10‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Enter‬ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪.25‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )‪ (2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

‫‪.26‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪ (0,12,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Execute‬‬
‫‪Number of repetition=2‬‬ ‫‪.27‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪ (14,0,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Execute‬‬
‫‪.28‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Translate‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ‬
‫‪.29‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ )ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﲣﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3D xyz‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(10-9-12‬‬

‫‪575‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -9-12‬‬

‫‪None‬‬ ‫‪ Hidden‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪lines‬‬‫‪.30‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.31‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.32‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ])‪ ,[(x2,y2,z4):(3,2,14‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪.33‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/XY‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Geometry/Objects/Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.34‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (x2,y2), (x7,y2), (x7,y5), (x2,y5‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫‪Enter‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪.35‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ )‪ (Contour‬ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ًﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

‫‪.36‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Objects/Extrude‬‬
‫‪.37‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ || to Axis‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (-2‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪.38‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Division Number‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫‪.39‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ )ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﲣﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3D xyz‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ Zoom All‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(11-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -9-12‬‬

‫‪576‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Structure Model/Supports‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Supports‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Elastic‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(12-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -9-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Elastic‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ UZ‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ KZ=4800‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Label‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪ , Elastic Foundation‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Current Selection‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Surface‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‪Structure Model/Geometry‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪View/Display‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Structure‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ OK, Apply, Supports-symbols‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(13-9-12‬‬

‫‪577‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -9-12‬‬

‫)‪(Mesh Generating‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Grid/Grid Step Definition‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(14-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -9-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Apply, Dx=Dy=0.25‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Grid Step‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ])‪ , [(x1,y1,z1):(0,0,0‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/XY‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪578‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Geometry/Nodes‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬـﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ .(15-9-12‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ )‪ (x2,y2),(x3,y2),(x3,y3),(x2,y3‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ)‪, (3,4,0‬‬
‫)‪Close (3,2,0), (5,2,0), (5,4,0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -9-12‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Enter‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Translation‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪, Number of repetitions=2, dx,dy,dz=4,0,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪Close, Execute‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (6‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Horizontal Mirror‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(16-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -9-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Execute‬‬ ‫‪.10‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Axis location=2.75‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/3D xyz‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ)‪ , (x2,y2,z4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View\Projection/XY‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ , Geometry/Nodes‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ )‪ (x2,y3),(x3,y2),(x3,y3),(x2,y2‬ﺃﻱ‬

‫‪579‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪Close, (3,4,14), (5,2,14), (5,4,14), (3,2,14‬‬‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪.15‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Translation‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪, Number of repetitions=2, dx,dy,dz=4,0,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪Close, Execute‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰒ ﻧﻔﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (9,10‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry\Nodes‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪Close, Add, (2.5,9,14‬‬

‫‪.20‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ )‪ (1 to 8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

‫‪.21‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Meshing Option‬‬
‫‪.22‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available meshing methods‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Delaunay‬‬
‫‪.23‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Mesh generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Automatic‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪OK, Division1=5‬‬

‫‪.24‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ )‪ (2 to 7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

‫‪.25‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (21,22,23‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪Divsion1=2‬‬
‫‪.26‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(17-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -9-12‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure/Model/Loads‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Load-‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Types‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬

‫‪580‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪LL1,LL2,LL3‬‬ ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪, DL1‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Add, Z=-0.5‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ LL1‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪Apply,‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪, Z=-0.9‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ LL2‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ Contour Definition‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ )‪Add, (x2,y3),(x4,y3),(x6,y3),(x7,y3‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪Apply,‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ)‪Add, (97‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Z=-0.5‬ﰲ‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ LL3‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪ (97‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(18-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -9-12‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(Results Structure Analysis Display‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Results/Results-Maps‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )‪ (LL3‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪,Detailed‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻝ‬
‫‪ Displacement‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Maps‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(19-9-12‬‬

‫‪581‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -9-12‬‬

‫‪Active‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ z‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻝ ‪ Displacement‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )‪ (LL2‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Active‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(20-9-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -9-12‬‬

‫‪582‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-10-12‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ_ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬

‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kn) , (m) :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Simple Catpro‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-10-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -10-12‬‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪(Code Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preferences‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Materials‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Materials‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ )‪(Eurcode‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Modification‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ STEEL‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK, Add‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ) ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ‪, E‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ ‪(... v‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Steel/Aluminum Structures‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪EC3‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Codes‬‬

‫‪EUROCODE‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Code Combinations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Action‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘـﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻭﺍﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫)‪(Structure Axis Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪583‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry\Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪Number of repetitions=2 ,0‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪ Distance = 6,‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ Numbering =1,2,3... , 6 m‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Z‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ Numbering=A,B,C, Position=0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪ Insert‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪Close, Apply,(insert, Position=7.2), (insert, Position=6), (insert, Position=3.6‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫)‪(Structure Members Definition‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬

‫‪,Section‬‬ ‫‪= IPE240, family= I‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪, New Section‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﺖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ ‪Close,‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (HEA300,HEA240‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ) ‪New Section,‬‬
‫‪(Section‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Bars‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ Bar Type=column , HEA240‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪: Beginning , End‬‬
‫)‪beginning (0,0), end (0,6‬‬
‫)‪beginning (12,0), end (12,6‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ Bar Type= column , HEA300‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫])‪[beginning (6;0), end (6,3.6‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ Bar Type=Beam , IPE240‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫])‪[beginning (6,3.6), end (12,3.6‬‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫)‪(Library Structure Using‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Section‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Section-Shape‬‬
‫‪Node number‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Structure‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ Others‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪OK, Apply, Structure axis‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬

‫‪584‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Length- L=12 m :Merge Structure:..Type1\Dimensions‬‬
‫)ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ(‪) Number of Fields=6, Height H=1.2 m,‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻪ(‪) Moments Released :NO,‬ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ(‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Insert‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ , Insertion point=(0;0;6‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪ Apply ,OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(2-10-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -10-12‬‬
‫)‪(Additional Node Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Edit/Divide‬‬‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ in distance‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Distance from the top=3.6m‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ Close, ( (1‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ‪3.6m‬‬

‫)‪(Brackets Definition for Columns‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻄﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Display‬‬
‫‪Geometry/Additional Attributes/Brackets‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ )‪(Bracket_0.1x1‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻌﲔ‬

‫)‪Close, (4‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺭﻗﻢ‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫‪Supports‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪585‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ﺍ‪‬ـﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺨـﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Supports‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫)‪ , (1,3,5‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Close , Apply‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ )‪(Definition of Geometrical Imperfecations‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Display‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Additional Attributes/Geometrical-‬‬
‫‪Imperfecations‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-10-12‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -10-12‬‬
‫‪User-‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Label‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ , During_Assambly‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Automatic‬ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Defined‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪Close, Add , (5 cm‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Geometrical Imperfecations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Automatic‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ Current Selection‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ During_Assamply‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪,‬‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫) ‪(Definition of Load Cases‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-10-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Load Type‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫‪586‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -10-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋـﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Nature‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ : New‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ‪ LL1‬ﻭ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ‪Close , DL1‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Load Definition‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(5-10-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -10-12‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ DL1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪Add‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪ PZ=-3 kn/m‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪587‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Apply‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪to‬‬ ‫‪ .5‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Definition‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ )‪ (1,2,6,7‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL1‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Node‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Px=10 KN ,Pz=-100 KN‬ﻭﺍﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‪Close, (6,18‬‬

‫)‪(Snow/Wind Loads Generating‬‬‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Special Loads/Wind and Snow- 2D/3D‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-10-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -10-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Auto‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Spacing=6 , Total Depth=30‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-10-12‬‬

‫‪588‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -10-12‬‬
‫)‪(Editor‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , Generate‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪(Generation of Automatic Code Combinations‬‬
‫)‪.(8-10-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Code Combinations‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -10-12‬‬

‫‪589‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Cases‬ﲢﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Relations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ‪ Dead,Live,Wind,Snow‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Simplified combinations‬ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺮﺓ ‪Close,‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ , Results/Stresses‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ‪Global extremes‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﱪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(9-10-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -10-12‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Save‬ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺮﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻠﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﲢﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫)‪(Structure Elasto-Blastic Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure/Model/Loads‬‬
‫‪Load-‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Types‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Delete All‬ﳊﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New, Nature‬ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪Close,DL1‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪Add,Z=0,Px=138‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪590‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪Close, Apply,(18‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪( (1‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Object Properties‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Code Check‬ﻟﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‪Close ,‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ‬

‫)‪(Change Of Bar Section For Elasto-Blastic Analysis‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ HEA240‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ New Section‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ . Close, Add, Elasto-Plastic Analysis‬ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪HEA240EP‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )‪ (1,2‬ﻭﺍﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ)‪ (2,3,4‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ IPE240‬ﻭﺍﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪(4‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ‪Analysis/Calculation‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ)ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﱪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Displacement‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Global Extremes‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(11-10-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -10-12‬‬

‫‪591‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Pushover Analysis Case Push Over‬‬ ‫‪-11-12‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kip) , (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪(ASIC‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-11-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -11-12‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Bars‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-11-12‬‬

‫‪592‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -11-12‬‬
‫‪Column‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Bar‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪(W 12 × 96‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Section‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Section‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Add‬ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪ Beginning ,End‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫)‪beginning(0,0,0), end (0,0,11.5‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫)‪beginning(0,0,11.5), end (0,0,23‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫)‪beginning(0,20,0), end (0,20,11.5‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫)‪beginning(0,20,11.5), end (0,20,23‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬ ‫)‪( HP10 × 42‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ bar‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪ Beam‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫)‪beginning (0,0,11 .5), end (0,20,11 .5‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫)‪beginning (0,0,23), end (0,20,23‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ bar‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ simple bar‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫)‪ ( L1.5 × 1.5 × 0.1875‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫)‪beginning (0,0,0), end (0,20,11.5‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫)‪beginning (0,20,0), end (0,0,11.5‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬
‫)‪beginning (0,20,11.5), end (0,0,23‬‬ ‫‪Add‬‬

‫‪593‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Beginning(0,0,11.5),End(0,20,23) Add‬‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-11-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Support‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -11-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ )‪ (Fixed‬ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺫﻭ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﲔ ‪ ,‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ (...‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪New Support Definition‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (4-11-12‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -11-12‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪) Translate‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ( ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﳏﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺇﺿـﻐﻂ ‪ Ctrl+A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Edit/Select All‬‬

‫‪594‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/ Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ Number of Repetition=2, dx,dy,dz=20,0,0‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Execute‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3D xyz‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(5-11-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -11-12‬‬
‫‪ Bar Type=Simple Bars‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬ ‫)‪HP(10 × 42‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Beginning(0,0,23),End(20,0,23) Add‬‬
‫‪Beginning(20,0,23),End(40,0,23) Add‬‬
‫‪Beginning(0,20,23),End(20,20,23) Add‬‬
‫‪Beginning(20,20,23),End(40,20,23) Add‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﺘﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪(Definition Of Pushover Analysis Case) Push Over‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-11-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -11-12‬‬

‫‪595‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪DL1‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Analysis Types‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Define New Case‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪New Case Definition‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Model Analysis...Solver‬ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define New Case‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ PushOver‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪PushOver‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ )‪ (3‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Node Number‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ UX+‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Direction‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ )‪ (8 in‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Maximum Displacement‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ According to...direction‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Method of load definition‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Non-linear Analysis...option‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Load increment number‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ )‪) (20‬ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ(‪OK,‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪ OK‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ PushOver‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Analysis Type‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Modal‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Load‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Loads/Load Definition‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-11-12‬‬ ‫‪.17‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Node‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -11-12‬‬
‫‪Add, X=22 kip ,Y=22 kip ,Z=22 kip‬‬ ‫‪.18‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫‪.19‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ (all) :Apply to‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫‪596‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Definition Of The Non-Linear Hinge‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Structure Model/Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Additional Attributes\Non-linear Hinges‬‬
‫)‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-11-12‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -11-12‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Label‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪Hinge_1‬‬
‫‪Model-‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Definition of hinge model‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ Model_MY‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪Name‬‬
‫‪Add‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪, Points‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ B‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ X‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(0.01‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ B‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Y‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(37‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ C‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ X‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(0.05‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ C‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Y‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(45‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ D‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ X‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(0.05‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ D‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Y‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(8‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ E‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ X‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(0.091‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪ E‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Y‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(8‬‬

‫‪597‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(9-11-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -11-12‬‬
‫‪Moment-Rotation‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Unloading Method‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Elastic‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Non-linear Hinge Definition‬ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ check‬ﲜﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ MY‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Close, Add, Model_MY‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Non-linear Hinges‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Hinge_1‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪X=0.1, relative‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Current Section‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ )‪Apply, (1,3,11,13,21,23‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Current Section‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪ Close, Apply,‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪(10-11-12‬‬

‫‪598‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -11-12‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis Results‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )‪ (3:pushover‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Diagrams‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪MY‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Deformation‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Case Component‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪, Current Component‬‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫‪Apply‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ Deformation, MY‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪(Diagrams And Results) Pushover‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Results/Advanced/Pushover Analysis-Diagrams‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪UX‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )‪ (3:pushover‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Case‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (3‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪Apply‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Pushover Analysis‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Diagrams of Pushover Analysis, Pushover Analysis‬‬

‫)‪(Results Of Capacity Curve Section‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

‫‪Results/Advanced/Capacity Curve‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Diagrams type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Capacity Spectrum‬‬

‫‪599‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Demand Spectrum ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬.4

Lines of Constant Period ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬.5
Reduced Spectra (Damping) ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬.6
Apply ‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬Histeretic Damping B ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬.7

600
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-12-12‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬

‫)‪(Beam Design: ACI Code‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)‪(ft),(kip),(kip*ft),(ksi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ )‪(ACI318/99‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Program Options‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪Preferences‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Languages‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Preferences‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Regional setting‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ United states‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Accept‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Job Preferences‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Units and format‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Job Preferences‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Imperial‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪OK,‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ‪ Windows‬ﻏﲑ ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Beams Design‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Elevation Definition‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add Span‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Cantilever‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Right‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻇﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻈﻔﺮ‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Span Geometry‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ (Length=5 ft‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ )‪Apply,(Length=18 ft‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Left Support‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ(‬
‫)‪(Width=1.1ft‬‬
‫‪Apply, (Width=1.1ft) Right Support‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Section Definition‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ‪Apply, h=30 in‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ‪ ,h=30 in‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪b‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪RC Beam/Beam-openings‬‬

‫‪601‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪Span Number=2‬‬ ‫‪.12‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬

‫‪.13‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Openings‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ (A) :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Name‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Start‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Left Upper‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Z local=2, X Local=8.5.5‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺐ‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Adjoining Beam‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ‪ ,Lx=1,Lz=2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪Span Number=3‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ )‪ (B‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Name‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Round‬ﺛﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ(‬
‫‪.20‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ X Local‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Z local, 2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪) 1‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ(‬
‫‪.21‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ‪ , D=1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-12-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -12-12‬‬
‫‪RC Beam/Beam-Loads‬‬ ‫‪.22‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫‪.23‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.24‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪,p1=2‬‬ ‫‪.25‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Add‬‬
‫‪Load Category‬‬‫‪.26‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.27‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.28‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Suspended‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
‫‪.29‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪, F=12‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(2-12-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -12-12‬‬
‫‪.30‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Option‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪602‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.31‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪fc=4 ksi, Concrete‬‬
‫‪.32‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Longitudinal Reinf‬‬
‫‪Grade=GR60‬‬
‫‪.33‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ None‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Bar List‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪) #8,#9,#10,#11 :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ(‬
‫‪.34‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Transversal Reinf‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ‪Grade=GR40‬‬
‫‪.35‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ #6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪Bar List‬‬
‫‪.36‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save AS‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ test_mf‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Enter the name‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.37‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculation Options‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.38‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Reinforcement Pattern‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-12-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -12-12‬‬
‫‪ Suspended‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪Load‬‬ ‫‪ Transversal‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪Reinf‬‬ ‫‪.39‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(4-12-12‬‬

‫‪603‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.40‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﻜﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -12-12‬‬
‫‪ , Consideration‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪of Load Capacity‬‬ ‫‪.41‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Struct.Reinf‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ Save AS‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ test_mf‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.42‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,Analysis/Calculation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ , Calculation Option=test_mf ,Reinforcement- Parameters=test_mf‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ When the...go to‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Results layout‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-12-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -12-12‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Beam-Results‬‬
‫‪.43‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (6-12-12‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Range‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Span‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪604‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -12-12‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪.44‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.45‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.46‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ RC Beam-Reinforcement‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-12-12‬‬

‫‪605‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -12-12‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Calculation-‬‬ ‫‪.47‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Calculation Note‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪Note‬‬
‫‪.48‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪ , OK‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫‪.49‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Save AS‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Project Component Save‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Structuhzyhre‬‬ ‫‪.50‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.51‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Beam1‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ "‪ " MY beam‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.52‬ﺇﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.53‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Drawing‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-12-12‬‬

‫‪606‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Pos. Reinforcement Shape Steel

-10.5
1 3#3 l=13-4 13-4 Grade 60

0.0

5
4.
A B 2 3#8 l=14-8.5 Grade 60

1-
13-4
1 3#3 l=13-4

1-8
6.5
3 14#6 l=5-9.5 10.0 Grade 40

9.5

9.5
4 14#6 l=3-3 1-8 Grade 40

V1 2 3#8 l=14-8.5 P1 V2

-10.5
0.0
7x10.0 7x10.0
4.5
1-0 12-0 1-1

A-A B-B

l=13-4 3#3 1 l=13-4 3#3 1

2-0
2-0

l=5-9.5 14#6 3 l=5-9.5 14#6 3

l=14-8.5 3#8 2 l=14-8.5 3#8 2

l=3-3 14#6 4 1-2 l=3-3 14#6 4 1-2

Steel Grade 60 = 324 lb Concrete = 31.9 ft3

Standard Level MY_Beam

Formwork = 71.1 ft2
Bottom cover 1.5 in Top cover 1.5 in
Side cover 1.5 in

Structure16 Section 14x24 View scale 1:50

Section scale 1:20

8 -12-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ‬.54
OK ‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬File/Print ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.55

.‫ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬

607
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Column Design: ACI Code‬‬ ‫‪-13-12‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)‪(ft),(kip),(kip*ft),(ksi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ )‪(ACI318/99‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Program Options‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪Preferences‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Languages‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Preferences‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Regional setting‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ United states‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Accept‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Job Preferences‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Units and format‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Job Preferences‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Imperial‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪OK,‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ‪ Windows‬ﻏﲑ ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Columns Design‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪b=18 in,h=18 in‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ(‪,‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Label‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ)‪,(18in-18in‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-13-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -13-12‬‬

‫‪608‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Structure/Dimensions‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-13-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -13-12‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪, L=16 ft‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ , Hb=2‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪OK, Hp=0.5 ft‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Structure/Bucking Length‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Sway‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Direction Y‬‬

‫‪Direction Y‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ‪OK,‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ K=1.6‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪ Y‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Non-Sway‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Direction Z‬‬

‫‪Direction Z‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﹰﺎ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Section‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ )‪ C (18 × 18‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-13-12‬‬

‫‪609‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -13-12‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬ ‫‪.10‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪B (8 × 16‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪Length=25‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ)‪,( B(8 × 16) ,Length=25‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪) (K=0.67) Z‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ(‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Buckling Length‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Structure/Loads‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.15‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Nature‬ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪DL1‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ N ,Myt ,Myb ,Mnsy/My ,Mzt ,Mzb , β‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫)‪(300,30,30,0.1,25,20,1‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Nature‬ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪LL1‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ N ,Myt ,Myb ,Mnsy/My ,Mzt ,Mzb , β‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫)‪(250,10,20,0.5,10,20,0.5‬‬
‫‪WIND1‬‬ ‫‪.19‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Nature‬ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪.20‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ N ,Myt ,Myb ,Mnsy/My ,Mzt ,Mzb , β‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫)‪ (20,10,5,1,30,80,0‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(4-13-12‬‬

‫‪610‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -13-12‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.21‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Option‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.22‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Cover to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ C=2‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Fixed‬ﳉﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.23‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪fc=5.5 ksi, Concrete‬‬
‫‪.24‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Longitudinal Reinf‬‬
‫‪Grade=GR60‬‬
‫‪.25‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ None‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Bar List‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ)‪ (#9,#10,#11‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.26‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Transversal Reinf‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ‪Grade=GR60‬‬
‫‪.27‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ #6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪Bar List‬‬
‫‪.28‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save AS‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ test_mf‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Enter the name‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.29‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Calculation Options‬‬
‫‪.30‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,Analysis/Calculation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪When the...go to‬‬
‫ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Results Layout‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-13-12‬‬

‫‪611‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -13-12‬‬
‫‪.31‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Intersection‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.32‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Intersection‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪RC Column/Column-Reinforcement‬‬
‫‪.33‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Save AS‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Project Component Table‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Structuhyhre‬‬ ‫‪.34‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.35‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Column1‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ "‪ " MY Column‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.36‬ﺍﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.37‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Drawing‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.38‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪RC Column/Column-Reinforcement‬‬
‫‪.39‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Reinforcement Pattern‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻝ ‪) Stirrup‬ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﺭﺓ(‬ ‫‪.40‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Shapes‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪OK‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪.41‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻝ ‪) Main‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬ ‫‪.42‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ , OK‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪ OK‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.43‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Reinforcement Pattern‬‬

‫‪612‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪When the...go to‬‬ ‫‪.44‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ,Analysis/Calculation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ,Current Layout‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Calculation‬‬
‫‪.45‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ Column-Reinforcement Table‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪.46‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Reinforcement Bars‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Shape Parameters‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪ ,B=3‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-13-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -13-12‬‬
‫‪Analysis/Drawing Parameters‬‬‫‪.47‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.48‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Add drawing to the list‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪, Drawing Creation Mode‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪.49‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Drawings‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.50‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Insert/Reinforcement table‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫‪613‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Concrete Slab‬‬ ‫‪-14-12‬ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kip) , (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -14-12‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫)‪(Program Options‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Preferences‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫)‪.(2-14-12‬‬
‫‪Preferences‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Languages‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Regional setting‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ United states‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Accept‬‬

‫‪614‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -14-12‬‬
‫‪Job Preferences‬‬ ‫‪ Tools/Job‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Preferences‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(3-14-12‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code\Action‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Job Preferences‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪OK,‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -14-12‬‬
‫)‪(Slab Geometric Model Definition‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Polyline-Contour‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-14-12‬‬

‫‪615‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -14-12‬‬
‫‪Geometry‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Contour‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻴﻂ( ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(0,0),(40,0),(40,30),(20,30),(20,20),(0,20‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply‬‬‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Object/Arc‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Arc‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-14-12‬‬

‫‪616‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -14-12‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Begin-Middle-End‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻗﻮﺱ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Begin=(20,30),Middle=(30,38),End=(40,30‬‬
‫‪Sides=10‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Fixed Number‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪New Thickness‬‬ ‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ) Homogeneous‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ , Th=15‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪Material=CONCR‬‬
‫‪Close‬‬ ‫‪.12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬‬

‫‪617‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Panels‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ Panels‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -14-12‬‬
‫‪Thickness‬‬ ‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻝ‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Internal Point‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻭﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(7-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -14-12‬‬
‫)‪(Slab Opening Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪Geometry/Objects/Polyline-Contour‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪Geometry‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Contour‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ( ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪618‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(4,4),(10,4),(10,8),(4,8‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪,Close, Apply‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Objects/Circle‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Circle‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -14-12‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪) Center-radius‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ( ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫)‪Radius=(30,18), P=(30,14‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Sides=10‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Explode‬ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Supports‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Line‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ Edge‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬‬

‫‪619‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ‪Close,‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Point\Node‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Types‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(9-14-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -14-12‬‬
‫‪DL1‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻣﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ‬
‫‪DL2‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Nature‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Live‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ New‬ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪LL1,LL2‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ‪ DL1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Z‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ DL2‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load/Load Definition‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Surface‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ( ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ ( Pz = −0.1kip / ft 2 ) Z‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(10-14-12‬‬

‫‪620‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -14-12‬‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ , All‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‪ :‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪ (Panel‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Finite Element‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Number and Panel Description‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻛـﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄـﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (5,6,7‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL1‬ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪( Pz = −0.05kip / ft 2‬‬

‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(11-14-12‬‬

‫‪621‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ) ‪( Pz1 = Pz 2 = 0.7 kip / ft 2‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Coordinate‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ A‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply, Add‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Node‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.13‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(12-14-12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪Close,‬‬ ‫‪ , Add,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪( Fz = −0.65kip) .14‬‬

‫‪622‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

12 -14-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(Mashing Options) ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
Tools/Job Preferences/Structure Analysis/Mashing- ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.1
Options
‫ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬Meshing Option ‫ )ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬Modification ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬.2
.(13-14-12)
Delaunay ‫ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬Available Meshing Methods ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬.3
OK,(‫ )ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬Automatic ‫ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬Mesh Generation ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬.4

623
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -14-12‬‬

‫‪Selection‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪(Panel‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Attrib‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Users number‬‬

‫‪Close,‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪ (Panel:2‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪OK, Division1=15, Automatic, Delaunay‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ)‪ (Panel:2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪(14-14-12‬‬

‫‪624‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -14-12‬‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Beams Supporting To Slab‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(15-14-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -14-12‬‬

‫‪New Section‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔـﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Section‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(16-14-12‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ RC Beam‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Section Type‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ‪b=8,h=16‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Label‬ﻫﻮ )‪Close, Add, ( BR8 × 16‬‬

‫‪625‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -14-12‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪Beginning ,End‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪(20,20)-(40,20) Add‬‬
‫‪(20,30)-(40,30) Add‬‬
‫‪(20,0)-(20,20) Add‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(17-14-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -14-12‬‬

‫‪626‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Beam Supporting To Arc Slab‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Bars‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪Snap-‬‬
‫‪ Setting\Snap Setting‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(18-14-12‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪Apply without- , Advanced,Grid, Structure axes :‬‬
‫‪confirmation‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -14-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Apply‬‬‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Drag‬ﰒ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪Close,‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Object/Arc‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Arc‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Begin-Middle-End‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻗﻮﺱ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Sides=10‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Explode,Fixed Number‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Begin=(20,30),Middle=(30,38),End=(40,30‬‬

‫‪627‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close, Apply.6‬‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Concentrated Forces‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Geometry\Nodes‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Coordinates‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪ , (24,18‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ )‪, (229‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ )‪Close, (LL3‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫)‪Add, (Fz=-1.15 kip‬‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‪Close, Apply,‬‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Loads Combinations‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load/Combinations‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(19-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -14-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ULS‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Combination Type‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(20-14-12‬‬

‫‪628‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -14-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Factor‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪Definition‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(21-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -14-12‬‬

‫‪Change‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Factor‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫)‪(Results In Maps Form‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ DL1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪629‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Maps‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻟﻼﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Displacements-u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Z‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Color palette‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Apply, Basic‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(22-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -14-12‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Results/Panel Cuts‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Rotation-Ryy‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Definition‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 2Points‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ )‪(0,0)_(40,20‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Middle‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ(‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Filling‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﻣﻠﻲﺀ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3Dxyz‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(23-14-12‬‬

‫‪630‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -14-12‬‬

‫)‪(Results In The Table Form‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results\Plate and Shell Results‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Table Columns‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Stresses-s‬ﻟﻼﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪XX‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ‪ Shear Forces-Q‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪XX‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪ Displacement u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Z‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Results‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪in Element Centers‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Layer selection‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Lower‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ Simple Cases‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(24-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -14-12‬‬

‫)‪(Slab Reinforcement Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Code Parameters/Plate and shell-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫‪Reinforcement Type‬‬

‫‪631‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪( New‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Main Reinforcement Direction‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Along Y axis‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Y‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪User_Dir_Y‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Materials‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Reinforcement Steel‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻻﺫ‬
‫‪Grade=GR 75‬‬
‫‪As in the structure model‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Concrete‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ SLS Parameters‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪d1 = #5, d1′ =#4, d 2 =#5, d 2′ =#4 :‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ‪ C1 = 0.75in, C 2 = 0.75in‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Panel‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ‪ All‬ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪, Apply,‬‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫‪Analysis/Calculations‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬ ‫‪.11‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪(Reinforcement Calculation‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪Analysis/RC Plate and shell Design/Required-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Reinforcement‬‬
‫)‪Equivalent Mom(Wood & Armer‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Method‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ULS‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ULS‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪Close,‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Selection‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(25-14-12‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Panel‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪All‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Attrib‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Material‬‬

‫‪Close,‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ CONCR‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪632‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -14-12‬‬

‫‪Analysis/Calculations‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬ ‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪(Results Reinforcement In Maps Form‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﱐ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Ay‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪[+].top‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Map‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ‪, Open New Window‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(26-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -14-12‬‬

‫‪633‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Results Reinforcement In The Table Form‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‪Results/Reinforcement\Plate and shell Reinforcement‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Table Columns‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Results‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ In element center‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻘﺪﻩ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Reinforcement area and spacing‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ)‪e(Ay‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ FE Data‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Section‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(27-14-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -14-12‬‬

‫‪634‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-15-12‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬

‫)‪(Foundations Design: ACI Code‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)‪(ft),(kip),(kip*ft),(ksi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ )‪(ACI318/99‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Program Options‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪Preferences‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Languages‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Preferences‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Regional Setting‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ United States‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Accept‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Job Preferences‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Units and format‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Job Preferences‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Imperial‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Forces‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪OK,‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ‪ Windows‬ﻏﲑ ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫)‪(Single Foundation Design‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Dimensions‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Basic Dimension‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ Apply, A=6,B=10,h1=2,h2=1,h4=0.17,ex=ey=0‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-15-12‬‬

‫‪635‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -15-12‬‬
‫‪Apply,Plain‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Pier‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Column Pier Type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation Options‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪fc=4 ksi, Concrete‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪:Longitudinal Reinf‬‬
‫‪Grade=GR40‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ None‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Bar list‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ #9,#10,#11,#14‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-15-12‬‬

‫‪636‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -15-12‬‬
‫‪Grade=GR40‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Transversal Reinf‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ #6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪Bar List‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save AS‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ test_mf‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Enter the name‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Calculation Options‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Foundations/Foundations-Load‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫=‪ Nature‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪.12‬‬
‫‪ N=25,Fx=10,Fy=-4, Mx=2,My=4‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫=‪Nature‬‬ ‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.14‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪ N=12,Fx=10,Fy=-5,Mx=3,My=-3 :‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫=‪Nature‬‬ ‫‪.15‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.16‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪ N=4,Fx=-5,Fy=2,Mx=-5,My=-8 :‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-15-12‬‬

‫‪637‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -15-12‬‬
‫‪Foundations/Foundations-Soil‬‬ ‫‪.17‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.18‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Backfill‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪) N1=2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ(‬
‫‪.19‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪) Na=1‬ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ(‬
‫‪.20‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ‪Nf=-1.5‬‬
‫‪.21‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Name‬ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪Very Fine Sand‬‬
‫‪Apply, Allowable‬‬ ‫‪.22‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Stress‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-15-12‬‬

‫‪638‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -15-12‬‬
‫‪Foundations/Foundations-Result‬‬ ‫‪.23‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.24‬ﰲ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Foundations-Result‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (5-15-12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Result Capacity‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬

‫‪639‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -15-12‬‬
‫‪.25‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Punching/shear‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Foundations-Results‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪.26‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Calculation‬‬
‫‪Option set‬‬
‫‪Foundations/Foundations-Reinforcement‬‬ ‫‪.27‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.28‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ NO‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ , Y‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-15-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪ Reinforcing Bars‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪640‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -15-12‬‬

‫‪Reinforcing Bars‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.29‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.30‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ NO‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ , X‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪.31‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.32‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Reinforcing bars‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(7-15-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -15-12‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪Project Component Save‬‬ ‫‪.34‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Save AS‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ‪ Foot A‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬ ‫‪.35‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪641‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬Results/Drawings ‫ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.36
.(8-15-12)‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Y
1-0 X-X
1

1-6 10.0
2-6
2.0

3-6

2.0
-1-6 2 10#9 1 11#9
l=7-7 l=10-11.5

2-0
7-12

10x23

7-12
X
1-0 Y-Y

4-6
3-6

1-6 10.0
9x23
2 2.0

2.0
3-2 4-10
-1-6 1 11#9 2 10#9
2-2 2-0 3-10 l=10-11.5 l=7-7
7-12
7-12

Pos. Reinforcement Shape Steel

1-8.5 1-8.5
1 11#9 l=10-11.5 7-7
Grade 40

2 10#9 l=7-7 7-7 Grade 40

Tel. Fax Concrete = 99.3m3 Steel Grade 40 = 668kg Grade 40276

Cracking permissible Fc28 = 27.6MPa
Formwork = 54.7m2 Cover c1 = 2cm, c2 = 5.1cm
Standard Level Foot A Number 1 Density (unit weight) = 6.727kg/m3
View scale 1/33
Structure Section scale 1/33

8 -15-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
OK, File/Print ‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.37

642
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-1-16-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ‪/‬ﻣﻌﺪﱐ )ﳐﺘﻠﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪(AISC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kip) , (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -16-12‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ , -4‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Insert‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (0‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (20‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (40); Insert: (44‬‬
‫‪ Numbering =A,B,C....3‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Z‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Insert‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (12‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (21‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (25‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (28‬‬
‫‪ Numbering =1,2,3....5‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫‪643‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Structure Members Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪, New Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪AISC‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ , Section Type= Steel , Section = W (8 × 28) , family = W , Database‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪W (10 × 45‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ New Section‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Section Type= RC Column, b=12,h=12,Add‬‬
‫‪Section Type=RC Beam, b=12,h=24,Add‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪:‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺗﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Bars‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ Bar type=RC Column , CR(12 × 12‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪(B1,B2)_(C1,C2)_(D1,D2) Beginning ,End‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ Bar Type=RC Beam , BR(12 × 24‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪Beginning ,End‬‬
‫)‪(A2,B2)_(B2,C2)_(C2,D2)_(D2,E2‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪Bar_type=Column , W (8 × 28‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪/A2,A3)_(C2,C5)_(E2,E3) Beginning ,End‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ Bar Type=Beam , W (10 × 45‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪(A3,C5)_(E3,C4) Beginning ,End‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -16-12‬‬

‫‪644‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬

‫‪Supports‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Supports‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻱ )‪(1,3,5‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Close , Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪Load-‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Types‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬
‫ﲪـﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴـﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪, DL1,DL2‬ﲪﻮﻟﺘﲔ ﺣﻴﺔ ‪ , LL1,LL2‬ﲪﻮﻟﱵ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ‪Wind1,Wind2‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﻗـﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Loads/Load Table‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ , Load Case‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Self-Weight‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪.4‬ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ) DL2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ( ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪Load-‬‬
‫‪ type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Uniform Load‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪ 4 to 7‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ , Pz=-0.7 ,‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -16-12‬‬
‫)‪(Beams Design‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
‫‪Analysis/RC Beam Design‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ )‪ (4 to 7‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬

‫‪645‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Story-‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Beam-Elevation‬ﻧﺸﻂ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬

‫‪ Parameters‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -16-12‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) Reference level=12‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ(‪ , Sustained load action for=5,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Options‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‬
‫‪.(5-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -16-12‬‬
‫‪Deflection<2 :General‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Cover to‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Transversal Reinforcement..‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﺭﺓ(‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪ Advanced‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-16-12‬‬

‫‪646‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -16-12‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪ , Number of Calculation point in the span=11.8‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save AS‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪OK, Standard_1:‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Reinforcement Pattern‬‬
‫‪Whole-‬‬ ‫‪.11‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Reinforcement Segment‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Beam‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bottom Rein‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‪) Layers\Number\Nmax=4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ(‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Anchorage pts‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -16-12‬‬

‫‪647‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.13‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Crossed‬ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ)ﻟﻨﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ(‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Top Rein‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪) Layers\Number\Nmax=4‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪.15‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Transversal Reinf‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -16-12‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Struct.Reinf‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫‪.17‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Shapes‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ l>=0.05‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Save-‬‬
‫‪ AS‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ)‪, OK,(sandard_2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ OK‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪Reinforcement Pattern‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation‬‬
‫‪ ,Calculation Option=Standard_1,Reinforcement parameters=Standard_2.19‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪Standard_2‬‬

‫)‪(Results Beams Design‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫‪Structure Model/RC Beams/Beam-Results‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Calculation Note‬ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍ" ﻣﻔﺼﻼ" ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺰﺋﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ) ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ(‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪2.7‬‬ ‫‪Calculation results:‬‬
‫‪2.7.1‬‬ ‫‪Internal forces in ULS‬‬

‫‪Span‬‬ ‫‪Mtmax. Mtmin. Ml‬‬ ‫‪Mp‬‬ ‫‪Ql‬‬ ‫‪Qp‬‬

‫)‪(kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip‬‬ ‫)‪(kip‬‬

‫‪648‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

P4_1 0.00 0.00 0.00 -13.82 0.00 -7.86

P5_1 57.51 0.00 -21.64 -90.78 18.72 -25.12
P6_1 67.28 0.00 -91.60 -59.28 28.19 -21.89
P7_1 0.00 0.00 -15.89 0.00 9.07 0.00

2.7.2 Internal forces in SLS

Span Mtmax Mtmin. Ml Mp Ql Qp

(kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip) (kip)
P4_1 0.00 0.00 0.00 -9.21 0.00 -5.25
P5_1 41.08 0.00 -14.12 -70.94 12.42 -17.93
P6_1 43.76 0.00 -60.51 -47.87 18.53 -16.94
P7_1 0.00 0.00 -10.44 0.00 5.95 0.00

2.7.4 Required reinforcement area

Span Span (in2) Left support (in2) Right support (in2)

top bottom top bottom Bottom top
Top bottom top bottom Bottom top
P4_1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31
P5_1 1.31 0.00 1.31 1.31 0.00 1.45
P6_1 1.31 0.00 0.00 1.46 0.00 1.31
P7_1 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31 0.00 0.00

2.7.5 Deflections

d(L) - initial live-load deflection

d(D) - initial dead-load deflection
d(LS) - initial sustained live-load deflection
d(LT) - total sustained live-load deflection
d(LT),lim - allowable deflection

Span d(L) d(D) d(LS) d(LT) d(LT),lim

(in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
P4_1 -0.0006 -0.0006 -0.0020 -0.0504=(L0/949) -2.0000
P5_1 0.0209 0.0209 0.0256 0.0731=(L0/3283) 2.0000
P6_1 0.0262 0.0262 0.0267 0.0853=(L0/2813) 2.0000
P7_1 0.0001 0.0001 -0.0021 -0.0418=(L0/1143) -2.0000
‫ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ‬Results/Drawings ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.3
(9-16-12)‫ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

649
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Pos. Reinforcement Shape Steel

5
1 3#6 l=7-7 Grade 40

0.
1-
6-6.5

0.0

5
2 3#4 l=4-6 Grade 40

7.
1.5
A B 3-10.5
1 3#6 5.5 5.5
l=7-7 3 4#3 l=2-7 1-8
Grade 40

3.
4 4#3 l=5-4

8.5
Grade 40

0
1-8

3#4
2 l=4-6
P4_1

1.5
2x10.0 2x10.0
2.0
3-6 1-0

A-A B-B

3#6 1
l=7-7
2-0

2-0
3#6 1 4#3 3
l=7-7 l=2-7

3#4 2 3#4 2
l=4-6 l=4-6

1-0 4#3 4 1-0

l=5-4

Steel Grade 40 = 55.1 lb Concrete = 8 ft3

Standard Level Beam4...7

Formwork = 21.5 ft2
Bottom cover 1.5 in Top cover 1.5 in
Side cover 1.5 in

Structure1 Section 12x24 View scale 1:50

Section scale 1:20

9 -16-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(10-16-12)‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﺰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ‬.4
Pos. Reinforcement Shape Steel

5 3#3 l=19-10 19-10 Grade 40

-5.0
0.0

C D
6 3#6 l=21-2 21-2 Grade 40
5 3#3
5.5 5.5
l=19-10 7 22#3 l=2-7.5 Grade 40
1-8.5
3.

8
8.5

22#3 l=5-5 Grade 40

0

1-8.5

V1 6 3#6 P5_1 V2
l=21-2
-1--7

0.0

11x10.0 11x10.0
9.0
1-0 18-12 1-0

C-C D-D

3#3 5 3#3 5
l=19-10 l=19-10
2-0

2-0

22#3 7 22#3 7
l=2-7.5 l=2-7.5

3#6 6 3#6 6
l=21-2 l=21-2

22#3 8 1-0 22#3 8 1-0

l=5-5 l=5-5

Steel Grade 40 = 184 lb Concrete = 40 ft3

Standard Level Beam4...7

Formwork = 99 ft2
Bottom cover 1.5 in Top cover 1.5 in
Side cover 1.5 in

Structure1 Section 12x24 View scale 1:50

Section scale 1:20

10 -16-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(11-16-12)‫ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬File/Save AS ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.5
OK ‫ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬Draw1 ‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬.6

650
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(Columns Design‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure Model/Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/RC Column Design‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,Automatically Run Calculation‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Structure Model/RC Column/Column-definition‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Story-‬‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Story Parameters‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Parameters‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) Reference level=12‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ(‪ , Sustained load action for=5,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Options‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Calculation Options‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Slenderness taken into account‬ﻟﻸﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Concrete‬‬

‫‪651‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Bar‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪List‬‬ ‫‪ Longitudinal‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪,None‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪Reinf‬‬ ‫‪.10‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪#3,#10‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪Transversal Reinf‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save AS‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‪OK, Standard_3:‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Reinforcement Pattern‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(12-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.14‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Longitudinal Bars‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Preferred bars‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻱ ‪Diameters=#4‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Transversal Bars‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Dowel Bars‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Connection to the...‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Mian Bars‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.17‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Shapes‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ l>=0.05‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Save-‬‬
‫‪ AS‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ)‪, OK,(sandard_4‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ OK‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪Reinforcement Pattern‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Structure/Bucking Length‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫‪652‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪Y‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Direction Y‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪.19‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪OK‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ‪ , K=0.8‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪.20‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.21‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺗﲔ )‪ (19,20‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Close,Apply, Z‬‬
‫‪.22‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation‬‬
‫‪Reinforcement parameters=Standard_4.23‬‬
‫‪ ,Calculation Option=Standard_3‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟـﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧـﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪Standard_4‬‬

‫)‪(Results Column Design‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Governing Case‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗـﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(13-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Structure Model/RC Columns/Column-Results‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(14-16-12‬‬

‫‪653‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

14 -16-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﰒ‬Results/Calculation Note ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.3
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﻔﺼ ﹰ‬OK ‫ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬,(‫ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺰﺋﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ) ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
2.4 Loads:
Case Nature Group gf N Myu Myl Myi Mzu Mzl Mzi
(kip) (kip*ft ) (kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip*ft) (kip*ft)
DL1 dead load 2 1.40 11.49 0.27 -0.16 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00
DL2 dead load 2 1.40 16.10 -0.10 0.08 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
LL1 live load 2 1.40 5.81 -2.86 1.64 -1.15 0.00 0.00 0.00
LL2 live load 2 1.40 7.97 3.91 -2.22 1.56 0.00 0.00 0.00
WIND1 wind 2 1.40 -3.51 -16.55 17.24 6.90 0.00 0.00 0.00
WIND2 wind 2 1.40 -0.48 -3.30 3.49 1.40 0.00 0.00 0.00
gf - load factor
2.5 Calculation results:
2.5.1 Slenderness analysis
Direction Y: Non-sway structure
Direction Z: Non-sway structure
lu (ft) k*lu (ft) k
Direction Y: 13.00 10.40 0.80
Direction Z: 13.00 10.40 0.80
k*luy/ry =36.03 Short column (slenderness not taken into account).
k*luz/rz =36.03 Slender column.
2.5.2 ULS Analysis

654
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Design combination: 0.90DL1+0.90DL2+1.05LL1+1.05WIND1

N = 27.23 (kip) My = 0.00 (kip*ft) Mz = 0.00 (kip*ft)
• Eccentricity: ey (in) ez (in)
static e0: 0.00 -8.92
total etot: 0.00 0.00
Reinforcement - required area: A = 0.72 (in2)
Ratio: m = 1.09 %
2.6 Reinforcement:
Main bars (Grade 60):
• 8 #4 l = 14.83 (ft)

Transversal reinforcement (Grade 60):

stirrups: 40 #3 l = 3.23 (ft)
pins
‫ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ‬Results/Drawings ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.4
(15-16-12)‫ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Pos. Reinforcement Shape Steel

1 8#4 l=14-10 14-10 Grade 60

2.0

8.5
2 40#3 l=3-3 8.5 Grade 60

A
12-12
19x8.0

A-A
11-0

1 8#4 l=14-10

2
1-0

l=3-3 40#3

12-0
1-0
2.0

1-0

Tel. Fax Steel Grade 60 = 128 lb Concrete = 11 ft3

Standard Level Column2

Formwork = 44 ft2
Cover 1.5 in

Structure1 Section 12x12 View scale 1/33

Section scale 1/10

15 -16-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Project Component Save ‫ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬File/Save AS ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬.5
OK ‫ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬Draw_2 ‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬.6

655
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Changing Structure Geometry And Type‬‬ ‫‪-2-16-12‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﻫﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫ﻟـﻨﻐﲑ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨـﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(16-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Structure Model/Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Structure Type‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(17-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(Shell Design‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.4‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Y‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪,Numbering=(Define,Level1),0‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪Position=(2),Numbering=(Define,Level2),Insert‬‬
‫‪Position=(20),Numbering=(Define,Level3),Insert‬‬

‫‪656‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪.6‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Ctrl+A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(18-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪Number of- ,‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Translation vector‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ )‪ dx;dy;dz=(0,20,0‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪, Repetitions=2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Execute‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Projection/3D xyz‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(19-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Members Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪657‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Structure Model/Bars‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪New-‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Bars‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Section‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Section‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(20-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -16-12‬‬

‫‪family = W ,AISC‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Database‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫)‪ , Section Type= Steel ,Section= W (8 × 15‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ ‪Close,‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ Bar Type=Beam , W (8 × 15‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪: Beginning ,End‬‬
‫)‪(E,Level1,3)_(E,Level2,3):(44,0,21)_(44,20,21‬‬
‫)‪(E,Level2,3)_(E,Level3,3):(44,20,21)_(44,40,21‬‬
‫)‪(C,Level1,5)_(C,Level2,5):(20,0,28)_(20,20,28‬‬
‫)‪(C,Level2,5)_(C,Level3,5):(20,20,28)_(20,40,28‬‬
‫)‪(A,Level1,3)_(A,Level2,3):(-4,0,21)_(-4,20,21‬‬
‫)‪(A,Level2,3)_(A,Level3,3):(-4,20,21)_(-4,40,21‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(21-16-12‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬

‫‪658‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -16-12‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫)‪(Slab Definition‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Work Plane‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(22-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(-4,0,12‬‬‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Z‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/XY‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Objects/Polyline-Contour‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Polyline-Contour‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(23-16-12‬‬

‫‪659‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -16-12‬‬

‫‪Geometry‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Contour‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻴﻂ( ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ (A,Level1):(-4,0,12) :‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪(E,Level1):(44,0,12),Add‬‬
‫‪(E,Level3):(44,40,12),Add‬‬
‫‪(A,Level3):(-4,40,12),Add‬‬
‫‪(A,Level1): (-4,0,12),Add‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Panels‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Panels‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(24-16-12‬‬

‫‪660‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ‪ ,Thickness‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ ) Homogeneous‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ , Th=12‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪,Material=CONCR‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close , Add‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Internal Point‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﲟﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(25-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(Offsets Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬

‫‪661‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(26-16-12‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪View/Display‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Finite Element‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Thickness‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Section_Shape‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK, Apply‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Additional Attributes/Offsets‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(27-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -16-12‬‬

‫‪offset_1‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪, New‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﺣﺔ ‪ Offset‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Label‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ UZ‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﻗـﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻝ ‪) (-18 in) Offset‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺒﻼﻃﺔ‪+‬ﻧـﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ( ﻭﻋﻜﺴﺎ" ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪) Z‬ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ(ﺣﻴﺚ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Close, Add,Global‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Current Selection‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ Offset‬ﳍﺎ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(28-16-12‬‬

‫‪662‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪28 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(Concrete Wall Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪(40,0,0‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ X‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/YZ‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Objects/Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Contour‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻴﻂ( ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Geometry‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫‪(40,0,0),(40,6,8),(40,12,8),(40,12,0),(40,28,0),(40,28,8),(40,34,8),(40,34,0),(40,40,0),‬‬
‫)‪(40,40,12),(40,0,12),(40,0,0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(29-16-12‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪ Close‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪29 -16-12‬‬

‫‪Panels‬‬‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Panels‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ‪,Thickness‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪New Thickness‬‬

‫‪663‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.10‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ ) Homogeneous‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ( ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ , Th=25‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ‪ ,Material=CONCR‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close , Add‬‬
‫‪) Reinforcement=Dir_Z.11‬ﳝﻜـﻨﻚ ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ(‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(30-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪30 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Internal Point‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﲟﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪(Support Definition Under The Wall‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Supports‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .Line‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Ctrl‬ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ),‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ( ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Close , Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Loads Definition On Concrete Slab‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Load-‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Types‬‬
‫‪LL3‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪: New, Nature‬ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL3‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Load/Load Definition‬‬

‫‪664‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Surface‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ( ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ ( Pz = −0.28kip / ft 2 ) Z‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔـﺄﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ)‪) (Panel‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ( ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﺔ‪ :‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪ (Panel‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Finite element‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Number and panel description‬‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Loads Combinations‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load/Combinations‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﹼﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(31-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪31 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ULS‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Combination Type‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Combinations‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(32-16-12‬‬

‫‪665‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪32 -16-12‬‬

‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ‪ live‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫‪ Factor‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪definition‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(33-16-12‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪33 -16-12‬‬

‫‪Change‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Factor‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)‪(Definition Of Meshing Options‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪Tools/Job Preferences/Structure Analysis/Mashing-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Options‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Modification‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Meshing Option‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫‪666‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪.(34-16-12‬‬
‫‪Delaunay‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available meshing methods‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Mesh generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Automatic‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫‪ , Division1=10.5‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪34 -16-12‬‬

‫‪Job Preferences‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪.8‬ﻟـﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ )‪ (Panel‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Meshing Options‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Automatic, Delaunay‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪ , Division1=15,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Local Mesh Generation‬‬ ‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪667‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫)‪(Results In Maps Form‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL3‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Maps‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻟﻼﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Displacements-u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Z‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Color palette‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Apply, Basic‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(35-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪35 -16-12‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Diagrams for Bars‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ NTM‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Fz Force‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ Z‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫‪668‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Deformation‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(36-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪36 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(Results In The Table Form‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Results/Plate and Shell Results‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Table Columns‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Stresses-s‬ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪xx‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ‪ Shear Forces-Q‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪xx‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ‪ Displacement u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Z‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Results‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Panel/Node‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Layer selection‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Lower‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ DL1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻗـﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ"ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ )‪(X,Y‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ )‪ (Mxy‬ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(37-16-12‬‬

‫‪669‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪37 -16-12‬‬

‫)‪(Stresses Analysis For All Structure Bars‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪Results/Stress Analysis/Stress Analysis-Structure‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ DL1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Diagrams‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪ Max ,Min‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(38-16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪38 -16-12‬‬

‫‪Deformation‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Maps-Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Stress Analysis/Stress Maps‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪(39-16-12‬‬

‫‪670‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪39 -16-12‬‬

‫‪671‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-17-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪(AISC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kip) , (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -17-12‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ) Robot‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.( New‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ , -22‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Insert‬‬
‫)‪(-18),(0),(18),(22‬‬
‫‪ Numbering =A,B,C...‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Y‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪,Insert‬‬
‫)‪(20),(40),(60),(80‬‬
‫‪ Numbering =A,B,C...‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫‪672‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Z‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Insert‬‬
‫)‪(12),(18),(22‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply‬‬‫‪ Numbering =1,2,3...‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Bars‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -17-12‬‬
‫‪Column‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Bar Type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Section‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪W (8 × 28‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )‪ (...‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Section‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Add‬ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪(A1,A3)_(E1,E3): Beginning, End‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺃﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔـﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ‪ Bar Type‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ‪ Beam‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪. W (10 × 45‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻠﲔ ‪(A3,C4)_(E3,C4): Beginning, End‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Divide‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Division‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(3-17-12‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Division‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Into N Parts‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺇﱃ ‪ N‬ﺟﺰﺀ(‪Number of segments=3,‬‬
‫‪,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Generate node...division‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪.12‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‪Close,‬‬

‫‪673‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -17-12‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Geometry/Additional Attributes/Brackets‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺄﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(4-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -17-12‬‬

‫‪674‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Bracket‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Length(L)=0.2,Plates‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬ ‫‪, Name=Barcket_1.15‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

‫‪Type‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Bar‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Brackets‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬

‫‪Supports‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Point/Node‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Supports‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻱ )‪ (1,3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Close , Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Using Program Options‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫‪Structure Model/Start‬‬‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Work in 3D xyz‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ (CTRL+A), Edit/Select All‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(5-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -17-12‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ dx,dy,dz=(0,20,0) :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪,‬‬
‫‪, Number of Repetition=4‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Execute‬‬

‫‪675‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (6-17-12‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -17-12‬‬
‫)‪(22,0,18‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/YZ‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ,Bar Type=Beam, Section= W (8 × 15) .10‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(A3,B3)_(B3,C3)_(C3,D3)_(D3,E3‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ )‪Apply, (-22,0,18‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ)‪ (10‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪.13‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (0,0,22‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Work Plane‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/YZ‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (10‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ‪(A4,B4)_(B4,C4)_(C4,D4)_(D4,E4):‬‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure Model/Bars‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Work in 3D/Local System Definition by 3 Point‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪, (7-17-12‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬

‫‪676‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -17-12‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ Point Definition(ft‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪, P1:(22,0,18)_P2:(22,20,18)_P3:(0,0,22‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bar Type=Beam, Section= W (6 × 9) : Bars‬ﰒ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪.20‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Exit‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(8-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -17-12‬‬
‫‪.21‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.22‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Correct‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(9-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -17-12‬‬

‫‪677‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫‪.23‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪.24‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Work Plane‬ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪Apply, (22,0,18‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.25‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/YZ‬‬
‫‪.26‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ)‪ (10‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪,Bar Type=Simple Bar, Section= C (4 × 5.4‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‪ (A1,B3)_(B1,A3)_(D1,E3)_(E1,D3):‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.27‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure Model/Start‬‬
‫‪.28‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/3D xyz‬‬
‫‪.29‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Edit/Edit/Translate‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ )‪Close, Execute, dx,dy,dz=(-44,0,0‬‬

‫‪.30‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Selection‬ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(10-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -17-12‬‬

‫‪.31‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Releases‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Releases‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(11-17-12‬‬

‫‪678‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -17-12‬‬

‫‪.32‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ,Pinned-Pinned‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Selection‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Releases‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫)‪ C (4 × 5.4‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.33‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry\Additional Attributes\Advanced Bar-‬‬
‫‪ Properties‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Advanced Properties‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(12-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -17-12‬‬

‫‪.34‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Tension Bar‬ﰒ ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪, Truss bar-only...act‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪bar list‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪679‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪,‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫‪Load Types‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ , DL1,DL2‬ﲪﻮﻟﱵ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ‪,Wind1,Wind2‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺛﻠﺞ‪,SN1‬ﲪﻮﻟﺘﲔ ﺣﻴﺘﲔ‬
‫‪LL1,LL2‬‬
‫‪ Loads\Load‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪Table‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ , Load Case‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ‪ Self-Weight‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪.5‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ) DL2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ( ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪Load-‬‬
‫‪ type‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Uniform Load‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ(‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ List‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ , Pz=-0.25 ,‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﹼﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(13-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -17-12‬‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Loads Combinations‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Job Preference‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(14-17-12‬‬

‫‪680‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -17-12‬‬

‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Codes\Actions‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ LRFD‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪ Code combinations‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ‪. LRFD‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load/Code Combinations‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(15-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -17-12‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(16-17-12‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Groups‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Nature=live‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘـﻞ ‪ Operator‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ LL2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Create a group from cases‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪(2‬‬

‫‪681‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -17-12‬‬

‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Relations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Nature=live‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪ Operator‬ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ )‪ or(excl‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(17-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -17-12‬‬

‫‪.7‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Simplified Combinations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪,Reaction,MY,MZ‬‬
‫‪Simplified Combinations‬‬
‫‪Close, All Bars ,All Nodes‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪Selection‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪682‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Tools/Job preferences‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Structure Analysis‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ,DSC algorithm‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ )‪(Structure Analysis Results‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Results/Results‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ NTM‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ FX Force‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Apply‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagrams‬ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ )ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ‪(...‬‬
‫)‪(Modal Analysis‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‬
‫‪Analysis/Analysis Type‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define a new case‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ Modal_1‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Modal‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Yes‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Analysis Mode‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Modal‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Method‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Lanczos Algorithm‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Mass Matrix‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Lumped with Rotations‬‬
‫‪(Number of Modes=10,Tolerance=0.0001,Damping=0.05‬‬
‫)‪Number of Iterations=40,Participation Masses :Inactive‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculations‬‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ )‪(Analysis of Vibration Eigenmodes‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ Modal_1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ‪ Mode3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Diagrams for Bars‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Deformation‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪,Diagram scale for 1(in)=1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪, Number of frames/second=10, Number of frames=15.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Start‬‬

‫‪683‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Results/Advanced/Modal Analysis‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺑﺎﻟـﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Table Columns‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(18-17-12‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Eigenvectors‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ‪OK, Ux,Rz‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪OK,‬‬‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Screen Captures‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Printout Composition‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(19-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -17-12‬‬

‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Screen Captures‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Dynamic...Case‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪684‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪(Time History Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Analysis Type‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Define a new case‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ Time_1‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Time history analysis‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(20-17-12‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Function definition‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Name‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪Wind blast‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Points‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ"ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‪Add‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪= 0 ⇒ F (T ) = 0‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪= 0.1 ⇒ F (T ) = 1‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪= 0.2 ⇒ F (T ) = 0‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪= 1 ⇒ F (T ) = 0‬‬
‫‪Close‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -17-12‬‬

‫‪685‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪OK, Add‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Case‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ Wind1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Analysis Type‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Advanced/Time History Analysis-Diagrams‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Diagram Definition‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(21-17-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -17-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Add‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Node=5, Uz‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪ Displacement_Uz_5‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Open new window‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(22-17-12‬‬

‫‪686‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -17-12‬‬

‫‪687‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Concrete Container‬‬ ‫‪-18-12‬ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)‪(ft),(kip‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(1-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -18-12‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Insert‬‬
‫‪(20) ..Insert‬‬
‫‪(40) .. Insert‬‬
‫‪ Numbering =1,2,3...‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Y‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪,Insert: (20), Insert‬‬
‫‪ Numbering =A,B,C...‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Z‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪,Numbering=(Define,Level1),0‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Insert‬‬
‫)‪Insert: (10),Numbering=(Define,Level2‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View\Projection\3D xyz‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(2-18-12‬‬

‫‪688‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -18-12‬‬
‫‪Geometry/Properties/Thickness‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Homogeneous‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ( ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪, Th=10‬‬
‫‪ Label=TH10_CONCR‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪,Th=12,Elastic Foundation=320 :‬‬
‫‪, Material=Concrete ,Label=TH12_CONCR‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Add‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪FE Thickness‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-18-12‬‬ ‫‪.9‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -18-12‬‬
‫‪Name=Dir_x, Along X axis‬‬ ‫‪.10‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ General‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪689‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close, Add, Cracking‬‬‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ SLS Parameters‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪.12‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (9,10,11‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‪, Name=Dir_z‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪AlongZ-‬‬
‫‪, Axis‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ" ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪ SLS Parameters‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Cracking‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Close, Add‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Plate/Shell ...Type‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ)‪ (1,B,Level1‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ Apply, (0,20,0‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -18-12‬‬
‫‪View/Projection/ZX‬‬‫‪.15‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Objects/Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Contour‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻴﻂ( ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Geometry‬‬
‫‪.18‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛـﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪(1,Level2):(0,20,10‬‬
‫)‪(2,Level2):(20,20,10‬‬
‫)‪(2,Level1):(20,20,0‬‬
‫)‪(1,Level1):(0,20,0‬‬
‫)‪(1,Level2): (0,20,10‬‬
‫‪.19‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(20,20,10),(40,20,10),(40,20,0),(20,20, 0),(20,20,10‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫‪.20‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/3D xyz‬‬
‫‪.21‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Panels‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Panels‬‬
‫‪.22‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Properties‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪,Reinforcement=Dir_Z:‬‬
‫‪Thickness=TH10_CONCR‬‬
‫‪ Internal‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﲟﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪.23‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Point‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(5-18-12‬‬

‫‪690‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -18-12‬‬
‫‪View/Work in 3D/Global Work Plane‬‬ ‫‪.24‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.25‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/XY‬‬
‫‪.26‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Objects/Polyline-Contour‬‬
‫‪.27‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Contour‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﳏﻴﻂ( ‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Geometry‬‬
‫‪.28‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪(1,B):(0,20,0‬‬
‫)‪(2,B):(20,20,0‬‬
‫)‪(2,A):(20,0,0‬‬
‫)‪(1,A):(0,0,0‬‬
‫)‪(1,B): (0,20,0‬‬
‫‪.29‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(20,20,0),(40,20,0),(40,0,0), (20,0,0),(20,20,0‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Close‬‬
‫‪.30‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/3D xyz‬‬
‫‪.31‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Panels‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Panels‬‬
‫‪.32‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Properties‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪, Reinforcement=Dir_X :‬‬
‫‪Thickness=TH12_CONCR‬‬
‫‪ Internal‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﲟﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.33‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪Point‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(6-18-12‬‬

‫‪691‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -18-12‬‬
‫‪.34‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (25,26,27,28,30,31,32,33‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Th=10_CONCR‬ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪ (0,0,0)_(0,0,10)_(0,20,10)_(0,20,0)_(0,0,0):‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(7-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -18-12‬‬
‫‪.35‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ" ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Edit/Edit/Translate‬‬
‫‪, Number of repetition=2, dx,dy,dz=(20,0,0).36‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Execute‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(8-18-12‬‬

‫‪692‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -18-12‬‬
‫‪Number of-‬‬ ‫‪.37‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﰒ ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ)‪ (36‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪, dx,dy,dz=(0,-20,0‬‬
‫‪, repetition=1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Execute‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(9-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -18-12‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﻬﺗﺎ)‪Close, Add, (20,10,0‬‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪.38‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪New‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Supports‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(10-18-12‬‬

‫‪693‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Add‬‬‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪, Label=Support_1, UX,UY,RZ‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ , Line‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ‪, Support_1‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Point/Nide‬ﰒ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ )‪ , (1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‪Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Meshing Options‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Tools/Job Preferences/Structure Analysis/Mashing-‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫‪Options‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Modification‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Meshing Option‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(11-18-12‬‬
‫‪Coons‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available meshing methods‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Mesh generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) User‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫‪ , Division1= Division1=6.5‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬

‫‪694‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Job Preferences‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Loads‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ Load Types‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(12-18-12‬‬

‫‪695‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -18-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪: New, Nature‬‬
‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪,DL1‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ‪,LL1,LL2‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪TEMP1‬‬

‫‪Z‬‬‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ‪ DL1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL1‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load/Load Definition‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬

‫)ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ(‪,‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪) Surface‬ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ( ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪, Liquid level h=7,Unite weight of liquid=0.15,Pressure ValyeP=(0.1):‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Add‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL2‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.7‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (6‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪Liquid level ,Unite weight of liquid=0.12,Pressure ValyeP=(0):‬‬
‫‪, h=10‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺍﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(13-18-12‬‬

‫‪696‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -18-12‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ )‪(Panel‬ﻭﻣﻘﺒﻀﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫‪Number and panel description‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Finite element‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ TEMP1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Surface‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ‪ Uniform‬ﺛﹸﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ Gradietnt=30‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Add‬ﻭﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪Close,‬‬

‫)‪(Definition Of Loads Combinations‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﹼﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Load/Combinations‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(14-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -18-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ULS‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Combination Type‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(15-18-12‬‬

‫‪697‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Factor‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪definition‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Combination Factors‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(16-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Change‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Factor‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis Results‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ" ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪698‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Maps‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻟﻼﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Displacements-u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪Z‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Scale‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Color palette‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪, Automatic scale‬‬
‫‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(17-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Results/Plate and shell Results‬‬‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Table Columns‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Detailed‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Displacements-u,w‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(18-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -18-12‬‬

‫‪699‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Calculation Reinforcement Container‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ‬

‫‪View/Projection/XY‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Select‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(19-18-12‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋـﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Panel‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Attrib‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Thickness‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪ Th12_CONCR‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫‪Close,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Analysis/RC Plate and shell Design/Required-‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Reinforcement‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(20-18-12‬‬
‫‪Open-‬‬ ‫]‪ [-‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Reinforcement‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Ay‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ‪Bottom‬‬
‫‪New Window With Scale Display‬‬
‫‪ULS‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Plate and shell Reinforcement‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ)‪ (...‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -18-12‬‬

‫‪700‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Close,‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ LL2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪.8‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Method‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Analysis‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(21-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -18-12‬‬

‫)‪(Program Options‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Meshing Options‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Available meshing methods‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Coons‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Mesh generation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) User‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫‪ , Division1= Division2=12.4‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculations‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﻮﱄ‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Mesh Freeze‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/ZX‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤـﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Work Plane‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ (22-18-12‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ‪ZX‬‬

‫‪701‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Geometry/Objects/Circle‬‬‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.11‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ )‪ (center-radius‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Geometry‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ )‪, Point P=(30,0,5‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪Close,Apply, Radius=2.5‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(23-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -18-12‬‬

‫‪.13‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Analysis/Calculation Model/Generation‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Projection/3D xyz‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ , View/Display‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪Hidden lines‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Hidden lines‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK, Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(24-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -18-12‬‬

‫‪Analysis/Calculations‬‬ ‫‪.16‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪702‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(25-18-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -18-12‬‬

‫‪703‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-19-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪(AISC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪(Kip) , (ft) :‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -19-12‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫)‪(Program Options‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Preferences‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Preferences‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(2-19-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Languages‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Preferences‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Regional setting‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ United states‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Accept‬‬

‫‪704‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪2 -19-12‬‬
‫‪Job Preferences‬‬ ‫‪ Tools/Job‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪Preferences‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(3-19-12‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code\Action‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Job Preferences‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -19-12‬‬
‫)‪(Structure Geometric Model Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪.1‬ﻧـﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Start‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Geometry/Axis Definition‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ X‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ Numbering‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ‪A,B,C‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Position=0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Insert‬‬

‫‪705‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪(Insert, Position=32), (Insert, Position=18).4‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﻭﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪,( Insert, Position=0) :‬‬
‫)‪ Numbering=1,2,3,( Insert, Position=14),( Insert, Position=10.5‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Apply‬‬
‫‪ Close‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Structure Axis Modification‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪View/Zoom/Zoom All‬‬

‫)‪(Structure Axis Modification‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Structure Axis Modification‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -19-12‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Distance‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪, (2):B‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)‪(Columns And Beams Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ , New Section‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪ AISC‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ , Section Type= Steel , Section = W (8 × 28) , family = W , Database‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Add‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻭﺑـﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳـﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ , W (10 × 45) :‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ , Section=2.5, Family=P‬ﰒ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry\Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪Bars‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ W (8 × 28‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ (C1,C2),(B1,B3),(A1,A3) :Beginning , End‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ W (10 × 45‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ‪(C2,B2) Beginning , End‬‬

‫‪706‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫)‪(Truss Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Objects/Arc‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Arc‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(5-19-12‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ‪ Begin-Middle-End‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻗﻮﺱ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Geometry‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪Begin=(0,14),Middle=(10,16),End=(20,14‬‬
‫‪Sides=10‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Parameters‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Fixed number‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -19-12‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺣـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Translate‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(6-19-12‬‬
‫‪, dx,dz=0,10.7‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Copy‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Execute‬‬

‫‪707‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -19-12‬‬
‫‪View/Zoom/Zoom All‬‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.9‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Tables‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪OK, Node‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Windows/Tile Horizonally‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nodes‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Fill Special‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(7-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -19-12‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪.12‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (14‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ Z(ft‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬

‫‪708‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.13‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Nodes‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(8-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -19-12‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺗﲔ ﰲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﱵ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Edit/Correct‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(9-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪9 -19-12‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ , Geometric Center‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (0.03‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Precision‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪Close , Apply‬‬

‫‪Bars‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ Geometry/Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪.16‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.17‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪Sanp-‬‬
‫‪ Settings/Snap Settings‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(10-19-12‬‬

‫‪709‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪10 -19-12‬‬

‫‪Snap Settings‬‬ ‫‪.18‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ None‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Nodes‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.19‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Section=P2.5, Bar Type =Simple Bar‬‬
‫‪.20‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Beginning‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(11-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪11 -19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(12-19-12‬‬ ‫‪.21‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Bars‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪710‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪12 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.22‬ﻣـﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ )ﻣﻨﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ( ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Geometry/Releases‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(13-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪13 -19-12‬‬

‫‪ Current‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫‪Selection‬‬ ‫‪.23‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Pinned-Pinned‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Support Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Support‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(14-19-12‬‬

‫‪711‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪14 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ )‪ (Fixed‬ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪ 1,3,5‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺫﻭ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﲔ ‪ ,‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪New support definition‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ (...‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫)‪(Loads Definition‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Laods‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(15-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪15 -19-12‬‬

‫‪DL1‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ‬

‫‪712‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪DL2,DL3‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ‬

‫‪.4‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ‪ LL1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ Nature=Live‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪New‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Nature‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Wind‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ‪ Wind1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ‪ New‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪List of Defined Cases‬‬
‫‪New‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ‪ SN1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ Nature=Snow‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Load/Load‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ DL2‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪ Load‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Definition‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Load Definition‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(16-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪16 -19-12‬‬

‫ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(17-19-12‬‬

‫‪713‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪17 -19-12‬‬

‫‪ (Pz=-0.7‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬ ‫)‪kip/ft‬‬‫‪.9‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ Apply to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )‪ , (4‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Node‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(18-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.11‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Pz=-1.4 kip‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫‪714‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ DL3‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.13‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(19-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪19 -19-12‬‬

‫‪Absolute‬‬ ‫‪.14‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Fz=-0.5 kip‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (X=6 ft‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )‪, (4‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (13,14‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )‪ X=12,(Fz=-0.5‬ﻭﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪.16‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Node‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Pz=-0.5 kip‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.17‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ LL3‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(20-19-12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪.18‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪715‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪20 -19-12‬‬

‫‪(Fz1=-0.35 kip,Fz2=-0.7 Kip,X1=0,X2=0.5):FZ‬‬ ‫‪.19‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Relative‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )‪, (4‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.20‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (18,19‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪(Fz1=-0.7 Kip,Fz2=-0.35 Kip,X1=0.5,X2=1):‬‬
‫‪.21‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ SN1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪.22‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Pz=-0.35 kip/ft‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )‪ , (4‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Z‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪.23‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Node‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Pz=-0.15 kip‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ‪,‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ,‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪(Structure Modification‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(21-19-12‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬

‫‪716‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪21 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Edit/Edit/Translate‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﻟﺮ ‪ Translate‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(22-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪22 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ )‪ dx,dz=(-20,0‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Execute‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(23-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪23 -19-12‬‬

‫)‪(Additional Loads Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ Wind1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬

‫‪717‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Bar‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (Px=0.15 kip/ft‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, Add‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Apply to‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ )‪, (43‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Loads Combination Definition‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Load/Combinations‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(24-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪24 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ULS‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Combination Type‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(25-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪25 -19-12‬‬

‫‪718‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ Factor‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬ ‫‪Definition‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﻟﺘﻐـﻴﲑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(26-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪26 -19-12‬‬

‫‪Change‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Factor‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.4‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(26-19-12‬‬

‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(27-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪27 -19-12‬‬

‫‪Close, Apply‬‬ ‫‪.6‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)‪(Structure Analysis‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪719‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘـﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Analysis/Calculations‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫)‪(Results In Diagrams Form‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ SN1‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Results/Diagrams For Bars‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Deformation‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‪ Deformation‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(28-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪28 -19-12‬‬

‫)‪(Results In The Table Form‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Results\Displacements‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Filters‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(29-19-12‬‬

‫‪720‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪29 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Case‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ SN1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ Wind1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.6‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (5‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪LL1‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Displacements‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪Table-‬‬
‫‪ Columns‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Nodal Value Selection‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Displacements‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ RY,UX‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪, OK‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ X‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪ Y‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(30-19-12‬‬

‫‪721‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪30 -19-12‬‬

‫)‪(Dimensions Lines‬‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪Structure Model/Start‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Display‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Display‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Structure‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ Support Symbols‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Section‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Section Shape‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Tools/Dimension Lines‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(31-19-12‬‬

‫‪722‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪31 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Beginning‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (-2‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Distance‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (5‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪. (32-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪32 -19-12‬‬

‫)‪(Code Parameters Steel Design‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﱐ‬
‫‪Geometry/Code- Parameters/Steel\Aluminum Member‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ Type‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(33-19-12‬‬

‫‪723‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪33 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‪ (New‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Member Definition Parameters‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(34-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪34 -19-12‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Buckling Length Coeff.Y‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫)‪.(35-19-12‬‬

‫‪724‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪35 -19-12‬‬

‫‪(1) =Y‬‬‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (3,4‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Buckling Length Coeff.Z‬‬
‫‪ Member-‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪.6‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Member Definition Parameters‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪Type‬‬
‫‪ Beam1‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ USE‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(36-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪36 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ )‪ Member Deflection(Local System‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ Z,X‬ﻫﻮ )‪, (L/200‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Member Definition-Parameters‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Save‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Member Type‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Lines/Bars‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (All‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close, Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Steel Member Verification And Design‬‬ ‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪725‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Structure Design/Steel/Aluminum Design‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Member verification‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪.2‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(37-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪37 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﳍﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Close‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Load Case Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺘﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Limit State‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Ultimate‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Configuration‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Configuration‬‬
‫‪ Number Of Point=3,Efficiency Ratio=1,Maximum Slenderness=210‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(38-19-12‬‬

‫‪726‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪38 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calc.Note‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪.Printout‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﻗﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪ Printout‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ OK‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ File/Save AS‬ﻟﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ Calculation_Note_1.rtf‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Save‬‬

‫)‪(Group Definition_Verification Optimization‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ_ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﻣـﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Definitions‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Group‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ New‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫‪.2‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪Number=1, Name=Columns‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Member‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨِﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Material=Steel carbon Fy36- ksi,Ctrl‬‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Save‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.5‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )‪ (4‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪Beam‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪Diagonals‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2,3,4,5‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪Members‬‬
‫‪.8‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code Group Verification‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ List‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Code Group Selection‬‬
‫‪.9‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ‪Close,‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(39-19-12‬‬

‫‪727‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪39 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Calculations‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Code Group Design‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ List‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪Code Group Selection‬‬
‫‪.12‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ" ‪Close,‬‬
‫‪.13‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Load Case Selection‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ,‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ All‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺘﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ,‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.14‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Optimization‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻒ ﻭﺯﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(40-19-12‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Options‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪40 -19-12‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﲣﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Configuration‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪.15‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Calculation‬ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌـﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(41-19-12‬‬

‫‪728‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪41 -19-12‬‬

‫)‪(Stress Analysis‬‬ ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪Results/Sterss Analysis-Bars‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.2‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Stress Analysis‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪) Bar Number=(4‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ(‪ Load Case=SN1,‬ﰒ ﺓﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ SN1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(42-19-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪42 -19-12‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/3D View‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(43-19-12‬‬

‫‪729‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪43 -19-12‬‬

‫‪730‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-20-12‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﺘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫)‪(Definition Of a Solid/Thin -Walled Sections‬‬
‫)‪(ft),(kip‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫)‪(Solid Sections‬‬ ‫‪-1-20-12‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﺘﺔ‬
‫‪.1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪File/New Section/Solid Sections‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ View/Grid Step‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪Dx=Dy=0.2‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply,‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(1-20-12‬‬ ‫‪.3‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪1 -20-12‬‬
‫‪Close, Apply, center=(0,0),Radius=4:‬‬ ‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Contour\Properties‬‬
‫‪Cancel, Apply, Material=STEEL.6‬‬
‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Results\Geometric Properties\Results‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(2-20-12‬‬

‫‪731‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

2 -20-12 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬Additional Calculation ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬.8
Torsional constant(Ix),Shear rigidty-
Calculate ‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬, factors(Ix),Shear area (Wy,Wz)
‫ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺹ‬Calculation Note ‫ﺍﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬.9
:‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
1. SECTION ANALYSIS

Geometry description

732
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Z Y Point no.
1 -4.00 in 0.00 in Angle = 180.0 Deg
2 4.00 in 0.00 in Angle = 180.0 Deg
General results
Area A = 50.265 in2
Center of gravity Yc = 0.00 in
Zc = 0.00 in
Perimeter S = 25.13 in
Base material STEEL
E = 29000.00 ksi
den = 490.00 lb/ft3
WU = 0.17 kip/ft
Principal system
Angle alpha = 0.0 Deg
Moments of inertia Ix = 398.911 in4
Iy = 201.062 in4
Iz = 201.062 in4
Radiuses of inertia iy = 2.00 in
iz = 2.00 in
Shear rigidity factor Ay = 45.239 in2
Az = 45.239 in2
Shear area Wy = 37.699 in2
Wz = 37.699 in2
Maximum distances Vy = 4.00 in
Vpy = 4.00 in
Vz = 4.00 in
Vpz = 4.00 in
Central system
Moments of inertia Iyc = 201.062 in4
Izc = 201.062 in4
Iyczc = -0.000 in4
Radiuses of inertia iyc = 2.00 in
izc = 2.00 in
Maximum distances Vyc = 4.00 in
Vpyc = 4.00 in
Vzc = 4.00 in
Vpzc = 4.00 in
Arbitrary system
System position yc' = 0.00 in Angle = 0.0 Deg
zc' = 0.00 in
Moments of inertia Iy' = 201.062 in4
Iz' = 201.062 in4
Iy'z' = -0.000 in4
Radiuses of inertia iyc = 2.00 in
izc = 2.00 in
First moments of area Sy' = 0.000 in3
Sz' = 0.000 in3
Maximum distances Vy' = 4.00 in
Vpy' = 4.00 in
Vz' = 4.00 in

733
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪Vpz' = 4.00 in‬‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪.10‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪ File/Save to Databases‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(3-20-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪3 -20-12‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Database=User , Name =Circ,Dimension1=4,Dimension2=0.2,‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫‪, Dimension3=0.2,Section Type= :h=4,t=0.2‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪.12‬ﳝﻜـﻨﻚ ﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Stress Analysis-bars‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.13‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ Stress Analysis‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Cross Section‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤـﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳـﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﱪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (Fx,Fy,Fz,Mx,My,Mz,Bx‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(4-20-12‬‬

‫‪734‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪4 -20-12‬‬
‫‪.14‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Point‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬

‫)‪(Thin-Walled Sections‬‬ ‫‪-2-20-12‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(5-20-12‬‬ ‫‪.2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪.4‬ﺃﺩﺧـﻞ ﲰﺎﻛـﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ Thickness=0.08‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫‪ Apply‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬

‫‪735‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪5 -20-12‬‬
‫‪P1=(0,0),Apply‬‬
‫‪P2=(3,0),Apply‬‬
‫‪P2=(0,-3),Apply‬‬
‫‪P2=(3,-3),Apply‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Geometric Properties/Results‬‬
‫‪.6‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪Results/Geometric-‬‬
‫‪ Properties/Graphical Results‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(6-20-12‬‬

‫‪736‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪6 -20-12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪(7-20-12‬‬ ‫‪.7‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ )‪ Omega (s‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Close, Apply‬ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪7 -20-12‬‬

‫‪737‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.8‬ﳝﻜـﻨﻚ ﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ Stress Analysis-bars‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.9‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ Stress Analysis‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Cross Section‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤـﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳـﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﱪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (Fx,Fy,Fz,Mx,My,Mz,Bx‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪.(8-20-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪8 -20-12‬‬
‫‪.10‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ Point‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪Apply‬‬
‫‪.11‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Table‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‪738‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬:1 ‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬

Begins A New Structure Definition ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬

Opens Existing Project Files ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
Finish The Work In The 'Link To Robot Link To Robot Load Report ‫ﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬‫ﺇ‬
Load Report' Mode
Saves The Structure And Its Components
To A File
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
Saves The Active Viewer Contents For
Printout Composition
‫ﺎ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ‬‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
Composes Printout (Tables, Drawings,
Descriptions)
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
Shows A Preview Of The Printing Page ‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
Prints Window Contents ‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
Quits The ROBOT Session Robot ‫ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
Reverses The Last Action ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
Restores The Last Action (REDO) ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
Cuts The Selected Items And Puts Them On
The Clipboard
‫ﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
Copies The Selected Items And Puts Them
On The Clipboard
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
Inserts The Clipboard Contents At The
Cursor Position
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ‬
Deletes The Selected Items ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
Edits Selected Text ‫ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‬
Divides The Selected Elements ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
Creates New Elements By Intersecting
Selected Elements
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
Trims Bars/Objects On A Cutting Edge
Assigned By Another Bars/Objects
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬/‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ‬/‫ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‬
Extends A Bar/Object To Another
Bar/Object
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ‬/‫ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
Makes Corrections To The Structure.
Defines New Elements
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
Selects Structure Bars Using Color ‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
Selects Nodes ‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
Selects Bars ‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
Translates Selected Elements ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
Rotates Selected Elements ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
Mirrors Selected Elements About The
Vertical Axis
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ‬
Mirrors Selected Elements About The
Horizontal Axis
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‬

739
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Mirrors Selected Elements About A Given

Plane (3 Points)
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
Establishes Axial Symmetry Of Selected
Elements
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﳏﻮﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
Zooms In/Zooms Out The Structure
Elements
‫ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬/‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺒﲑ‬
Edits The Selected Structure Elements In A
New Window
‫ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
Finishes The Substructure Edition And
Accepts The Changes
‫ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ‬
Refreshes The Structure Display In The
Graphic Editor Without Changing The
‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
Structure View ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Changes The Current Structure View To
Dynamic View
‫ﻳﻐﲑ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
Turn On/Off The Display Of Reinforcement
Maps
‫ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬/‫ﻓﺘﺢ‬
Selects The Attributes For Display ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‬
Turns-On/Off Of Data And Result Tables ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
Specifies The Zoom In (Window From Left
To Right) Or Zoom Out (Window From
‫ﻳﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ )ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ( ﺃﻭ‬
Right To Left) (‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﲑ )ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
Zooms In The Structure View ‫ﻳﻜﱪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Zooms Out The Structure View ‫ﻳﺼﻐﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Zooms All The Structure View ‫ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻴﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ‬/‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺒﲑ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬
Returns To The Previous View ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
Specifies The Onscreen Structure Display
Move
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
Moves Structure Up ‫ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‬
Moves Structure To The Left ‫ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
Moves Structure To The Right ‫ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‬
Moves Structure Down ‫ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
Projection Onto The ZX Plane ZX ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
(Ctrl+ALT+1)
Projection Onto The XY Plane
(Ctrl+ALT+2)
XY ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
Projection Onto The YZ Plane
(Ctrl+ALT+3)
YZ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
3D Projection (Deep) Onto The ZX Plane ZX ‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻋﻤﻴﻖ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
3D Projection (Deep) Onto The XY Plane XY ‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻋﻤﻴﻖ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
3D Projection (Deep) Onto The YZ Plane YZ ‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻋﻤﻴﻖ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
Displays The Initial View (Ctrl+ALT+0) ‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻲ‬
Constant Rotation About The X-Axis X ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬

740
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Constant Rotation About The Y-Axis

(CTRL+Y)
Y ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
Constant Rotation About The Z-Axis ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
Z
3D Projection - Definition On The ZX ZX ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬-‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
Plane
Displays Top Reinforcement ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
Displays Bottom Reinforcement ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
Defines The Global Working Plane
Coordinate
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
Defines The Local System By Giving
Coordinates Of Three Points
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
Defines The Grid Step ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
Selects The Defined Structure Type ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‬
Defines The Structural Axis ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Defines Nodes ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
Defines Bars ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
Defines Panels ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
Defines Solids (‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ )ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
Assigns Materials To The Selected Section
Type
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
Defines Supports (External Constraints) In
Nodes
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ )ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
Changes Rigid Node Properties ‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
Enters User Numbering ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
Defines The Polyline, Line As A
Component Of A Contour
‫ ﻛﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻴﻂ‬Polyline, Line ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
Defines Arcs ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ‬
Defines Circles ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ‬
Defines Rectangles ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ‬
Defines Cubes ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﻌﺒﺎﺕ‬
Defines Cylinders ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
Defines Cones ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺭﻳﻂ‬
Rounding Of Bars Or Object Edges ‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
Creates Panels (Surfaces) In Space By
Translating And Scaling Of A Contour
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ )ﺳﻄﻮﺡ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻭ‬
(Line, Polyline, Arc ...) ‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
Creates Panels (Surfaces) In Space By
Revolving And Scaling Of A Contour (Line,
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ )ﺳﻄﻮﺡ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
Polyline, Arc ...) ‫ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
Creates Panels (Surfaces) In Space By
Translating And Scaling Of A Contour
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ )ﺳﻄﻮﺡ( ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻭ‬
(Line, Polyline, Arc ...) Along Polyline ‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ‬

741
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Combines Objects By Means Of Boolean

Operations
(‫ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
Fillets 3D Object Edges ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
Chamfers 3D Object Edges ‫ﺷﻄﻒ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
Inserts A Library Structure ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
Inserts A Structure From A File ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
Defines Bar Cross-Sections And Attributes
Them To The Structure Bars
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Orientates The Cross Section Through The
Rotation Of Local Settings
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
(Gamma ‫)ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
Defines Cable Type Elements ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
Defines The Surface Element Thickness ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ‬
Selects The Direction Of Local X And Z
Axes For Plates And Shells
‫ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ‬Y ‫ ﻭ‬X ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
Defines The Solid Properties ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬
Defines/Attributes A Set Of Code
Parameters For A Steel/Aluminum Member
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬/‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ ﺃﻟﻮﻣﻴﲏ‬/‫ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻱ‬
Defines/Attributes A Set Of Code
Parameters For A Timber Member
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺧﺸﱯ‬/‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
Defines/Attributes A Set Of Code
Parameters For A RC Member
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ‬/‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
Defines/Assigns Plate And Shell
Reinforcement Code Parameters
‫ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬/‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
Defines Rigid Links ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
Defines Compatible Nodes ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
Defines Offsets For Elements ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
Defines Elastic Ground For Bar Elements ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
Defines Brackets In Bar Nodes ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
Defines Structure Bars That Can Carry
Only Axial Forces Or
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
Compression/Tension Forces ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‬
Defines Non-Linear Hinges For Bar
Elements Used In Damage Analysis
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ‬
Defines Linear Releases Between Panels ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
Defines Geometrical Imperfections Of Bars ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
Defines Cladding Type For Load Surfaces ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬

742
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Enables Modification Of Active Phase In A

Phase Structure
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬
Defines Load Case Types ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
Defines Loads For The Current Load Case
In The Dialog Box
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
Defines Load Combinations ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
Load Combinations According To Codes ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩﺍﺕ‬
Selects The Load Case(S) ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )ﺣﺎﻻﺕ( ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬
Selects The Component Of The Complex
Case (Code Combinations, Moving Loads,
,‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ )ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
Time History Analysis) (‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‬,‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
Selects Structure Modes ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Selects Result Types: Displacements For
Load Cases Containing Loads And Modes
‫ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬:‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‬
Selects Result Types: Modes For Load
Cases Containing Loads And Modes
‫ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬:‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‬
Assigns The Loads On Bars Using The
Surface Loads Applied To A Plane
‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
Defines Snow/Wind Loads According To
The Selected Code
‫ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬/‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‬
Generates Wind Loads For Structures
Based On The Regular Polygon
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬
Defines Wind Loads On Lattice Type
Structures
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ‬
Defines Loads For Moving Load Analysis ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
Optimizes Moving Loads Using The
Autoloader Module
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
Selects Analysis Type (Static, Dynamic ...)
And Its Parameters
‫( ﻭ‬...,‫ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬,‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ) ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺗﻪ‬
Performs Calculations According To
Selected Parameters
‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
Performs A Code-Check And Detailing Of
Reinforced Concrete Beams
‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
Performs The Code-Check, Sizing, And
Detailing Of Reinforced Concrete Columns
‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
Performs The Code Calculations Of RC
Foundations
‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

743
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Performs Stress Analysis In The Section ‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬

Generates Calculation Model (Finite
Elements)
(‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ) ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
Mesh Generation Options (Element
Type/Method)
(‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬/‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ) ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
Sets Characteristic Points For Panel
Meshing
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
Defines Nodes Generating Mesh Waves ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
Freezes The Generated Mesh Of Finite
Elements - Creation Of A New Calculation
‫ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ‬-‫ﲡﻤﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
Model Will Not Generate A New Mesh ‫ﺣﺴﺎﰊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
Unfreezes The Generated Mesh Of Finite
Elements - Creation Of A New Calculation
‫ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ‬-‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
Model Will Generate A New Mesh ‫ﺣﺴﺎﰊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
Generates A Finite Element Mesh For
Selected Panels
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
Deletes A Finite Element Mesh For
Selected Panels
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
Divides Selected Finite Elements ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬
Consolidates The Selected Triangular
Elements
‫ﺩﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
Verifies The Finite Element Mesh Quality ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
Definition Table For Member And Code
Group Parameters
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬/‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
Opens A Set Of Dialog Boxes For
Definition /Calculations Of
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬/‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
Steel/Aluminum Members ‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬/‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
Opens A Set Of Dialog Boxes For
Definition/ Calculations Of Steel
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬/‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
Connections ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
Definition Table For Timber Member And
Code Group Parameters
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
Opens The Set Of Windows For Timber
Member Definition/Design
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ‬/‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
Defines Parameters Sets For Required
Areas Calculations Of Reinforcement For
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
RC Members ‫ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
Freezes/Unfreezes The Possibility Of
Changing The Structure Model
‫ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬/‫ﲡﻤﻴﺪ‬
Displays Diagrams Of Moments And
Forces And Deformations For Structure
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
Bars ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Displays Results In The Form Of Color
Structure Bars
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Displays Maps And Isolines Of Forces,
Moments, Stresses And Deformations For
,‫ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬,‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
Panels ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬,‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
Displays Diagrams Of Moments, Forces,
And Deformations In Panel Cuts
‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ‬,‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬,‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ‬

744
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ‬
Displays Results In The Form Of Color
Maps For Solids
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
Displays Reaction Values, Sums Of
External Forces, Reaction Verification
‫ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬,‫ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬,‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
Displays Node Displacements ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
Displays Bar Deflections ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
Displays Bar Force Values ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
Displays Bar Stress Values And Their
Components
‫ﺎ‬‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ‬
Displays Results For Surface Elements ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬
Displays Results For Solids ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
Detailed Analysis Of Bars In A Structure ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Global Analysis Of Structure Bars ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Displays Results For Reinforcement Of
Concrete Plates And Shells
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
Displays Reinforcement Maps And Crosses
For Plates And Shells
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
Displays The Results Of Modal Analysis ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‬
Presents Results Of Moving Load Analysis
In The Form Of Influence Lines
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‬
Displays Structure View With Detailed
Stress Map Presented On The Bar Sections
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
Displays Dialog Box With Display
Properties (Legend, Color Maps, System
,‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﲞﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
Axes) (‫ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬,‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
Defines Dimension Lines In The Structure ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Manages The Section Database ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
Manages The Library Of Properties And
Design Parameters
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
Displays Text Editor Window ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
Displays Calculator ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
Opens The Preferences Dialog Box Preferences ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
Opens The Job Preferences Dialog Box Job Preferences ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ‬
Allows Font Selection ‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻂ‬
Allows Pen Selection ‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬
Displays A Single Window ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ‬

745
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Displays Two Widows ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺗﲔ‬

Displays Three Windows ('Tall' Structures) (‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
Displays Three Windows (Wide Views) (‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ )ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ‬
Displays Four View Windows ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
Displays The Contents Of Robot Help Robot ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
Sends Information To The Software
Producer Or Dealer (Comments On
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ‬
Program, Questions To The Technical ‫ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬,‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﺔ)ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
Support Team, Service Request)
(‫ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‬,‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‬
Resizes Windows To Fit The Screen ‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
Inserts A Line Into The Drawing ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
Inserts A Circle Into The Drawing ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
Inserts A Dimension Line Into The
Drawing
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
Inserts A Text Into The Drawing ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
Opens A Project Component: Drawing ‫ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬:‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
Creates A New Solid Section ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﻤﺖ‬
Creation Of A New Thin-Walled Section. ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬
Definition Of A New Solid Section On The
Basis Of Parametrized Sections Database
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
Automatic Generation Of One Contour
From Multiple Overlapping Contours
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﶈﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﳏﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ‬
Modification Of Contour Point Positioning ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
Displays Geometric Section Results ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
Generates The Calculation Note ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
Displays Graphical Results ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
Definition Of Bar Cross-Section And
Longitudinal Sections
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
Indication Of The Point In Which Stresses
Will Be Calculated
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
Displays The Dialog Box In Which Values
Of Assigned Stresses Are Presented
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺓ‬
Activation Of The Editor Containing The
Calculation Note Pertaining To Stress
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
Analysis ‫ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
Displays The Cross-Section Type Selection
Window
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬
Displays The Item Dimension Edit Window ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
Displays The Dialog Box For The Edition
Of Item Dimensions
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
Displays The Column Buckling Length
Definition Window
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬

746
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Displays The Loads Definition Window ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬

Displays The Load Definition Dialog Box ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
Displays The Load Definition Dialog Box ‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
Opens A Table For The Definition Of
Openings In Beams
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ‬
Displays The Dialog Box For Selecting
Visible Reinforcing Bars
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Opens A Dialog Box For Definition Of Soil
Layers
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
Displays The Dialog Box For Soil
Parameter Edits
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
Displays The Dialog Box For Foundation
Site Definition
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
Displays The Calculation Option Dialog
Box
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
Displays The Reinforcement Parameter
Dialog Box
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Displays The Story Parameters Dialog Box ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
Displays The Dialog Box For
Reinforcement Drawing Parameters
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Runs The Text Editor With The Calculation
Note For A Designed Beam
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‬
Runs Text Editor With The Calculation
Note For A Design Column
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‬
Runs The Text Editor With The Calculation
Note For A Designed Foundation
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‬
Runs Text Editor With The Calculation
Note For The Designed Slab
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻢ‬
Opens The Working Drawing Dialog Box ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ‬
Opens The Working Drawing Dialog Box ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ‬
Opens The Working Drawing Dialog Box ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ‬
Opens The Dialog Box With The Working
Drawing
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ‬
Selects The Set Of Result Diagram
Contents
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‬
Applies The Parameters Entered In A
Code-Check Module To The Analysis
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺇﱃ‬
Module ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
Allows One To Change Drawing Position ‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
Allows One To Modify An Active Drawing ‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‬
Goes To The Previous Drawing Of The
Edited Documentation
‫ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﺮﺭ‬
Goes To The Next Drawing Of The Edited
Documentation
‫ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﺮﺭ‬
Allows For Locating The Cross-Section On
The RC Beam And Selecting The Drawing
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﻭ‬
Scale ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
Display Edit Toolbar Edit ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
Display View Toolbar View ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬

747
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Display Tools Toolbar Tools ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬

Display Format Toolbar
Display Structure Definition Toolbar
Display Options Of FE Mesh Generation
Toolbar
Display Objects Toolbar
Display Special Loads Toolbar
Format ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
Structure Definition ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
Options Of FE Mesh ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
Generation
Objects ‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
Special Loads ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬

748
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ‪: 2‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫‪749‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺑـ‪ROBOBAT‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻝ ‪ Robobat Inc‬ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ‪ .Meylan, France‬ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ )‪ (ROBOT V6, RONOT‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱐ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Integrated Structural Software, Inc‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺳﺘﺎﻧﻔﻮﺭﺩ ‪848 Stanford University Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94301 ,USA‬‬
‫‪Tel: (650) 853-8491 ,Fax: (650) 853-8490 , Toll Free: (888) ISS-8491, (888) 477-‬‬
‫‪8491 E-Mail: Info@Issstanford.Com‬‬

‫‪750‬‬
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

USSE - Universal Solutions For Structural Engineering

PO BOX 459
Medina, NY 14103
USA
Toll Free: 1-888-USSE-NOW , TEL.: (1) 716 343-3878 (Outside The US) , FAX: (1)
716 344-0686 ,E-Mail: Sales@Us-Se.Com
Our UK Representative:
ISS Ltd
Hallams Court
Littleford Lane
Blackheath, Guildford
GU4 8QZ
UK
TEL: 00 44 (0)1483 890300 , FAX: 00 44 (0)1483 890222 , E-Mail:
Isssales@Aol.Com
Robobat France:
Robobat
2, Rue Lavoisier
38 330 Montbonnot
France
Phone Number:
(+33) 76 41 80 82 , Fax Number: (+33) 76 41 97 03
Internet ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
Robobat Internet Address: Sales@Robot97.Com
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‬Robot ‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
Web: Http//www.Robot97.Com Or Web: Http//www.Robobat.Com

751
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬

A
Acceleration ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ‬
Accidental Limit State (ACC) ‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
Accidental Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻃﺎﺭﺋﺔ‬
Adhesive Soil ‫ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺳﻜﺔ‬
Algorithm ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ‬
Allowable Stress ‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
An Isotropic Elastic Plate ‫ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ‬
Analytical Method ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
Anchorage Length ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ‬
Anisotropic ‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
Apply ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
Arbitrary ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Assigning ‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
Asymmetrical ‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬
Asymmetrical Structures ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‬
Attributes ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
Autoloader ‫ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
Automatic ‫ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
Axial Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
Axial Symmetry ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻱ‬
Axisymmetric ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ‬
Axisymmetric Structure ‫ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ‬
B
Backfill ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ‬
Bar Element ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﱐ‬
Bar Forces ‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
Bar Structures ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
Base Mesh Points ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
Base Shear ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻱ‬

752
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Beam ‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
Beam Span ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
Bending Moment ‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‬
Bilateral ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
Bilinear ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬
Bimoment ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
Bolted Connection ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
Bolts ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
Boolean Algebra (‫ﺟﱪ ﺑﻮﻝ )ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻲ‬
Box Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻲ‬
Brackets ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
Broadcasting Masts ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
Buckling ‫ﲢﻨﻴﺐ‬
Buckling Analysis ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
Buckling Deformation ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
Buckling Forms ‫ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
Buckling Length ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
Buckling Model ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
C
Cable ‫ﻛﺒﻞ‬
Calculation ‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
Calculation Note ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
Calculator ‫ﺁﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
Canton ‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
Cartesian System ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺩﻳﻜﺎﺭﺗﻴﺔ‬
Case ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
Ceiling ‫ﺳﻘﻒ‬
Cement Amount ‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﲰﻨﺖ‬
Center Of Gravity ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ‬
Chamfer ‫ﺷﻄﻔﺔ‬
Clipboard ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ‬
Coarse Mesh ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﺸﻨﺔ‬

753
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Coastal ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Code Combinations ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
Coefficient Of Thermal Expansion ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Cohesion ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ‬
Cold-Bent Channel ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﳎﺮﺍﺓ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‬
Column ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
Column Head ‫ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
Combinations ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ‬
Common Part ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
Compatible Nodes ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
Complement ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬
Complete Quadratic Combination(CQC) ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
Composite Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
Compression ‫ﺿﻐﻂ‬
Concave Quadrilateral ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮ‬
Concentrated Force ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ‬
Concentrically ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
Concrete Column Base ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
Concrete Wall ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﱐ‬
Connection Capacity ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
Connection Internal Forces ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
Connection Verification ‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
Consolidation ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
Constant ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
Constant Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
Contact Surface ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ‬
Context Menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ‬
Continuous Beam ‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
Continuous Footing ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
Continuous Chord ‫ﻭﺗﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
Contour ‫ﳏﻴﻂ‬
Contour Edge ‫ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﳏﻴﻄﻴﺔ‬

754
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Conversion Coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬

Convex Quadrilateral ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺏ‬
Coordinate System ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
Cost Estimate ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
Cover ‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬
Cracking ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻖ‬
Cracking Width ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‬
Critical Force ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ‬
Cross-Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
Cross Sectional Area ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬
Curvature Of Beam ‫ﺗﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
Cylinder ‫ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
D
Damping Coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ‬
Damping Matrix ‫ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻣﺪ‬
Database ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
Dead Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ‬
Declaration ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ‬
Decomposition ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬
Deep-Beam ‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Default ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
Definition ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
Deflection ‫ﺳﻬﻢ‬
Deformation ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻩ‬
Deformed Reinforcing Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﶈﻠﺰﻥ‬
Degree Of Freedom ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ‬
Delete ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬
Department ‫ﻗﺴﻢ‬
Depth ‫ﻋﻤﻖ‬
Detailed Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ‬
Diagram (‫ﳐﻄﻂ )ﺭﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﱐ‬
Dialog Box ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‬

755
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Dilatation ‫ﲤﺪﺩ‬
Dimension Lines ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
Direct Iteration Method ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
Displacement ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬
Display ‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬
Distortion ‫ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ‬,‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‬
Distributed Forces ‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ‬
Distributed Moments ‫ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ‬
Divide ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
Double Rectangular Section ‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬
Double Sum Method ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬
Dowel Bar ‫ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺗﻌﺸﻴﻖ‬
Doweled Reinforcement ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻌﺸﻖ‬
Drawing ‫ﺭﺳﻢ‬
Ductility ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ‬
Dynamic ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ‬
Dynamic Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
E
Eccentric Compression ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﻻ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‬
Eccentric Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻻﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
Eccentrically ‫ﻻﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
Edge ‫ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ‬,‫ﺣﺮﻑ‬
Edit Operation ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ‬
Editor ‫ﳏﺮﺭ‬
Effective Column Length ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
Efficiency Ratio ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
Eigen-Modes ‫ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
Eigen-Values ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
Eigen-Vectors ‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
Elastic-Perfectly Plastic ‫ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ‬-‫ﻣﺮﻥ‬
Elastic-Plastic With Hardening ‫ ﻟﺪﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﺔ‬-‫ﻣﺮﻥ‬
Elastic Base Coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬

756
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Elastic Connections ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬

Elastic Foundation ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺮﻥ‬
Elastic Ground Of Bars ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
Elastic Support ‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻥ‬
Elasticity ‫ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ‬
Elasto-Plastic ‫ﻟﺪﻥ‬-‫ﻣﺮﻥ‬
Elasto-Plastic Analysis Of Bars ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
Element Geometry ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
Emitters ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‬
Envelop ‫ﻣﻐﻠﻒ‬
Equal Leg Angle ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ‬
Equal Offsets ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
Equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
Equivalent Moments Method ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬
Error Messages ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‬
Errors ‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ‬
Exclusive Alternative ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ‬
Exposure Rating ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬
Extend ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ‬
External Forces Vector ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
Extreme Fiber Locations ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
Extrude ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ‬
F
Face ‫ﻭﺟﻪ‬
Factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
Feature ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‬
Fence ‫ﳐﻄﻂ‬
Fillet ‫ﻗﻮﺱ‬
Filters ‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ‬
Final Drawing ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
Fine Mesh ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‬
Finite Element Mesh ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

757
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Finite Element Method (FEM) ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

Fire Resistance ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ‬
First Moments Of Area ‫ﻋﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
Fixed Column Base ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ‬
Fixed Support ‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‬
Flexural Centroid ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‬
Force Components ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
Format ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬
Frame ‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
Frame Knee Connection ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
Frequency ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‬
Friction Coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
G
Gap ‫ﻓﺠﻮﺓ‬
Geometric Non-Linearity ‫ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
Geometrical Imperfections ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
Geometrical Limitation ‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
Geometry ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
Global Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
Global Coordinate System ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
Global Extremes ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
Gradient ‫ﺗﺪﺭﺝ‬
Graphic Cursor ‫ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
Graphic Editor ‫ﳏﺮﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ‬
Graphical Selection ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬
Grid ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
Grillage ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
Gusset Plate ‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‬
H
Half-Closed Channel ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﳎﺮﺍﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‬
Hardware ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳﻮﺏ‬
Harmonic Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬

758
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Hole ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬
Homogeneous ‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‬
Homothetic Footing ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
Hot-Key (‫ﻣﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﺭ )ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬
Hydrostatic Pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
I
Import ‫ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ‬
Inclusion ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ‬
Incremental Method ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‬
Inertia ‫ﻋﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
Inertia Radiuses ‫ﺃﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
Influence Lines ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
Initial Cable Length ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ‬
Interaction ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ‬
Internal Forces ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
Internal Friction Angle ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
Intersection ‫ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
Irregular ‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬
Isolines ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
Isosurfaces ‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
Isotropic ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
J
Joints (‫ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻞ )ﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
K
Knife Edge Load (KEL) ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‬
L
Label Manager ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
Lateral Buckling ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‬
Lateral Buckling Coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ‬
Layout ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
Lean Concrete ‫ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‬
Lifting Forces ‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬

759
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Limit ‫ﺎﻳﺔ‬ ,‫ﺣﺪ‬

Limit Vehicle Position ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ‬
Linear Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‬
Linear Static Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
List ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
Live Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ‬
Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ‬
Load Case ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬
Load Cases Combinations ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
Load Direction ‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
Load Nature ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
Load To Mass Conversion ‫ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‬
Local Coordinate System ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ‬
Local Extremes ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
Logarithmic ‫ﻟﻮﻏﺎﺭﻳﺘﻤﻲ‬
Long-Term Loads ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ‬
M
Main Reinforcement ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
Manually ‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬
Maps ‫ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
Mass ‫ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‬
Mass Matrix ‫ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
Master Node ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
Masts ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Material ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ‬
Material Model ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
Material Non-Linearity ‫ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
Membrane Forces ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
Menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
Mesh Generation ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
Mesh Quality ‫ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
Mesh Refinement ‫ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

760
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Mirroring ‫ﺍﻹﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
Mixed Structures ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‬
Modal Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‬
Modal Decomposition Method ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‬
Mode ‫ﳕﻂ‬
Modification ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
Module ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
Moment ‫ﻋﺰﻡ‬
Moment Of Inertia ‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
Moment Of Inertia For Torsion ‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻠﻲ‬
Moment Release ‫ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
Moving Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
Multi-Story Frame ‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻖ‬
N
Neutral Axis ‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﺎﻳﺪ‬
Nodal Force ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺔ‬
Nodal Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺔ‬
Nodal Mass ‫ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﺔ‬
Node ‫ﻋﻘﺪﺓ‬
Non-Adhesive Soil ‫ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﺪﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ‬
Non-Linear ‫ﻻﺧﻄﻲ‬
Non-Linear Hinges ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ‬
Non-Linear Static Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬
Non-Linear Support ‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻻﺧﻄﻲ‬
Non-Linear Time History Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬
Normal Force ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ‬
Normal Stresses ‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ‬
Number Of Repetitions ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
Numbering ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬
O
Object ‫ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‬
Offset ‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬

761
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Open Stirrup ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬

Openings ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
Openings Reinforcement ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
Operands ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
Operation ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
Optimization Coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ‬
Optimizing Algorithms ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﻴﺔ‬
Orientation ‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬
Orthotropic ‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﺓ‬
Overview ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
P
Page Set-Up ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
Panel ‫ﻟﻮﺡ‬
Panel Cuts ‫ﻗﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
Panel Thickness ‫ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
Parabolic ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
Parallel ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
Parapet ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻴﻔﺔ‬
Participation Factors ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ‬
Partition ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﻱﺀ‬
Partition Walls ‫ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻃﻊ‬
Perfectly Plastic ‫ﺗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻭﻧﺔ‬
Period ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ‬
Perpendicular ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ‬
Phase ‫ﻃﻮﺭ‬
Phase Angle ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ‬
Pier ‫ﺭﻗﺒﺔ‬
Pinned Column Base ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‬
Pipe ‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
Pipe Connection ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
Pipe Surface ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ‬
Plain ‫ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ‬

762
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Plain Reinforcing Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﻠﺲ‬

Planar Finite Element ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
Planar Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
Planar Symmetry ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
Plane ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
Plane Structures ‫ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
Plastic Section Modulus ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ‬
Plastic With Hardening ‫ﻟﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﺔ‬
Plasticity ‫ﻟﺪﻭﻧﺔ‬
Plate ‫ﺑﻼﻃﺔ‬
Plotter ‫ﺭﺍﲰﺔ‬
Poisson's Ratio ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ‬
Polar System ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
Polygon Base ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻀﻠﻌﺔ‬
Presentation ‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬
Pressure Loads ‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
Preview ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
Principal ‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
Principal Axis ‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
Principle Of Virtual Work ‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
Printout ‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
Printout Composition ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
Prism Surface ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺷﻮﺭﻱ‬
Programming ‫ﺑﺮﳎﺔ‬
Project ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
Punching ‫ﺛﻘﺐ‬
Punching Force ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‬
Punching Verification Points ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‬
Pure Pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‬
Purlins ‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
Q
Quadrilateral ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬

763
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Quasi ‫ﺷﺒﻪ‬
R
Rafter ‫ﺭﺍﻓﺪﺓ‬
Reactions ‫ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
Real Reinforcement Area ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
Rectangle ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
Rectangular Pipe ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
Reduced (‫ﳐﺘﺰﻝ )ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
Reduced Stresses (‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬
Reference Element ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ‬
Reference Level ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ‬
Refinement ‫ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ‬
Region ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
Regular ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬
Reinforcement ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Reinforcement Adjustment ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Reinforcement Concrete (RC) ‫ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
Reinforcement Pattern ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Reinforcement Ratio ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Reinforcement Table ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
Release ‫ﲢﺮﻳﺮ‬
Renumbering ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬
Residual Forces ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
Results ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
Revolve ‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
Right-Hand Rule ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‬
Rigid Link ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺻﻠﺐ‬
Rise Of Roof ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ‬
Rotations ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
Ruler ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺮﺓ‬
S
Safety Factor ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬

764
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Satisfactory ‫ﳏﻘﻖ‬
Scale ‫ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
Scaling (‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻲ‬
Scheme ‫ﳐﻄﻂ‬
Screen Capture ‫ﻻﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
Section Geometry ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
Section Shape ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
Sections Databases ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
Seismic Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‬
Seismic Dispositions ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‬
Seismic Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
Selection ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
Self-Weight ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‬
Self-Weight Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‬
Semi-Automatically ‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
Service Limit State (SLS) ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
Settlement ‫ﻫﺒﻮﻁ‬
Shape Function ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Shear Capacity Coefficients ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺔ‬
Shear Force ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻗﺎﺻﺔ‬
Shear Rigidity Factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
Shell ‫ﻗﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
Shift ‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
Shift Vector ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻳﺎﺡ‬
Shortcuts ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
Shrinkage ‫ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ‬
Sign Convertion ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
Site ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‬
Slanting Stiffeners ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
Slave Nodes ‫ﻋﻘﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
Slenderness ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓﺔ‬

765
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Sliding ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ‬
Smoothing ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ‬
Snap ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﲑﺓ‬
Snap Settings ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ‬
Snow Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‬
Socketed ‫ﲡﻮﻳﻒ‬
Soil ‫ﺗﺮﺑﺔ‬
Soil Cohesion ‫ﲤﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
Soil Layers ‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
Solid Cross-Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﺼﻤﺖ‬
Sorting ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
Spacing ‫ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ‬
Spectral Acceleration ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ‬
Spectral Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ‬
Splice Bar ‫ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
Square Root Of Sums Of Squares (SRSS) ‫ﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ‬
Stability ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
Stability For Rotation ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
Stability For Sliding ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻼﻧﺰﻻﻕ‬
Standard ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
Steel Connection ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
Steel Grade ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‬
Step ‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ‬
Stiffeners ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺎﺕ‬
Stiffness Matrix ‫ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ‬
Stirrup ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺍﺭﺓ‬
Stirrup Spacing ‫ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻭﺭ‬
Story ‫ﻃﺎﺑﻖ‬
Story Level ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
Strain ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‬
Stress ‫ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬
Stress Analysis ‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬

766
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Stress Matrix ‫ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬

Structural Axis ‫ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
Structural Non-Linearity ‫ﻻﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
Structural Reinforcement ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
Structure Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
Structure Attributes ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Structure Design ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
Structure Failure Modes ‫ﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬‫ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍ‬
Structure Model ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
Subtraction ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ‬
Superimposed ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻀﻴﺪ‬
Support With Damping ‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﻊ ﲣﺎﻣﺪ‬
Supports ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
Surface Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬
System ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﲨﻠﺔ‬
T
Tables ‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
Temperature Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
Template ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬
Tension ‫ﺷﺪ‬
Theoretical Reinforcement Area ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
Thermal Dilation ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Thermal Gradient Loads ‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Thermal Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
Thickness ‫ﲰﺎﻛﺔ‬
Thin-Walled Cross-Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬
Timber ‫ﺧﺸﺐ‬
Time History Analysis ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‬
Tolerance ‫ﺩﻗﺔ‬
Toolbars ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
Torsion Constant ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻞ‬
Total Displacement ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬

767
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

Towers ‫ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺝ‬
Translation ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ‬
Transmission Towers ‫ﺃﺑﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
Transversal ‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
Transversal Reinforcement ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬
Trapezoidal Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ‬
Triangle ‫ﻣﺜﻠﺚ‬
Trigonometric Functions ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
Trim ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
Truss ‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬
Truss Chord Node ‫ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬
Truss Masts ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ‬
Tube Truss Node Connection ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ‬
Typical Structures ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‬
U
Ultimate Limit State (ULS) ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‬
Unbalanced Forces Vector ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ‬
Unequal Leg Angle ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ‬
Uniform Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‬
Uniform Planar Loads On Contour ‫ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
Uniform Planer Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‬
Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‬
Unilateral ‫ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
Unilateral Releases ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
Union ‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
Units ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
Unloading Methods ‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
Unsatisfactory ‫ﻏﲑ ﳏﻘﻖ‬
Unstable ‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
Updating ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺚ‬
Uplift ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
User-Defined Sections ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬

768
Robot Millennium ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

V
Variable ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ‬
Variational Principle ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﻳﺮ‬
Varying Section ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
Vehicle ‫ﻋﺮﺑﺔ‬
Velocity Vector ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
Verification ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
Vibration ‫ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
Viewer ‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ‬
Volumetric Finite Element ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬
Volumetric Structure (Solid) (‫ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ )ﺟﺴﻢ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬
W
Wall ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
Warnings ‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ‬
Warping Constant ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ‬
Washer (‫ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ )ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻳﻼﺕ‬
Web ‫ﻋﺼﺐ‬
Wedge ‫ﺍﺳﻔﲔ‬
Weight Per Length Unit (WU) ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
Welded Connection ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﳊﺎﻡ‬
Welds ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ‬
Wind Directions ‫ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
Wind Load ‫ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬
Wind Velocity ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
Wire Fabrics ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
Wizard ‫ﻣﻌﺎﰿ‬
Y
Yield Point ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ‬
Yield Strength ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ‬
Young’s Modulus ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻎ‬
Z
Zone ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬

769
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪770‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪-1-1‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪-2-1‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪-3-1‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ ,‬ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪-3-3-1‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ‪Preferences and Job Preferences‬‬

‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪-4-3-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪-5-3-1‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪-6-3-1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪-7-3-1‬ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ) ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ(‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪-8-3-1‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺓ‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪-9-3-1‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪-4-1‬ﲨﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪-1-4-1‬ﲨﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪-2-4-1‬ﲨﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪-1-2-4-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪-2-2-4-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪38‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-1‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪-6-1‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪771‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪-7-1‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬

‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪-8-1‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪-1-2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪-2-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪-3-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪-4-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪-5-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪-6-2‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪-7-2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪68‬‬ ‫‪-8-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪71‬‬ ‫‪-9-2‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫‪72‬‬ ‫‪-1-9-2‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪-2-9-2‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﰲ ‪Robot Millennium‬‬

‫‪78‬‬ ‫‪-10-2‬ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬

‫‪78‬‬ ‫‪-1-10-2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪-2-10-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪-3-10-2‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪-4-10-2‬ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪-5-10-2‬ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫‪81‬‬ ‫‪-6-10-2‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫‪82‬‬ ‫‪-7-10-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫‪-8-10-2‬ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪-9-10-2‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪-10-10-2‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪-11-2‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫‪-1-3‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪94‬‬ ‫‪-2-3‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫‪772‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪-3-3‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-3‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﺃﻭ ‪Delaunay‬‬

‫‪98‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-3‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪Coon‬‬

‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪-4-3‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫‪102‬‬ ‫‪-5-3‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‬
‫‪104‬‬ ‫‪-6-3‬ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫‪104‬‬ ‫‪-7-3‬ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪106‬‬ ‫‪-8-3‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪107‬‬ ‫‪-9-3‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪107‬‬ ‫‪-1-9-3‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪Delaunay‬‬

‫‪107‬‬ ‫‪-1-1-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪L‬‬

‫‪110‬‬ ‫‪-2-1-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫‪113‬‬ ‫‪-2-9-3‬ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪Coon‬‬

‫‪113‬‬ ‫‪-1-2-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬

‫‪114‬‬ ‫‪-2-2-9-3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪121‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫‪123‬‬ ‫‪-1-4‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪123‬‬ ‫‪-1-1-4‬ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪125‬‬ ‫‪-2-1-4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪127‬‬ ‫‪-3-1-4‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪128‬‬ ‫‪-2-4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‬
‫‪135‬‬ ‫‪-3-4‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪136‬‬ ‫‪-4-4‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪144‬‬ ‫‪-5-4‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪147‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫‪149‬‬ ‫‪-1-5‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪157‬‬ ‫‪-2-5‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪158‬‬ ‫‪-3-5‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫‪163‬‬ ‫‪-4-5‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬

‫‪773‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪-1-4-5‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪166‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫‪166‬‬ ‫‪-1-1-4-5‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪166‬‬ ‫‪-2-1-4-5‬ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪166‬‬ ‫‪-3-1-4-5‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫‪166‬‬ ‫‪-2-4-5‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪169‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-5‬ﺍﶈﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪172‬‬ ‫‪-5-5‬ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫‪172‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪175‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫‪177‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ‬
‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪-4-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺭﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪-5-5-5‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﲪﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳًﹰﺎ‬
‫‪185‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪187‬‬ ‫‪-1-6‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪188‬‬ ‫‪-2-6‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫‪189‬‬ ‫‪-3-6‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
‫‪191‬‬ ‫‪-3-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫‪192‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-3-6‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫‪193‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-3-6‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫‪196‬‬ ‫‪-4-3-6‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺐ‬
‫‪197‬‬ ‫‪-5-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪198‬‬ ‫‪-6-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ‬
‫‪198‬‬ ‫‪-7-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫‪199‬‬ ‫‪-8-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫‪199‬‬ ‫‪-9-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‬
‫‪199‬‬ ‫‪-10-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‬

‫‪774‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪203‬‬ ‫‪Pushover‬‬ ‫‪-11-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫‪203‬‬ ‫‪-1-11-3-6‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪Pushover‬‬

‫‪204‬‬ ‫‪-2-11-3-6‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪Pushover‬‬

‫‪206‬‬ ‫‪-12-3-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫‪208‬‬ ‫‪-4-6‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪223‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪225‬‬ ‫‪-1-7‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪225‬‬ ‫‪-2-7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪230‬‬ ‫‪-3-7‬ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪234‬‬ ‫‪-4-7‬ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫‪237‬‬ ‫‪-5-7‬ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
‫‪242‬‬ ‫‪-6-7‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ‬
‫‪243‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-7‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ -‬ﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﺑﻼﻃﺔ(‬
‫‪244‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-7‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ -‬ﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﻗﺸﺮﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪247‬‬ ‫‪-7-7‬ﺍﳋﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪-8-7‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ(‬
‫‪254‬‬ ‫‪-9-7‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪256‬‬ ‫‪-10-7‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫‪259‬‬ ‫‪-11-7‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫‪264‬‬ ‫‪-12-7‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫‪267‬‬ ‫‪-13-7‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ( ﻟﻸﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
‫‪271‬‬ ‫‪-14-7‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫‪277‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪279‬‬ ‫‪-1-8‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪282‬‬ ‫‪-2-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫‪283‬‬ ‫‪-1-2-8‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪283‬‬ ‫‪-2-2-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪284‬‬ ‫‪-3-2-8‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪290‬‬ ‫‪-3-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

‫‪775‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪291‬‬ ‫‪-1-3-8‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫‪291‬‬ ‫‪-2-3-8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪292‬‬ ‫‪-3-3-8‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫‪295‬‬ ‫‪-4-3-8‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪297‬‬ ‫‪-5-3-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪298‬‬ ‫‪-6-3-8‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪-4-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪301‬‬ ‫‪-1-4-8‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪301‬‬ ‫‪ -2-4-8‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪302‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-8‬ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﲢﻨﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪304‬‬ ‫‪-4-4-8‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫‪305‬‬ ‫‪-5-4-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪306‬‬ ‫‪-6-4-8‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫‪308‬‬ ‫‪-5-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪308‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-8‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪309‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪309‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-8‬ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫‪309‬‬ ‫‪-4-5-8‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪309‬‬ ‫‪-5-5-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪313‬‬ ‫‪-5-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪314‬‬ ‫‪-1-5-8‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪318‬‬ ‫‪-2-5-8‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪-‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪320‬‬ ‫‪-3-5-8‬ﺗﺸﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪320‬‬ ‫‪-4-5-8‬ﺳﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪321‬‬ ‫‪-5-5-8‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪323‬‬ ‫‪-6-5-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫‪323‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-5-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ ‪-‬ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‬
‫‪326‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-5-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻃﺎﺕ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ‬
‫‪329‬‬ ‫‪-6-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪776‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪329‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-8‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪337‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-8‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫‪339‬‬ ‫‪-3-6-8‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪342‬‬ ‫‪-4-6-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪349‬‬ ‫‪-5-6-8‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪352‬‬ ‫‪-6-6-8‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪352‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-6-8‬ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ‬
‫‪353‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-6-8‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪353‬‬ ‫‪-3-6-6-8‬ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫‪354‬‬ ‫‪-4-6-6-8‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﱄ‬
‫‪354‬‬ ‫‪-5-6-6-8‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪354‬‬ ‫‪-6-6-6-8‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪355‬‬ ‫‪-7-8‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫‪357‬‬ ‫‪-8-8‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪357‬‬ ‫‪-1-8-8‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪-2-8-8‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪365‬‬ ‫‪ -3-8-8‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪367‬‬ ‫‪-4-8-8‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪369‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
‫‪371‬‬ ‫‪-1-9‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪372‬‬ ‫‪-2-9‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪379‬‬ ‫‪-3-9‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫‪387‬‬ ‫‪-4-9‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‬
‫‪394‬‬ ‫‪-5-9‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‬
‫‪396‬‬ ‫‪-6-9‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
‫‪396‬‬ ‫‪-1-6-9‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪398‬‬ ‫‪-1-1-6-9‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‬
‫‪400‬‬ ‫‪-2-1-6-9‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺛﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪401‬‬ ‫‪-3-1-6-9‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪777‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪401‬‬ ‫‪-4-1-6-9‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪-‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪ ,‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‪,‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‪-‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫‪-5-1-6-9‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﻋﺼﺐ( ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ )ﻋﺼﺐ(‪ ,‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪402‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )ﺟﻨﺎﺡ( ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﳉﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪403‬‬ ‫‪-6-1-6-9‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ‬
‫‪404‬‬ ‫‪-7-1-6-9‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫‪406‬‬ ‫‪-8-1-6-9‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪407‬‬ ‫‪-9-1-6-9‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫‪409‬‬ ‫‪-2-6-9‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪410‬‬ ‫‪-3-6-9‬ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫‪411‬‬ ‫‪-4-6-9‬ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‬
‫‪411‬‬ ‫‪-5-6-9‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪412‬‬ ‫‪-6-6-9‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪413‬‬ ‫‪-7-6-9‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪417‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫‪419‬‬ ‫‪-1-10‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪421‬‬ ‫‪-2-10‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪422‬‬ ‫‪-3-10‬ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪423‬‬ ‫‪-4-10‬ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪424‬‬ ‫‪-5-10‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪425‬‬ ‫‪-6-10‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪426‬‬ ‫‪-7-10‬ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪426‬‬ ‫‪-8-10‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪427‬‬ ‫‪-9-10‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫‪429‬‬ ‫‪-10-10‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪434‬‬ ‫‪-11-10‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫‪439‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫‪441‬‬ ‫‪-1-11‬ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪441‬‬ ‫‪-2-11‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫‪447‬‬ ‫‪-3-11‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬

‫‪778‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪447‬‬ ‫‪-4-11‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫‪451‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪453‬‬ ‫‪-1-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫‪466‬‬ ‫‪-2-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪481‬‬ ‫‪-3-12‬ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪492‬‬ ‫‪-4-12‬ﳕﺬﺟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪492‬‬ ‫‪-1-4-12‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻮﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫‪499‬‬ ‫‪-2-4-12‬ﺍﳌﱪﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪503‬‬ ‫‪-3-4-12‬ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫‪506‬‬ ‫‪-4-4-12‬ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫‪506‬‬ ‫‪-1-4-4-12‬ﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫‪507‬‬ ‫‪-2-4-4-12‬ﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪509‬‬ ‫‪-5-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫‪521‬‬ ‫‪-6-12‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪532‬‬ ‫‪-7-12‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪549‬‬ ‫‪-8-12‬ﺟﺴﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﲝﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪570‬‬ ‫‪-9-12‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪583‬‬ ‫‪-10-12‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ_ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫‪592‬‬ ‫‪Pushover‬‬ ‫‪-11-12‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪601‬‬ ‫‪-12-12‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪608‬‬ ‫‪-13-12‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪614‬‬ ‫‪-14-12‬ﺑﻼﻃﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪635‬‬ ‫‪-15-12‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪643‬‬ ‫‪-16-1-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪656‬‬ ‫‪-16-2-12‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﻫﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫‪672‬‬ ‫‪-17-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫‪688‬‬ ‫‪-18-12‬ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪704‬‬ ‫‪-19-12‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪731‬‬ ‫‪-20-12‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﺘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫‪779‬‬
‫‪Robot Millennium‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪739‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ‪ :1‬ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫‪749‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ‪ :2‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪750‬‬ ‫‪ROBOBAT‬‬ ‫ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ‬
‫‪752‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪771‬‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪780‬‬